In this episode of The Beginner Photography Podcast, we explore the invaluable skill of critiquing your own photos to elevate your art. By understanding what your images are trying to convey and asking targeted questions like "Where does my eye go?" and "How is the visual weight and composition?", you can discern the strengths and areas for improvement in your work. Drawing parallels with Jerry Seinfeld's method of refining jokes, I highlight how revisiting and refining initial ideas can lead to profound outcomes.The Big Ideas:Embrace Critique for Growth: Critiquing your work helps pinpoint strengths and weaknesses, accelerating your growth as a photographer.Seek the Good Moments: Focusing on capturing compelling moments enhances your ability to tell powerful stories through your images.Analyze Composition Thoughtfully: Assess where the eye is drawn in your photos and adjust the visual balance to improve overall impact.Know Your Artistic Voice: Understanding what you love about photography guides your style and helps you communicate more effectively through your images.Photography Action Plan:Practice Shooting in Manual Mode: Set aside 15 minutes daily to use your camera in manual mode. This will help you understand light, shutter speed, aperture, and ISO settings better. Aim to capture five varied photos during this practice session, like a portrait, a landscape, and a close-up to challenge your settings adjustment skills.Critique Your Own Photos Using the Four Key Questions: After each photo session, pick out at least three photos and critique them based on, Is there a good moment here? Where does my eye go? How is the visual weight and composition? Is the subject clear? This method sharpens your photographic eye and helps quicken your learning curve by identifying common missteps and success patterns.Watch a Video Walkthrough on Photo Critiquing: Visit https://beginnerphotopod.com/313 to view a break down photo critiquing in easy-to-follow steps. Focus on applying one new technique from the video during your next photo shoot session.Create a Portfolio of Your Work: Select 10 of your best images from your critiques and compile them into a digital portfolio. This portfolio will serve as a practical reference for your progress and helps you visualize your improvements, strengths, and weaknesses.Share Your Photos for External Feedback: Join photography groups online or engage friends and family to get their opinions on your work. Asking specific questions about your photos, such as "How does this composition make you feel?" or "What story do you think this photo tells?" can provide insightful feedback and fresh perspectives.Resources:Free Photo critique breakdown video - https://beginnerphotopod.com/313 Transform your Love for Photography into Profit for FREE with CloudSpot Studio.And get my Wedding and Portrait Contract and Questionnaires, at no cost!Sign up now at http://deliverphotos.com/Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In this episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast, I chat with nature photographer Christopher Gilbert to dive deep into the importance of matching your gear with your unique photographic style. Christopher switched from medium format to APS-C, not because of sensor size, but to find a system that complements his creative vision. Through our conversation, you’ll learn that the technical aspects, like crop factors and lens focal lengths, should enhance your storytelling, not hinder it. I’ll share why mastering the settings that suit your needs can transform your shoots, guiding you to choose tools that truly embody your artistic expression. This is a journey to making every click of the shutter count!The Big Ideas:Embrace Simplicity: Your best photos can emerge from using simpler, more intuitive gear. Less complexity allows more focus on capturing moments.Focus on What Matters: Prioritize your vision and expression over technical perfection. Focus on how the photo feels, not just how it looks.Experiment Freely: Allow yourself to make mistakes and learn from them. Each error teaches you something valuable about your own style.Seek Tools That Fit You: Choose gear that complements your way of seeing the world. Your comfort with your tools translates into better photography.Photography Action Plan:Experiment with Different Lenses: Rent or borrow lenses in various focal lengths to explore how they transform the perspective and composition of your photos. Take the same subject and photograph it with different lenses to clearly see the difference each lens makes to the image.Dial in Camera Settings: Start using aperture priority mode to gain better control over depth of field and understand how it affects your photos. Practice shooting in different lighting conditions to learn how ISO and shutter speed interact with aperture.Focus on Composition: Concentrate on incorporating the rule of thirds into your shots to create more balanced and engaging compositions. Try out leading lines, framing, and the use of negative space to add more depth and interest to your photographs.Explore Post-Processing: Download a reputable photo editing software and familiarize yourself with basic adjustments like exposure, contrast, and color correction. Watch online tutorials specific to your software to efficiently learn various editing techniques that can enhance your images.Resources:Follow Chris on Instagram - https://www.instagram.com/fujifilm.christopherLearn What Camera Settings to Use in our free guide!https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Build Your Dream Photography Business and Keep More of the Money You Earn with CloudSpot Studio.And get my Wedding and Portrait Contract and Questionnaires, at no cost!Sign up now at http://deliverphotos.com/Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In this episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast, I'll take you behind the scenes, sharing my personal pre-wedding rituals for energy and focus, overcoming equipment issues in challenging venues, and orchestrating the perfect shots despite unpredictable weather as we we dive into the dynamic and unpredictable nature of wedding photography. From capturing the dress and intimate moments during prep, to the emotional vows and lively group shots—I break down my strategies for creating those timeless wedding images. Embrace the tips, witness real-time problem-solving, and refine your skills to tell a wedding's story beautifully. The Big Ideas:Routine is Key: Your mental energy is precious - a consistent pre-wedding routine helps you focus and stay sharp for the big day.Tackling Emergencies: Be adaptable; you can overcome unexpected challenges, like equipment malfunctions or weather changes, with calm problem-solving.The Art of Detail: You'll learn the subtle art of photographing wedding details – rings, dresses, and flowers – that tell a richer story.Capturing the Moment: Find strategies for photographing genuine moments, ensuring every emotion is beautifully immortalized in your pictures.Photography Action Plan:Prepare Your Gear: Check your camera, lenses, flashes, batteries, and memory cards the night before to ensure everything is in working order. Have backups ready. Pack your gear neatly, create a checklist, and mark items off as you pack to avoid forgetting essential equipment.Plan Your Shots: Study and understand the wedding day timeline to know when key moments will occur and where you need to be for the best shots. Create a shot list with the couple beforehand, including must-have photos and desired poses, to work efficiently and not miss critical moments.Master Lighting Techniques: Practice using your flash in different environments so you're prepared for varying lighting conditions on wedding days. Learn to bounce flash off ceilings or walls to create a more natural light look in your photos when direct flash is too harsh.Capture the Details: Don't overlook photographing the small details like rings, floral arrangements, and place settings as they contribute to the story of the day. Be meticulous in arranging these elements and use macro lenses if necessary to capture intricate details and textures.Direct with Confidence: Develop clear, concise directions to guide groups and individuals during posed shots – having a few go-to poses can help you start strong. Encourage natural interactions between subjects for more candid and relaxed photographs, such as asking them to talk about a memory or share a joke.Resources:Learn What Camera Settings to Use in our free guide!https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Build Your Dream Photography Business and Keep More of the Money You Earn with CloudSpot Studio.And get my Wedding and Portrait Contract and Questionnaires, at no cost!Sign up now at http://deliverphotos.com/Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In today's episode of the podcast, I chat with family photographer and host of the This Cant Be That Hard podcast, Annemie Tonken about developing essential systems in your photography business to ensure efficiency, client satisfaction, and growth. Learn how strategic planning can transform your operational approach for the better.The Big Ideas:Embrace Systemization: Treat your photography business like a well-oiled machine. You'll save time and avoid stress.Audit Your Processes: Regularly checking your current processes teaches you where improvements can be made for smoother operations.Focus on Fulfillment: Perfect your fulfillment system first; this ensures your client’s last interaction with you is memorable and professional.Use Tools Wisely: Leveraging tools like CRMs can drastically improve your workflow and client management.Photography Action Plan:Audit Your Current Workflow: Review each step in your current process from handling initial client inquiries to final delivery of photos. Identify any bottlenecks or repetitive tasks that slow you down. Document your findings in a simple spreadsheet or flowchart. This will give you a clear visual representation of where you can begin implementing improvements.Set Up Basic Systems for Marketing, Sales, and Fulfillment: Implement a CRM tool to manage client communications and keep track of sales leads. This step is crucial for maintaining organized client interactions. Create a checklist for each project phase. This ensures that nothing is missed and each client receives consistent, high-quality service.Automate Repetitive Tasks: Identify tasks that are repetitive and time-consuming, such as appointment scheduling, email responses, or social media posts. Find tools that can help automate these processes. Start small, perhaps with automating appointment confirmations or thank-you emails, and gradually expand as you become comfortable with the technology.Focus on Client Experience: Map out your ideal client journey from first contact to post-delivery follow-up. Think about how you want your clients to feel at each stage. Solicit feedback from recent clients to understand what they loved about working with you and areas where you might improve the experience.Educate Yourself Continuously: Enroll in online courses or workshops that focus not only on photography techniques but also on business practices specific to photography. Seek out resources that offer practical advice on systematizing your business, such as free video lessons or worksheets that help you develop efficient workflows.Resources:Annemie's systems audit resource - https://www.thiscantbethathard.com/bppLearn What Camera Settings to Use in our free guide!https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Build Your Dream Photography Business and Keep More of the Money You Earn with CloudSpot Studio.And get my Wedding and Portrait Contract and Questionnaires, at no cost!Sign up now at http://deliverphotos.com/Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In today's episode of the podcast, I chat with Dan Milnor, an acclaimed documentary photographer who shares transformative insights on creativity, industry challenges, and the true impact of social media on your work.The Big Ideas:Seek Inspiration, Not Imitation: Embrace the storytelling and influence behind another artist's work rather than copying style or gear.The Value of Authentic Engagement: Understand social media's shallow interactions and focus on building a genuine audience.Embracing a Multifaceted Identity: Delve into various creative outlets to enrich your photography and personal brand.Isolation for Innovation: Discover how stepping away from the crowd can enhance your unique voice and creativity.Photography Action Plan:Explore Outside Influences: Visit the websites of conceptual artists or photographers you admire at least a few times per year. Jot down what elements of their work inspire you the most. Incorporate what resonates with you into your photography, be it their storytelling approach or their thematic focus, to craft a richer narrative in your images.Prioritize Care with Equipment: Familiarize yourself with the functionalities of your current equipment, such as the exposure compensation dial, to enhance your shooting efficiency without the need to upgrade immediately. Engage in Long-Term Projects: Select a subject matter that sparks your curiosity and devote time to a long-term photographic project. This commitment often leads to deeper insights and more substantive work. Resist the industrial pressure to multitask on numerous short-term endeavors and instead focus on developing a solid body of work that reflects your dedication and skill. Rethink Social Media Engagement: Create a portfolio website showcasing your unique photographic work to establish a professional online presence that's independent of social media validation. Begin reducing your reliance on social media platforms by actively seeking genuine engagement with your audience through direct channels like newsletters or local exhibitions.Embrace a Multifaceted Approach to Photography: Invest time in developing additional skills that complement your photography, such as writing or video, which can enhance your storytelling capabilities and marketability. Explore your other interests and hobbies alongside photography. These pursuits can provide fresh perspectives and inspirations, enriching the creative content of your photographic work.Resources:Visit Dan's Website Shifter Media: https://shifter.mediaDan Milnor's YouTube Channel: https://www.youtube.com/@DANIELMILNOR505Learn What Camera Settings to Use in our free guide!https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Build Your Dream Photography Business and Keep More of the Money You Earn with CloudSpot Studio.And get my Wedding and Portrait Contract and Questionnaires, at no cost!Sign up now at http://deliverphotos.com/Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Download your Free Photography Business Plan Template - https://beginnerphotopod.com/bpin todays episode of the podcast I'll walk you through how to write a photography business plan to help transform your hobby into profit by targeting the right market with effective strategies.The Big Ideas:Embrace Business Identity Mastery: Recognize and refine your unique photography style to attract your ideal clients and build a brand that stands out.Analyze to Capitalize: Understand your market like the back of your hand; demographics and needs analysis can set you up for capturing the right audiences.Strategic Offer Structuring: Learn how to create tiered pricing and bundle packages to maximize value perception and revenue.Financial Planning Proficiency: Plan your photography business finances to manage irregular incomes and maximize profitability with a clear, structured approach.Photography Action Plan:Draft Your Photography Business Plan: Start by outlining your business goals, target market, and services you’ll offer. This roadmap will guide all your business decisions and strategies. Break your plan into manageable sections like market analysis, operational strategy, and financial goals. Tackle one section at a time to avoid feeling overwhelmed.Conduct Market Analysis: Research potential clients and understand their preferences and behaviors. This knowledge will help you tailor your marketing efforts and service offerings. Identify your competitors and analyze what they are doing well and where they lack. Use this information to differentiate yourself and fill gaps in the market.Develop Your Product and Service Offerings: Create packages that cater to different customer segments. Consider offering basic, premium, and deluxe packages that meet varied needs and budgets. Consider unique add-ons or bundled services that enhance value such as quick turnaround times or special editing services to make your offerings more attractive.Set Up Effective Client Management Processes: Invest in a reliable client relationship management system. This tool will help you keep track of inquiries, bookings, and follow-ups, ensuring you never miss a potential job. Establish a clear communication channel with clients. Regular updates and responsiveness will build trust and improve client satisfaction.Establish Financial Goals and Structures: Calculate your initial setup costs, ongoing expenses, and desired income. Use these figures to set pricing that covers your costs and meets your financial goals. Choose the right business structure to optimize tax benefits and limit liability. Consult a tax professional to decide whether a sole proprietorship, LLC, or another entity best suits your needs.Resources:Learn What Camera Settings to Use in our free guide!https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Build Your Dream Photography Business and Keep More of the Money You Earn with CloudSpot Studio.And get my Wedding and Portrait Contract and Questionnaires, at no cost!Sign up now at http://deliverphotos.com/Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In today's episode of the podcast, I chat with Family, Newborn, and Maternity photographer Sabrina Gebhardt, about the importance of personal growth in photography amidst the trials of starting and maintaining a business.The Big Ideas:Embrace Your Own Journey: Avoid comparing your progress with others; focus on your unique path and growth.Invest in Learning: Prioritize education to build a strong foundation and gradually enhance your skills.Balance is Key: Find harmony between your passion for photography and life commitments to prevent burnout.Practice with Purpose: Set attainable goals and projects that challenge your creativity and technique.Photography Action Plan:Set Achievable Photography Goals: Decide on a simple, attainable goal you can achieve this week, such as mastering one new camera setting or taking a photo that captures an emotion. Write down this goal and the steps you need to accomplish it; keep it visible for daily motivation.Engage in Daily Practice: Choose a subject or theme each day and capture it using different angles and perspectives. Remember, experience is your greatest teacher. The more you shoot, the faster you’ll bridge the creative gap. Limit Social Media Influence: Allocate specific times for viewing social media to avoid constant comparison that might hinder your creativity. Use this saved time to focus more on your personal development in photography.Invest in Your Education: Pick a tutorial or course on an aspect of photography you’re unfamiliar with, such as lighting or composition. Consistently applying new knowledge will not only build your skills but also boost your confidence behind the lens. Initiate a Personal Project: Start a 365-day photo project, giving yourself permission to bend the rules, such as taking multiple photos in one day or not adhering to consecutive daily posts. This project is meant to fuel your growth and enjoyment in photography, not add pressure, so keep it fun and flexible.Resources:Visit Sabrinas Website - https://sabrinagebhardt.com/Follow Sabrina on Instagram - https://www.instagram.com/sabrinagebhardtphotographyWatch the Free Maximizing Mini Sessions Video training and start earning money with your camera!https://beginnerphotopod.com/minis Transform your Love for Photography into Profit for FREE with CloudSpot Studio.And get my Wedding and Portrait Contract and Questionnaires, at no cost!Sign up now at http://deliverphotos.com/Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In today's episode of the podcast, I chat with portrait photographer Cris Duncan about mastering light with an umbrella for your flash and creating dimension in your photographs to transform your photographic techniques and storytelling.The Big IdeasEmbrace Manual Mode with Flash: Unlock the true potential of your creativity by understanding how aperture and shutter speed interact with flash, enhancing your artistic expression.Practice Leads to Instinct: With regular implementation, you'll develop an instinctual grasp of lighting, leading to faster setups and more confident shooting.Light Shapes Stories: Learn to control light to sculpt the narrative of your photos, using hierarchy and contrast to direct the viewer's attention where you want it most.Modifiers are Game-changers: Discover affordable tools like umbrellas that soften light, adding depth and nuance to your portraits, and elevate the professional quality of your work.Photography Action Plan:Practice Shutter Speed Variations with Flash: Take your camera and flash unit, set the camera to manual mode, and experiment with various shutter speeds. Observe how changing the shutter speed affects the areas of your photo not illuminated by the flash. Aim to shoot in both bright and dimly lit conditions to see how ambient light interacts with the flash at different shutter speeds, remembering that flash exposure remains constant.Master Lighting Placement: Position your light source at a 45-degree angle from your subject to create appealing shadow and depth, enhancing the three-dimensionality of your portraits. Use a reflector to bounce light onto the shadow side of the subject, experimenting with reflector distance and angle to manipulate shadow density and contrast.Utilize Umbrellas for Soft Lighting: Incorporate a bounce or translucent umbrella into your setup to diffuse and soften the light. Begin by pointing a bounce umbrella towards your subject and adjusting the spread of light accordingly. For larger groups, opt for a bigger umbrella to ensure even light distribution across all individuals, and try using translucent umbrellas for a wider light spread when necessary.Control Contrast with Off-Camera Flash: Detach your flash from the camera and place it off to the side to create more dynamic lighting with visible shadows, which contribute to the form and texture in your photos. Test shooting outdoors with off-camera flash to balance the daylight and flash exposure, giving you more control over the contrast and mood of your images. Learn and Apply Light Hierarchy: Begin by crafting a lighting plan that assigns priority to different elements of your scene, such as main subject illumination, background, and accent lighting, based on your creative objectives. As you arrange your seWatch the Free Maximizing Mini Sessions Video training and start earning money with your camera!https://beginnerphotopod.com/minis Transform your Love for Photography into Profit for FREE with CloudSpot Studio.And get my Wedding and Portrait Contract and Questionnaires, at no cost!Sign up now at http://deliverphotos.com/Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In Today's Episode of the podcast, you'll discover how embracing isolation and self-reflection can profoundly impact your photography. Fine art photographer Jason Matias shares insights on NFTs offering a new perspective on art in the digital age.The Big Ideas:Embrace Isolation for Growth - You'll learn the value of solitude for self-reflection and personal development in your photography journey.Leveraging NFTs for Art - Discover the potential of NFTs in expanding your art market and creating new avenues for connecting with buyers.Creating Context in Fine Art - Understand the significance of storytelling and context to elevate your photographic art beyond mere images.Overcoming Creative Constraints - Find inspiration in limitations and hone your craft by focusing on creating the perfect shot.Photography Action Plan:Master Your Camera: Research your camera's settings and functionalities to understand its full potential. Practice using different camera modes and settings to get a feel for what works best in various shooting conditions.Explore Fine Art Photography: Study different styles of photography to discover what resonates with you and inspires your creativity. Experiment with storytelling elements in your photography, focusing on context and creativity to elevate your images to the level of fine art.Embrace Digital Photography Trends: Learn about NFTs and their role in the art market to understand how they can potentially benefit your photography career. Consider how you can brand yourself and market your work effectively in the digital space, including social media and NFT platforms.Leverage Constraints for Creativity: Challenge yourself to capture images with intention, focusing on quality over quantity. Experiment with limiting yourself to taking only one perfect shot to hone your skills and creativity.Build Your Portfolio and Network: Compile a portfolio of your best work across different genres to showcase your versatility and artistic vision. Engage with other photographers, artists, and potential clients to expand your network and gain valuable insights and opportunities.Resources:Follow Jason on Instagram - https://www.instagram.com/realjasonmatias/Visit Jason's Website - https://www.jasonmatias.com/Watch the Free Maximizing Mini Sessions Video training and start earning money with your camera!https://beginnerphotopod.com/minis Transform your Love for Photography into Profit for FREE with CloudSpot Studio.And get my Wedding and Portrait Contract and Questionnaires, at no cost!Sign up now at http://deliverphotos.com/Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In today's episode of the podcast, I chat with renowned photographer and author Michael Freeman about embracing the artistic journey of photography, where you'll learn to cultivate your creative eye and appreciate the process over the technical.The Big Ideas:Continuous Learning: Embrace lifelong learning to elevate your art. Studying others' works is as crucial as mastering your camera.Creative Experimentation: Forget strict rules. Prioritize creativity to make photos that stand out and reflect your unique perspective.The Power of Surprise: Strive for images with unexpected elements. Predictability is the enemy of interesting photography.Intentionality Wins: Plan your shots with intention, but also leave room for spontaneity. It’s about the story you want to tell.Photography Action Plan:Immerse Yourself in the World of Photography: Visit local art galleries or explore online photography exhibitions to discover different styles and techniques.Regularly study the work of various renowned photographers to learn from their compositions and subject matter choices.Practice Intentional Shooting: Before taking your next photo, spend extra time pre-planning the shot, considering aspects like lighting, angle, and composition. After each photoshoot, review your images and note what worked and what didn't, then adjust your approach for next time.Challenge the Rules of Composition: Experiment with breaking conventions such as the rule of thirds; place your subject off-center and see how it affects the impact of your photo. Create a series of photos with unconventional framing or perspective to explore new creative possibilities.Experiment with Black and White Photography: Convert a selection of your images to black and white to see how it changes the mood and focus on textures and contrasts. Practice shooting with the intention of black and white output to hone your attention to light, shadow, and compositional elements.Connect with the Photography Community: Join the BPP group to exchange feedback, share your work, and learn from peers. Attend photography workshops or talks in your area to network, pick up new skills, and stay inspired by what others are doing.Resources:Follow Michael on Instagram - https://www.instagram.com/michaelfreemanphotographyCheck out Michaels Collection of Photography Education books on AmazonVisit Michael Freemans WebsiteGrab your free 52 Lightroom Presets athttp://freephotographypresets.com/ Get Back your Family Time and Start Building Your Dream Photography Business for FREE with CloudSpot Studio.And get my Wedding and Portrait Contract and Questionnaires, at no cost!Sign up now at http://deliverphotos.com/Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In Today's Episode of the podcast I chat with Branding Photographer Abby Grace, and you'll discover how to infuse your photography with genuine storytelling, service, and strategy that will transform your brand photography from generic to truly compelling.The Big Ideas:Embrace the Power of Visual Storytelling: Elevate your brand photographs from mere snapshots to narrative-rich visuals that connect deeply with your audience.Service Over Shots: Begin your photography journey by serving others, and the quality of your portfolio will naturally follow.Strategic Planning Pays Off: Thorough preparation and research before shoots ensure that your photos align with your client’s branding goals.Learn from Experience: Pursue opportunities to work alongside a mentor and capture real-time events to refine your anticipation and execution in photography.Photography Action PlanEngage with Clients Before the Shoot: Schedule a consultation call to understand your client's brand, their vision, and the message they want to communicate through the images. Prepare a detailed questionnaire for your clients to fill out, capturing essential information about their brand identity, target audience, and the feelings they want to evoke with their photography.Craft a Strategic Shot List: Research your client's industry and competitors to identify visual gaps and opportunities for their brand photography to stand out. Curate a shot list that includes diverse scenes, from close-ups of the client's work process to wider shots that encompass their work environment, ensuring variety and depth in your portfolio.Master Your Camera’s Manual Settings: Take time to practice with your camera, experimenting with different ISO, aperture, and shutter speed settings to see how they affect the outcome of your photos. Challenge yourself to shoot in manual mode during your next few sessions to build your confidence in adjusting settings on the fly and understanding the lighting conditions.Conduct a Beta Client Session: Identify potential beta clients in your network who might benefit from your services and approach them with a tailored pitch offering a session that aligns with your portfolio goals. Execute the session with the same professionalism and dedication as a paid shoot, ensuring valuable experience and quality images that reflect both your skill and your client’s brand.Analyze and Reflect Post-Shoot: Review the images from your session with a critical eye, assessing whether each photo aligns with the client's brand story and goals. Select the strongest images to show your client and gather feedback on what worked and what could be improved, using this information to refine your process for future sessions.Resources:Follow Abby on Instagram - hGrab your free 52 Lightroom Presets athttp://freephotographypresets.com/ Get Back your Family Time and Start Building Your Dream Photography Business for FREE with CloudSpot Studio.And get my Wedding and Portrait Contract and Questionnaires, at no cost!Sign up now at http://deliverphotos.com/Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In today's episode of the podcast, I chat with family and newborn photographer Sandra Coan about the transformative power of combining business acuity with creative mastery, and how dedication to learning can lead to your breakthrough in photography.The Big Ideas:Persistence Pays Off: Your early struggles can become valuable lessons. Each setback is a step toward your future success. Investing in Education Equates to Business Growth: Business and marketing knowledge are just as crucial as your art. Learning outside your field can provide unique insights. Commit to self-improvement for sustained profitability.Mastering Lighting Defines Your Style: Technical skills in lighting can elevate your work. A signature style helps you stand out in the market. Expertise builds confidence and reduces imposter syndrome.Community and Mentorship Propel You Forward: Supportive networks provide encouragement and advice. Sharing experiences enriches the whole photography community. Collaboration can often lead to unexpected opportunities.Photography Action Plan:Invest in Your Business Skills: Take an online course or workshop. Focus on improving your business acumen for your photography venture. This can include marketing, branding, or financial management. Read business-related books. Select books that are specific to photography businesses or service-based entrepreneurship to enhance your understanding of the industry.Develop Your Lighting Techniques: Practice with different lighting. Experiment with both natural light and off-camera flashes to understand how lighting affects your shots. Seek feedback on lighting. Share your work with a photography group or a mentor to receive constructive criticism on your lighting choices and improve your skills.Enhance Your Technical Knowledge: Enroll in photography technique classes. Choose courses that will close the creative gap, such as composition, color theory, or post-processing. Regular practice sessions. Dedicate time each week to practice new techniques, ensuring you become confident and proficient in your craft.Build Confidence through Validation: Participate in portfolio reviews. Use these opportunities to gain professional feedback, which will help validate your skills and direct your learning efforts. Join a photography community and engage with a supportive group that can provide ongoing encouragement and critical insights into your work.Resources:Check out Sandra Coan's Certification Program - https://sandracoanstudios.com/Follow Sandra on Instagram - https://www.instagram.com/sandracoan/Listen to Sandras Unpopular Opinions Podcast - httpGrab your free 52 Lightroom Presets athttp://freephotographypresets.com/ Get Back your Family Time and Start Building Your Dream Photography Business for FREE with CloudSpot Studio.And get my Wedding and Portrait Contract and Questionnaires, at no cost!Sign up now at http://deliverphotos.com/Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In today's episode of the podcast, I chat with Wedding and Sports photographer Vinny Pugliese, who shares how to transform your photography passion into a prosperous career with patience and genuine connections.The Big Ideas:Embrace the Long Game: Remember, success comes from consistent effort over time, not overnight. Your patience will be rewarded.Lean into Rejection: Critiques aren't setbacks; they're opportunities for growth. Let feedback elevate your standards and your work.Build with Character: Your personality and ability to connect genuinely are as important as your photography skills in building your business.Maintain Curiosity: Keep a beginner's mindset to foster learning and innovation. Stay curious, it's the foundation for your evolution as a photographer.Photography Action Plan:Set Realistic Timelines for Mastery: Give yourself permission to learn at your own pace by setting time-bound goals that allow for gradual improvement without pressure. Review and adjust your timelines as you progress, ensuring they remain challenging yet achievable to keep you motivated.Consistently Practice Key Photography Skills: Commit to daily practice, even if it's just for a short period, focusing on areas like lighting, composition, and background to enhance image quality. Document your progress in a journal or blog to reflect on improvements and areas that need further attention.Seek Constructive Criticism and Act on It: Find a mentor or a peer group willing to provide honest, constructive feedback on your work to help you recognize your strengths and weaknesses. Implement the feedback thoughtfully into your practice, using it as a roadmap for your photographic development.Prioritize Building Connections within the Industry: Attend networking events and engage with experienced photographers, potential mentors, and peers to broaden your industry knowledge and create opportunities for collaboration. Cultivate relationships by offering your skills to more experienced photographers, which can lead to exposure, referrals, and valuable on-the-job learning.Expand Your Business Acumen Alongside Your Craft: Educate yourself on the business side of photography, which includes marketing, client management, and financial planning. Develop a business plan that outlines how you'll transition from practicing photography as a hobby to making it a sustainable career, considering how you'll finance your business and attract clients.Resources:"The Wealth of Connection" by Vinny Pugliese available on AmazonVinny Pugliese's website for entrepreneurs - www.totallifefreedom.comGrab your free 52 Lightroom Presets athttp://freephotographypresets.com/ Get Back your Family Time and Start Building Your Dream Photography Business for FREE with CloudSpot Studio.And get my Wedding and Portrait Contract and Questionnaires, at no cost!Sign up now at http://deliverphotos.com/Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In today's episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast, I chat with photographer Scott Wyden Kivowitz about harnessing AI to revolutionize your photo editing, freeing up valuable time dive deeper into creativity and business growth.The Big Ideas:Embrace Change for Creative Freedom: AI tools like Imagen AI can automate the mundane, leaving you with more time for creativity.Learn from the Past, Leverage the Future: Understanding film's discipline enhances your appreciation, but AI's speed and ease can transform your workflow.The Ethical Use of AI is Empowering: Using AI to edit isn't cheating; it's smart business, letting you focus on shooting and final touches.Personal Development is Key: Stay curious about emerging tech. Tools like Imagine can adapt to personal styles, helping you evolve.Photography Action Plan:Explore AI Editing Tools: Sign up for Imagen AI's free trial at https://imagen-ai.com/ to familiarize yourself with automated photo editing and experience how it can expedite your workflow. Select a recent batch of photos and use Imagen AI's profile to edit them, observing the time you save and the quality of the output.Enhance Your Photography Skills: Dedicate time each week to practice shooting in different lighting conditions to understand your camera's capabilities and how to adjust settings for the perfect shot. Analyze your photos post-shoot to identify areas for improvement, then apply those insights to refine your technique in your next session.Leverage AI for Business Efficiency: Implement AI note-taking software in your client meetings to ensure you capture all requirements without losing focus on the conversation. Reinvest the time saved by using AI tools into marketing efforts or client engagement to grow your photography business.Educate Yourself on the Evolution of Photography: Delve into the history of photography, including the discipline of film, to deepen your appreciation and understanding of the craft's foundations. Experiment with different styles and techniques from history, then fuse them with modern technology to create a unique aesthetic in your work.Invest in Continuous Learning: Subscribe to photography podcasts and join online photography communities to stay informed about the latest trends, tools, and techniques to continually evolve your craft. Set aside regular intervals to review and practice what you've learned from these resources to integrate this knowledge practically into your photography projects.Resources:Try out Imagen AI photo editor - https://imagen-ai.com/Listen to the Workflows for Photographers PodcastGrab your free 52 Lightroom Presets athttp://freephotographypresets.com/ Get Back your Family Time and Start Building Your Dream Photography Business for FREE with CloudSpot Studio.And get my Wedding and Portrait Contract and Questionnaires, at no cost!Sign up now at http://deliverphotos.com/Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In Today's Episode of the podcast I chat with Julie Christie about creating engaging content, especially for family photographers. We discuss the impact of connection content, building trust with the audience, and the value of authority content. You'll learn how to develop a photography brand with a personality, appeal to introverts in business, and strategically navigate the balance between connection and sales content in your marketing efforts.The Big Ideas:Connection Content: Share glimpses of your values and personality without revealing private details to build trust and likability with your audience.Brand Personality: Create a photography brand that reflects your values and personality, emphasizing connection with the audience over price or quality.Introverts in Business: Market with integrity, emphasize empathy, and cater to like-minded introverts in your marketing to build trust and loyalty.Authority Content: Utilize website for authority content to address buyer's questions and concerns, efficiently converting them into customers.Implementation Plan:1: Create Connection Content: Julie emphasizes the power of showing your personality and values through connection content to engage your audience, especially for family photographers. This approach helps clients feel like they know you, which can be a strong factor in their decision to book your services. Photographers can harness this insight by showcasing behind-the-scenes snippets of their work life, sharing personal but not private anecdotes, or even their philosophy on capturing precious family moments.Exercise: Share a brief story or insight on your social media that relates to why you love capturing family moments. It could be a throwback to your childhood family photos, a recent warm interaction with a client, or why you cherish the candid in-between moments. This helps potential clients see the person behind the lens and fosters a sense of familiarity and trust.2: Showcase Authority: As per Julie's experience, authority content might not rake in high engagement but is crucial for conversion. It establishes you as a knowledgeable expert, which can be especially persuasive when potential clients are considering who to trust with their memories.Exercise: Write a blog post or create an infographic for your website that answers a common photography-related question you've encountered, such as "How to prepare your kids for a photo session" or "The best time of day for outdoor family photos." Include helpful tips that showcase your expertise and experience.3: Embrace the Learning Curve:  There are so many advantages to the mistakes you make in the journey of growth as a photographer. For new photographers, this lesson is vital: being unafraid to make and learn from mistakes is what ultimately refines your craft.Exercise: Select a past photo that you're not particularly proud of and analyze it to understand what didn't work. Then, attempt to recreate the shot by applying your new Start Building Your Dream Photography Business for FREE with CloudSpot Studio. And get my Wedding and Portrait Contract and Questionnaires, at no cost! Sign up now at http://deliverphotos.com/Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In  today's episode of the podcast, I chat with family, wedding, and headshot photographer Rachael Boer, who shares how to turn your photography passion into a thriving business starts with networking, managing fear, and delivering an exceptional client experience.The Big IdeasCultivate Passion into Profit: Your enthusiasm for photography can attract clients; let your passion shine through.Embrace the Butterflies: Feeling nervous signals you care about your work; use it to fuel your drive for excellence.Client Experience is King: Provide memorable services that go beyond the photo, making your business unforgettable.Marketing is a Relationship Game: Build genuine connections and watch your client base grow organically.Action Plan:Build Your Portfolio: Arrange free photo sessions with friends and family to showcase your skills across a variety of subjects and settings.Develop Networking Skills: Attend local networking events, such as those hosted by the Chamber of Commerce, to connect with potential clients and other professionals.Overcome On-site Challenges: Practice shooting in unfamiliar environments, such as friends' homes, to become adaptable to varied lighting and space conditions.Market Your Services Creatively: Start gathering business cards at events and add new contacts to your mailing list for ongoing communication about your services and special offers.Invest in Self-Education: Dedicate time each week to reading books or online resources that cover both the technical aspects of photography and business operations, including marketing and sales.Resources:Rachael Boer's Website and Educational Resources: http://rachelboer.comLearn What Camera Settings to Use in our free guide!https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In today's episode of the podcast, I chat with Documentary Wedding Photographer Ben Chrisman who shares his approach to capturing authentic moments at weddings. He talks about his transition from newsroom photographer to shooting weddings and you'll learn to approach photography creatively, understand the challenges faced during weddings, and forge lifelong relationships with clients.The Big Idea:Creativity comes from knowing what you like and subtracting what's unnecessary.Challenging yourself is crucial. Safe shots are important, but creativity pushes your limits.Build lifelong relationships with your clients. Understand and empathize with their challenges.Push yourself to create photos that you like and find personal satisfaction in your work.Best Practices:Capture Authentic Moments: Focus on real emotions and personalities, rather than staged photos, to tell a unique and artistic story of the wedding day.Stay Creative: Challenge yourself to think outside the box, experiment with different angles, shadows, silhouettes, and abstract shots to create visually interesting and extraordinary photos.Understand and Empathize: Be sensitive to the challenges brides face, and show care and concern for the couple, especially in tense situations, to build lasting relationships and create a positive experience.Prioritize Comfort: When taking portraits, aim to make people feel at ease and forget the camera’s presence to capture genuine and natural expressions.Embrace Limitations: Using prime lenses and minimal gear can enhance creativity by forcing you to focus on what's important and subtracting the unnecessary.Strive for Personal Satisfaction: Judge your work based on your own sense of creative achievement and focus on creating photos that align with your personal style and preferences.Resources:Check out Ben Chrismans Website - https://www.chrismanstudios.com/Follow Ben on Instagram - https://www.instagram.com/chrismanstudios/Learn What Camera Settings to Use in our free guide!https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In today's episode of the podcast, I chat with San Francisco Family Photographer David Enloe about how stepping away from social media and focusing on personalized marketing strategies can elevate your photography business. You might discover unconventional yet effective techniques to grow your client base and appreciate the art of photography.The Big Ideas:Embrace Unconventional Marketing: Discover alternative paths to client engagement without social media; pop-up studios can work wonders.Value Personal Space: Comfort in your marketing approach improves mental energy and creativity; social media isn't mandatory.Focus on Quality Content: Strengthen your online presence with an excellent website and SEO; this attracts more genuine interest.Build and Utilize Your Email List: Emails foster a personal connection with clients; free offers can lead to profitable relationships.Best Practices:Pop-Up Success: Engage directly with potential clients at public events to build visibility and an email list. Personal interactions nurture business growth far better than a passive online presence.Social Media Strategy: Don't spread yourself thin across all platforms. Choose the ones you enjoy and focus on building quality interactions. Remember, it's about the value you offer, not the quantity of posts.Email over Social: For deeper connections and communication of your art's value, leverage email marketing. Greater personal space and open rates mean messages resonate more with potential clients.Embrace Email: Write engaging, educational, and non-salesy content to keep your audience interested and informed about your services.Photography Approach: Focus on capturing genuine moments and interactions. Offer free social media-sized downloads as a gateway to selling high-resolution images.Manual Mode: Overcome the fear of manual mode for better control and consistency in your photographs. Practice leads to competence and confidence.Resources:San Francisco Family Photographer David Enloe's WebsiteLearn What Camera Settings to Use in our free guide!https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In today's episode of the podcast, I share how planning, practicing poses, and mastering camera settings can significantly boost your confidence behind the lens. Discover actionable strategies to transform your apprehension into assurance behind the lens.The Big IdeasVisualize Success: Picture perfect shots in your mind first to make them a reality with your camera. Envisioning leads to achieving.Feedback is Growth Fuel: Embrace critique from trusted peers and clients—it's your shortcut to rapid improvement in photography.Know Your Gear Inside Out: Dive into your camera's manual, practice regularly, and master your tool to confidently capture stunning images.Plan, Practice, Project Confidence: Structure your shoots, rehearse your poses, and show up ready—to clients, you'll be the expert they trust.Learn What Camera Settings to Use in our free guide!https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In today's episode of the podcast, I chat with fine art photographer Brooke Shaden about unlocking your creative potential through symbolism, storytelling, and embracing artistic evolution to transform your photography journey.The Big Ideas:Vision Over Technique: Forge images from your vision; technical skills will follow. Empower your creativity to supersede technical constraints.Artistic Iteration: Learn by doing. Trial, error, and experimentation will refine your art. Fear not the imperfections.Emotional Resonance: Craft stories that touch hearts. Your art has the power to echo universal feelings.Letting Go and Growing: Release your work; focus on the next creation. Your artistic identity expands through detachment.Resources: Follow Brooke On Instagram - https://www.instagram.com/brookeshaden/ Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In Todays Episode of the podcast I chat with family film photographer Rachel Larsen Weaver about her photographic journey, the value of perseverance, choosing to shoot on film, and the power of finding your own artistic vision in a raw and authentic style.Big Ideas:Embrace Your Unique Style: Your photographic journey may start with struggles, but embracing your own style can lead to a raw, authentic aesthetic that sets you apart.Value Perseverance: Through perseverance and continuous self-improvement, you can shift your focus from simply pleasing others to pursuing your own artistic vision.Find a Mentor: Finding a mentor who aligns with your work and provides valuable guidance can significantly boost your confidence and help you grow as a photographer.Capture Authentic Moments: Transitioning to shooting film can allow you to capture imperfect, raw moments with honesty and intimacy, providing a new level of depth to your photography.Resources:Follow Rachael Larsen Weaver on Instagram - https://www.instagram.com/rachel.larsen.weaver/ Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In today's episode of the podcast, we explore how to build a captivating photography portfolio in the digital age, focusing on showcasing your best work, building a professional identity, and the transformative power of a well-curated portfolio.The Big Ideas:Showcase Your Best Work: Select images that distinctly reflect your talent and style. Focus on quality, impactful work that resonates with your niche. Regularly refresh your collection.Build a Professional Identity: Establish your unique artistic vision and credibility through a portfolio that demonstrates both your emotional depth and technical skills.Transformative Power of Curation: Continuously refining your portfolio not only tracks personal growth but also enhances your professional opportunities and adapts to trends.Presentation Diversity: Present your work across various platforms to ensure accessibility, from digital galleries and physical portfolios to social media, each telling your unique story.ResourcesDownload your free Portfolio building workbook - https://beginnerphotopod.com/portfolioworkbook Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In today's episode of the podcast, I chat with photography Michael Rababy about curating images to create a compelling collection for his book California Love: A Visual Mixtape. He will walk you through honing your unique photographic voice, and questioning the impact of social media on your photography journey. You'll gain insight into creating meaningful art, developing a personal photographic voice, and navigating the complexities of the modern photography landscape.The Big Ideas:Developing Your Photographic Voice: Explore the significance of creating a unique photographic voice.The Impact of Art on Your Life: Understand how life experiences and art influence your creative process.Curating Compelling Visual Content: Discover the process of curating a powerful collection of photographs.Navigating the Modern Photography Landscape: Gain insights into the challenges and opportunities in the current photography environment.Resources: Michaels book, California Love: A Visual Mixtape Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In today's episode of the podcast, I chat with Brian Leahy, a successful high-end wedding photographer, who emphasizes the importance of building relationships with clients and industry professionals. We discuss the impact of AI, networking, and pivoting to a new photography niche.The Big Ideas:Importance of Building Rapport: You'll learn that knowing your clients and industry partners by name can significantly impact your success.Transitioning and Niche Specialization: Discover how pivoting to a new photography niche can be fulfilling and profitable.Networking Impact: We explore how networking can lead to opportunities and provide more value than the quality of your work.Understanding Client Needs: Learn that creativity, while important, may not always be the top priority for clients, especially at high-end events.Resources:Visit Brians Wedding Photography Website - https://www.brianleahyphoto.com/Follow Brian on Instagram - https://www.instagram.com/brianleahydestinations/Brians new Luxury Travel website - https://www.brianleahydestinations.com/homeEnter to win 1 of 4 copies of Taylor Jacksons new bookWedding Photography: After 1000 Weddingshttps://beginnerphotopod.com/tjbook Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In Todays Episode of the podcast, you'll learn how to evolve your taste as a photographer. By defining, cultivating, and evolving your taste, you will gain clarity and confidence in your creative pursuits, setting yourself up for success.The Big IdeasDefine Your Taste: Recognize that your initial inclination may not be what truly inspires you. Find photographers who resonate with you, and learn from their work.Cultivate Your Taste: Surround yourself intentionally with sources of inspiration that align with your creative vision. Identify what truly speaks to you in photography.Evolve Your Taste: Embrace change and allow your taste to transform as you gain more knowledge and experience in photography. Be open to evolving your creative style.Practice with Intention: Develop a deliberate approach to your photography. Instead of aimlessly capturing scenes, set parameters for your shoots and measure success based on meeting those goals.Enter to win 1 of 4 copies of Taylor Jacksons new bookWedding Photography: After 1000 Weddingshttps://beginnerphotopod.com/tjbook Learn What Camera Settings to Use in our free guide!https://perfectcamerasettings.com/Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In today's episode of the podcast, I chat with photographers Seth Miranda, Rachael Boer, and Carl Caylor who share their insights on getting out of creative ruts, capturing emotions, and overcoming technical perfectionism. You'll learn how to find inspiration, connect with clients, and balance technical proficiency with emotional impact in your work.The Big Ideas:Getting Out of Creative Ruts: Embrace new projects and perspectives to find inspiration and motivation.Connecting with Clients: Focus on capturing genuine emotions and adapting to your client's energy and personality.Overcoming Technical Perfectionism: Prioritize emotional impact while also valuing technical growth and learning from competition.Finding Inspiration: Seek education, connect with industry professionals, and embrace AI technology for creative growth.Resources:Follow Seth on Youtube - https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCeN4SYppmjT8j69WAuGxOuA Follow Rachael on Instagram - https://www.instagram.com/rachaelboerphotography/?hl=enFollow Carl on Instagram - https://www.instagram.com/carlcaylor/?hl=enEnter to win 1 of 4 copies of Taylor Jacksons new bookWedding Photography: After 1000 Weddingshttps://beginnerphotopod.com/tjbook Learn What Camera Settings to Use in our free guide!https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Watch the Free Maximizing Mini Sessions Video training and start earning money with your camera!https://beginnerphotopod.com/minisConnect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In Today's Episode of the podcast I chat with product photographer Kelly Lawson about her journey from healthcare to photography, navigating the struggles of being a beginner, and unlocking the potential of photography to revolutionize her career and creative passions. We cover practical approaches for securing your first client, marketing, pricing, and understanding the psychology of photography.The Big IdeasUnlocking Your First Client:  Begin by showcasing your product photography, tag companies in your work, or offer free shoots for photo credits to secure your first clientBusiness Savvy: Develop a diverse portfolio for product, lifestyle, and commercial photography. Choose pricing that covers expenses and leaves profit.Mastering Light and Angles: Understand and control light, use natural light, and optimize positioning to flatter the product in photography.Target Audience and Emotions: Focus on appealing to the target demographic in commercial photography and convey emotions and perspectives in product photos using camera angles.Resources:Follow Kelly on Instagram - https://www.instagram.com/kellyslawson/Check out Kelly's Website - https://kellylawson.ca/Enter to win 1 of 4 copies of Taylor Jacksons new bookWedding Photography: After 1000 Weddingshttps://beginnerphotopod.com/tjbook Grab your free 52 Lightroom Presets athttp://freephotographypresets.com/Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In today's episode of the podcast, I chat with photographers Vanessa Joy, Daniel Norton, and Mary Fisk-Taylor at Imaging USA 2024 and  learn about their approach to staying creative in photography. You'll learn about cultivating genuine emotions in your photography, networking tips, and finding inspiration beyond the lens.The Big Ideas:Cultivate Genuine Emotions: Build connections and capture authentic emotions to create impactful and meaningful photographs.Networking Tips: Learn the value of networking at photography events and how it can benefit your journey as a photographer.Finding Inspiration: Discover the importance of seeking inspiration beyond photography to fuel your creativity.Staying Creative: Explore ways to overcome creative ruts and stay inspired in the art of photography.Resources:Follow Vanessa Joy on Youtube - https://www.youtube.com/@VanessaJoyFollow Daniel Norton on Youtube - https://www.youtube.com/@DanielNortonPhotographerFollow Mary Fisk-Taylors on Instagram - https://www.instagram.com/maryfisktaylor/Enter to win 1 of 4 copies of Taylor Jacksons new bookWedding Photography: After 1000 Weddingshttps://beginnerphotopod.com/tjbook Grab your free 52 Lightroom Presets athttp://freephotographypresets.com/Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In Todays Episode of the podcast, I chat with underwater conservation photographer, Karim Iliya. Today you'll learn how photography can be a catalyst for conservation and an advocate for environmental awareness. As you listen, prepare to be transformed by a new perspective on the power of your photography.The Big Ideas:Perspective: You'll learn that impactful photography goes beyond aesthetics, encouraging you to showcase the beauty and plight of nature and animals.Change: Embrace the responsibility to use your photography to evoke a love for nature, ultimately contributing to conservation efforts.Engagement: Understand that even as a beginner, you can contribute to conservation through your photography, changing how you perceive and portray nature.Adapting Technology: Recognize the potential for innovative VR technology in conservation storytelling and photography, pushing the boundaries of traditional methods.Resources:Follow Karim on Instagram - https://www.instagram.com/karimiliyaCheck out Karim's Website - https://karimiliya.com/aboutEnter to win 1 of 4 copies of Taylor Jacksons new bookWedding Photography: After 1000 Weddingshttps://beginnerphotopod.com/tjbook Download your free copy of46 Creative Photo Ideas to Get You Out of a Rutat https://creativeimageideas.com/ Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In Today's Episode of the podcast, I chat with photographers Taylor Jackson, Taylor Brumfield, and Cris Duncan at Imaging USA 2024 hosted in Louisville. In this lightning round style interview we discuss finding motivation, networking, balancing passion and patience, and the value of self-care and personal connections in photography.The Big Ideas:Balance Passion with Patience: Prioritize building your resume and portfolio over following your passion initially, and be patient in pursuing your passion.Value Personal Connections: Personal interaction is crucial for growth in photography – seek support and attend industry events for connection and learning.Transform Challenges into Triumphs: Overcome creative ruts by engaging in non-photography-related creative activities and forming genuine relationships with subjects.Effective Marketing through Networking: Networking is a key marketing strategy in photography. Building meaningful connections leads to referrals and repeat clients.Resources:Follow Taylor Jackson on Youtube - https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCCdYgwZvHnXO8nkRrWl-mfAFollow Taylor Brumfield on Instagram - https://www.instagram.com/taylorrbeeCheck out Cris Duncans Website - https://www.cjduncan.com/Enter to win 1 of 4 copies of Taylor Jacksons new bookWedding Photography: After 1000 Weddingshttps://beginnerphotopod.com/tjbookConnect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In Today's Episode of the podcast, you'll learn how to capture the essence of winemaking through branding photography with Heather Daenitz. Discover how she focuses on storytelling, adapts to unexpected situations, and translates her passion into a successful photography business.The Big Ideas:Adapt to Unexpected Situations: Learn how to be flexible and creative when faced with unforeseen challenges during a photoshoot.Finding Your Niche: Understand the importance of identifying and pursuing a photography niche that aligns with your passion.Business Development: Gain insights into building a successful photography business tailored to a specific industry or niche.Visual Storytelling: Explore the art of crafting compelling visual narratives through photography, capturing the spirit and emotion of winemaking.Resources:Follow Heather on Instagram - https://www.instagram.com/craftandcluster Check out Heathers Website - https://www.craftandcluster.com/ Grab your free 52 Lightroom Presets athttp://freephotographypresets.com/Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In today's episode of the podcast, you'll discover how to transform your photos from simple snapshots into compelling stories, learning the art of narrative photography and its power to add depth and emotion to your images.The Big Ideas:Storytelling Beyond the Frame: Understand that a photograph tells a part of a larger story, encouraging you to think beyond a single shot.Essential Story Elements: Learn to identify and capture key story elements - character, setting, conflict, and resolution - in your photography.Gear Minimalism: Discover the importance of using minimal gear to focus on storytelling, avoiding distraction and enhancing narrative depth.Sequential Storytelling Mastery: Gain insights into selecting and sequencing images to create a cohesive and engaging visual narrative.Resources:Join the Free and Private Beginner Photography Podcast Community - https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Grab your free 52 Lightroom Presets athttp://freephotographypresets.com/Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In Today's Episode of the podcast, I chat with street photographer Donato Di Camillo. You'll gain a deeper understanding of photojournalism, visual storytelling, and human connections. You'll learn how to approach and capture diverse subjects, and how to use photography to give voices to those often unheard. You'll be inspired to tap into the human experience through your lens.The Big Ideas:Embrace Emotional Connection: Connect with people, understand their stories, and capture genuine emotions in your photos.Authenticity Over Categories: Let go of labels and categories and focus on capturing images that resonate with your emotions and experiences.Establish Trust: Build trust with your subjects to capture their authentic selves and create compelling portraits.Use Photography to Share Stories: Recognize the power of photography in giving voice to diverse and often marginalized narratives, and use your work to bring awareness to important and powerful stories.Resources:Follow Donato on Instagram - https://www.instagram.com/donato_dicamillo/Watch the Free Maximizing Mini Sessions Video training and start earning money with your camera!https://beginnerphotopod.com/minis Download your free copy of 46 Creative Photo Ideas to Get You Out of a Rutat https://creativeimageideas.com/Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In Today's Episode of the podcast I chat with landscape photographer and podcast host Matt Payne about his 35 day 520 mile hike on the Colorado Trail. You'll learn how to capture real, authentic moments in nature. Discover how to differentiate yourself, trust your instincts, and find inspiration without copying others. The Big Ideas:Be Authentic: Learn how to capture real moments and represent the true experience through your photography.Trust Your Instincts: Embrace your unique style and experiment fearlessly to improve your work.Find Inspiration Everywhere: Look beyond your genre and incorporate elements from other photographers' work without copying them.Resources:Follow Matt on Instagram - https://www.instagram.com/mattpaynephotoListen to Matts Landscape Photography Podcast - https://www.instagram.com/fstopcollaborateVisit Matts Website - https://www.mattpaynephotography.com/Watch the Free Maximizing Mini Sessions Video training and start earning money with your camera!https://beginnerphotopod.com/minis Download your free copy of 46 Creative Photo Ideas to Get You Out of a Rutat https://creativeimageideas.com/Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In today's episode of the podcast, you'll discover the transformative power of personal and professional growth. You'll learn the importance of investing in yourself, supporting your clients, and finding balance in your photography journey.The Big Ideas:Prioritize the Couple: Support the couple on their wedding day to capture genuine emotions.Continuous Growth: Emphasize the ongoing benefits of investing in photography education and business tools.Work-Life Balance: Plan and enjoy life outside of photography to maintain creativity and fulfillment.Business Success: Focus on consistently delivering high-quality work and investing in essential tools.Learn What Camera Settings to Use in our free guide!https://perfectcamerasettings.com/Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In today's episode of the podcast, I chat with photographer, film maker, and curator of the popular Eye Mama Project, Karni Arieli. You'll learn how she challenged misconceptions with photography. You'll discover the transformational power of storytelling and the impact of curating authentic, inclusive images. Through honest communication and collaboration, you'll realize the value of your art in changing perspectives.The Big Ideas:Embracing Realism: Capturing the duality of moments in motherhood, from joy to hardships, to create raw and honest stories.Global Representation: Curating a diverse and inclusive portrayal of motherhood, embracing all caregivers and photographers.Self-Reflection: Recognizing the significance of injecting your perspective into every photo and connecting with your audience.Overcoming Challenges: Understanding the process of curating a meaningful photography project and book, and finding the courage to push the limits.Artistic Growth: Exploring the therapeutic and inclusive nature of photography, and the potential for personal and collective transformation.Resources:Buy Karni's Book Eye Mama - https://amzn.to/3TSByU1Check out the Eye Mama project Website - www.eyemamaproject.comFollow the Eye Mama Project on Instagram - https://www.instagram.com/eyemamaprojectWatch the Free Maximizing Mini Sessions Video training and start earning money with your camera!https://beginnerphotopod.com/minisConnect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In today's episode of the podcast, I chat with Portrait Photographer Michelle Tricca about her journey as a photographer and the inspiration she found in creating impactful art, which not only transformed her career but her life. You'll discover the importance of intention, personal projects, helping others, and finding fulfillment through your photography.The Big Ideas:Intention: Set clear intentions for your photography, whether it's for personal projects or commercial work, to align your passion with your output.Meaningful Projects: Pursue personal projects and assignments that deeply resonate with you, allowing you to create work that has a meaningful impact.Impactful Art: Learn to make art accessible to everyone, especially to those who may not have the means to experience traditional art venues.Quality Over Quantity: Emphasize the significance of choosing the strongest images over flooding your portfolio with numerous, mediocre shots.Balancing Work and Passion: Discover how to balance commercial photography with personal projects that fulfill your soul, leading to a more rewarding photography career.Resources:Check out Michelles Website - https://www.michelletricca.com/Follow Michelle on Instagram - https://www.instagram.com/mo_tric/Watch the Free Maximizing Mini Sessions Video training and start earning money with your camera!https://beginnerphotopod.com/minisConnect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In Today’s Episode of the podcast, I chat with Ave Pildas, an experienced ex commercial photographer who today shares his insights on finding the essence of a photo, personal creativity and organizing your archive.The Big Ideas:Discovering the Power of an Image: Learn how Ave Pildas recognized the impact of a photo and how it inspired him to explore new projects.Building Projects from Unexpected Opportunities: Find out how Ave Pildas's cat and rat photo led to a series on animals and learn how to spot new themes in your own work.Organizing Your Archive: Hear Ave Pildas's advice on being specific and meticulous in organizing your photos and learn from his own experiences of relying on memory.Following Your Passion: Get inspired by Ave Pildas's journey from commercial photography to pursuing his own artistic vision and learn how to prioritize your own happiness.The Power of Books: Discover why Ave Pildas believes books have a lasting impact and why they can be a valuable medium for sharing your photographs.Resources:Aves book Star Struck - https://www.smallphotobooks.com/bookstore/star-struckFollow Ave on Instagram - https://www.instagram.com/avepildas/Watch Ave on Youtube - https://www.youtube.com/@avepildasphotographyConnect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In Today's Episode of the podcast, I chat with Master Photographer Bryan Caporicci who will give you the opportunity to transform your photography journey by understanding the importance of mastering technical skills, building a successful business, and valuing your time and effort as a photographer.The Big IdeasMastering the Fundamentals: Focus on learning and excelling in technical skills to achieve growth in your art.Building a Successful Business: Understand the value of investing time and effort in building and growing your photography business.Valuing Your Efforts: Embrace the idea of continuous learning, investing in your skills, and focusing on long-term growth rather than quick wins.Diversifying Your Skills: Explore the potential of expanding your photography services to different businesses and building valuable networks.Resources:Bryans book: Pricing for Profit: Solid Business Techniques for a Profitable Photography Studio - https://amzn.to/3NQBrUTSprout Studio - https://getsproutstudio.com/Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In Today's Episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast, discover the transformative power of manual mode in photography. Learn how shifting from automatic to manual mode can unlock your creative potential and allow you to capture images that truly express your vision. Explore the artistry and storytelling possibilities that manual mode offers, and embark on a journey of personal and artistic growth.The Big Ideas:Embrace Manual Mode: Take control of your camera and make intentional choices that align with your artistic vision.Shift Your Mindset: Understand that photography is not just about capturing what you see, but how you see it.Explore the Power of Settings: Aperture, shutter speed, and ISO are the building blocks of photographic literacy. Learn to manipulate them to create mood, depth, and motion in your images.Develop Your Photographic Voice: Manual mode allows you to tell stories, evoke emotions, and express your unique perspective through your photographs.Embrace the Journey: Mastery of manual mode is a lifelong process of learning and experimentation. Enjoy the process of discovery and artistic growth.Remember, the true magic of photography lies within you, not the camera. By embracing manual mode, you can unlock your creativity and capture images that truly reflect your artistic vision.Resources: Download Picture Perfect Camera Settings Cheatsheet here: https://perfectcamerasettings.com/Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In today's episode of the podcast, you'll discover the transformative power of community, the value of aiming for personal growth over perfection, and incorporating intention into your photography, ultimately enriching your human experience.Photography Manifesto Episodes 334: Photography Manifesto for Beginners - overview344: Manifesto Rule #1 - The Goal of Photography is to Enrich the Human Experience352: Manifesto Rule #2 - To Be Half Way Decent at Photography You Must Dedicate All Of Your Time To It360: Manifesto Rule #3 - Moment Matters Most, Not Camera Settings368: ManifestoRule #4 - You Don't Have to Know Everything About Photography to Know Anything About Photography378: Manifesto Rule #5 - Your Camera Is Not Holding You Back, YOU Are Holding Yourself Back386: Manifesto Rule #6 - If There Is No Intention, There Is No Image394: Manifesto Rule #7 - The Only Photographer You Are In Competition With is Yourself404: Manifesto Rule #8: Community Is The Only External Source That Will Help You to Become A Better Photographer412: Manifesto Rule #9: Your Cant Make Money From Your Creativity As A Photographer420: Manifesto Rule #10 - Kill Your Photography TeachersConnect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In this episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast, 12 past guests share what their favorite piece of photography gear is. From embracing the gear we have to finding tools that encourage shooting, we discuss how our equipment shapes our photography journey. By hearing from a range of photographers about their favorite gear and learning the importance of human connection and creative techniques, you'll be inspired to push the boundaries of your own creativity. Whether it's the use of light modifiers, the choice between film and digital photography, or the benefits of a specific piece of gear, you'll gain valuable insights to enhance your photography skills.Spider Holster - https://amzn.to/3Rits3ZCell Phone Mount for Top of Camera - https://amzn.to/485bRTYCineBloom Lens Difusion Filter - https://amzn.to/3GLx5udTiffen Black Pro Mist Difusion Filter - https://amzn.to/46Q1tyo5' ProFoto Octabox - https://amzn.to/3uOCpdG4' Godox Octabox - https://amzn.to/3RiTTXeCanon 100mm macro - https://amzn.to/3tlbaqHNikon 105mm macro - https://amzn.to/46ShwvvGodox AD200 flash - https://amzn.to/48avUjRSekonic 308 Light meter - https://amzn.to/41A06TD Yongnuo YN560IV Speedlight- https://amzn.to/4abt2VTConnect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In this episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast, 15 professional photographers share their best piece of Business advice so you can learn from their experience and implement it into your own work. This episode should give you a shortcut to building a strong photography business! Photographers featured in this episode 323: Angela Douglas Ramsey- Personal Projects : Go Deeper With Everything You Photograph392: Dauss Miller - The Art of Illumination: Exploring the Intersection of Light and Creativity384: Vanessa Joy - Sustaining a Successful Career in Photography: The Power of Persistence380: Melissa Miller - Bringing Out the Best in Children: Family Photography Tips374: Megan Dipiero - Outsmart AI and Protect Your Photography Business372: Mark Fox - Photography for a Cause: Raising Awareness of Indigenous Communities of the Amazon370: Liza Roberts - Fantasy Meets Reality: Using Fantasy Photography to Explore Your Imagination358: Savannah Dodd - Capturing Conscientiously: Photography Ethics 101348: Gary Pope - Harry Potter Weddings: Niching Down and Going Beyond Expectations350: Mica McCook - Food Photography Secrets: Plating Up Art354: Anja Poehlmann - Shooting Everyday for Creativity: Discover a New You Through Photography340: Julie Christie - Introverts are Masters of Marketing : The Photographers Voice356: Harry Skeggs - Wildlife Wonders: A Photographers Journey to Preserve the Natural World346: Tavia Redburn - Getting Started with Birth Photography: Perfect Little Memories366: Steve Rolfe: Tiny Tales and Big Imagination: A Unique Way to Photograph Life On The StreetConnect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In Todays Episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast, you will hear from 15 photographers who share their diverse perspectives on what makes a great photograph, uncovering the elements that truly transform an ordinary image into a powerful and meaningful work of art. You'll gain insight into intent, impact, simplicity, and creativity, unlocking the potential to elevate your photography to new heights.The Big Ideas:Intent: Understand why your photo is taken, and what it conveys.Impact: Consider the emotional and intellectual impact your photo will have on the viewer.Simplicity: Embrace clean, uncluttered compositions for more powerful messages.Creativity: Cultivate creativity to produce compelling, thought-provoking images.Photographers featured in this episode 323: Angela Douglas Ramsey- Personal Projects : Go Deeper With Everything You Photograph392: Dauss Miller - The Art of Illumination: Exploring the Intersection of Light and Creativity384: Vanessa Joy - Sustaining a Successful Career in Photography: The Power of Persistence380: Melissa Miller - Bringing Out the Best in Children: Family Photography Tips374: Megan Dipiero - Outsmart AI and Protect Your Photography Business372: Mark Fox - Photography for a Cause: Raising Awareness of Indigenous Communities of the Amazon370: Liza Roberts - Fantasy Meets Reality: Using Fantasy Photography to Explore Your Imagination358: Savannah Dodd - Capturing Conscientiously: Photography Ethics 101348: Gary Pope - Harry Potter Weddings: Niching Down and Going Beyond Expectations350: Mica McCook - Food Photography Secrets: Plating Up Art354: Anja Poehlmann - Shooting Everyday for Creativity: Discover a New You Through Photography340: Julie Christie - Introverts are Masters of Marketing : The Photographers Voice356: Harry Skeggs - Wildlife Wonders: A Photographers Journey to Preserve the Natural World346: Tavia Redburn - Getting Started with Birth Photography: Perfect Little Memories366: Steve Rolfe: Tiny Tales and Big Imagination: A Unique Way to Photograph Life On The StreetJoin the Photo Storage Challenge starting December 5th In the Free BPP Community!https://beginnerphotopod.com/groupConnect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In Today's Episode of the podcast, you'll learn how to craft photography goals that stick and transform your photography. You'll get insights into setting specific, achievable goals, overcoming challenges, and growing within a supportive community. The Big Ideas:- Define your areas for growth and set specific, achievable photography goals to improve your skills.- Apply the SMART criteria (specific, measurable, attainable, relevant, time-bound) to set epic goals.- Surround yourself with other photographers to share experiences and grow together.- Plan rewards and celebrations for reaching photography milestones.- Constantly check in with your photography goals and set new ones to keep the momentum going.Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In today's Best of the Year episode of the podcast, you'll discover powerful photography lessons that can transform your skills by teaching you how to capture genuine emotions, master light, overcome self-doubt, plan effectively, and communicate through your images.The Big Ideas:1. Embrace Play: Incorporate play into your photography sessions with children to capture genuine emotions and reactions.2. Quality over Quantity: Taking fewer deliberate shots leads to better results than relying on quantity.3. The Power of Planning: Do thorough research, use apps, and embrace flexibility to capture the best shots.4. Self-Doubt and Creativity: Push past self-doubt and focus on personal interest and growth as a photographer.5. Authenticity and Communication: Learn to effectively communicate your intended message through your photographs.Photographers featured in this episode 354: Anja Poehlmann - Shooting Everyday for Creativity: Discover a New You Through Photography342: Damien Lovegrove - Discover The Secrets Of Capturing Light: A Crash Course On Photographic Lighting380: Melissa Miller - Bringing Out the Best in Children: Family Photography Tips388: Shane Balkowitsch - AI, Authenticity, and the Future of Photography: Navigating the Digital Landscape358: Savannah Dodd - Capturing Conscientiously: Photography Ethics 101376: Jim Nix - Make Your Shots Look Spectacular: Plan & Edit Your Landscape Images370: Liza Roberts - Fantasy Meets Reality: Using Fantasy Photography to Explore Your Imagination398: Gavin Wade - Building a Dream Photography Business: Strategies to Boost Creativity and Productivity408: Elena Dorfman - Embracing Authenticity in Fine Art Photography: Pushing Past Self-Doubt410: David Ulrich - From Imitation to Authenticity: Mastering the Art of Mindful PhotographyConnect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Happy Thanksgiving! In this episode I share with you how to be present with your loved ones while still capturing memorable photos, and offer a challenge for you to tell the story of your thanksgiving day in just 5 photos!Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In Todays Episode of the podcast, I chat with Data Expert Will Yarborough. Today you'll discover how to transform your photography workflow. Learn how to effectively manage and store your photos, select the right storage solutions, and safeguard your work for the long term. Get ready to bring structure and efficiency to your photography process.The Big Ideas:1. Protect Your Work: Safeguard all your precious images by using the three-two-one backup solution. Back up your photos in multiple places to ensure you never lose them.2. Understand Your Needs: Evaluate your photography style and file types to determine the most suitable storage capacity for your work.3. Harness the Power of NAS: Discover the benefits of Network-Attached Storage for photographers, such as flexibility, centralized storage, and easy accessibility.4. Explore Backup Solutions: Consider utilizing Backblaze for its unlimited storage capabilities and comprehensive backup features.5. Upgrade Wisely: Transition to SSDs and NAS as your photo collection grows to ensure efficient storage and easy access to your files.Resources:Check out Will's Youtube ChannelWill's WebsiteConnect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In today's episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast, I chat with wedding, senior, and family photographer Lissa Chandler. Lissa shared valuable tips about building rapport with clients, embracing creativity, and staying true to your artistic vision. She also discussed the importance of shooting for yourself and creating work that fulfills you creatively. As you listen, take notes on how Lissa navigates vulnerability, handles rejection, and captures authentic moments.The Big Take Aways:Embrace the Evolution: Look back on your earlier photographs and appreciate how they have evolved over time. Your growth as a photographer is an ongoing process.Follow Your Passion: Trust your instincts and pursue photography even if it's not a popular career choice. Lissa knew from a young age that photography would play an important role in her life.Finding Your Niche: Be open to finding your niche in photography. Lissa initially wanted to be a posed baby photographer but discovered her passion for shooting weddings after a convincing encounter.Shoot for Yourself: Shoot work that fulfills you creatively, not just what others expect. Lissa emphasizes the importance of creating a body of work that is meaningful to you, even when working with clients.Build Rapport with Clients: Connect with your clients to create a successful photoshoot. Use questionnaires and encourage client involvement to build rapport and capture their true selves.Resources:Lissa Chandlers WebsiteFollow Lissa on InstagramCheck out Lissa's Photoshoot Checklist BookConnect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In today's episode of the podcast, I'm going to share with you the key to becoming the best photographer you can be in the coming year. You'll learn how to transform your photography skills and achieve personal and professional satisfaction on your photography journey.The Big Ideas:1. Strive for progress, not perfection - Don't worry about getting the perfect photo, just take a photo and learn from the experience.2. Learn by doing - Quantity group vs. quality group experiment showed that taking more photos leads to better results and improved skills.3. Change your goalpost - Don't be discouraged by the idea of 10,000 hours of practice, focus on achieving personal growth and satisfaction instead.4. Embrace the journey - Photography is not a destination, it's a process that is unique for everyone. Enjoy the ride and embrace your own path.Resources:Picture Perfect Settings - Free Download52 Free Lightroom Presets - DownloadWedding and Engagement Posing Guide - Free Download6 Step Photography Business Plan - Free DownloadConnect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In Today's Episode of the podcast, you'll hear from David Julian. Shooting travel, street, landscape, conceptual work, he's a very diverse photographer. David shares his journey through photography, teaching you to embrace personal projects, seek feedback, let go of perfectionism, and find your unique voice. By listening to this episode, you'll gain valuable insights on diversifying your photography, pursuing personal projects, seeking feedback, and letting go of perfectionism.The Big Ideas:1. Diversify Your Photography: Try different types of photography to learn and problem solve.2. Personal Projects Matter: Pursue personal projects to maintain passion and creativity in your photography.3. Seek Feedback: Show your work to others to know if you're on the right track and improve your skills.4. Let Go of Perfectionism: Embrace trial and error, and don't be too focused on the perfection of each photograph.5. Share Your Work: Get your photography out into the world to tell a story and be seen.Resources: David Julian's websiteFollow David on InstagramConnect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In today's episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast I chat with  experienced sports and baseball photographer Brad Mangin. Discover how to capture amazing baseball photographs, the importance of planning and context, and the power of storytelling in sports photography through Brads stories.The Big Ideas:The key to great photography is not the camera, but your ability to see and look.Balancing technical elements and capturing emotion is essential in sports photography.Practice and continuous learning are crucial for improvement, regardless of whether photography is a hobby or profession.Surrounding yourself with experienced photographers and seeking feedback helps you grow as a photographer.Enjoying the process and having fun are important aspects of capturing stunning photographs.Resources:Brad Mangin's websiteFollow Brad on InstagramBuster Posey BookInstant Baseball Photo BookConnect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In this episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast, I chat with the talented Street Photographer, Valérie Jardin. She talks about exploring the essence of street photography and the power of self-imposed limitations.  As you listen, challenge yourself to embrace the light around you, whether it's rain, fog, or harsh sunlight. Remember, there's no such thing as bad light, only opportunities to see the world differently. Valérie reminds us to trust our vision and not get bogged down by gear or the pursuit of perfection. The Big Ideas:Embrace Limitations: Discover how constraints can sharpen your focus and boost creativity.Observation Over Equipment: Understand that your unique perspective is more valuable than any camera.Trust Your Vision: Learn the importance of authenticity and the power of your individual voice in photography.Start Building Your Dream Photography Business for FREE with CloudSpot Studio. And get my Wedding and Portrait Contract and Questionnaires, at no cost! Sign up now at http://deliverphotos.com/ Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In Today's Episode of the podcast, you'll learn about the innate human instinct to seek guidance and look up to leaders. You'll explore the ease of finding mentors and teachers online, and how this accessibility can either benefit or hinder your growth as a photographer. Discover the importance of curiosity, experimentation, and taking action in your photography journey. Explore the concept of long-term projects and the value of personal experiences in improving your skills. Discover practical tips for becoming a better photographer and the significance of personal development in your photography journey.The Big Ideas:1. Seeking guidance and looking up to leaders is a natural instinct that can shape your photography journey.2. The internet provides easy access to mentors and teachers, but it's crucial to be discerning and choose resources that truly benefit you.3. Curiosity and experimentation are essential for growth as a photographer. Embrace new ideas and be open to trying different techniques and styles.4. Long-term photography projects can be personally fulfilling and offer opportunities to witness your growth and evolution as a photographer.5. The value of personal development cannot be overstated in improving your photography skills. It's not just about technical knowledge but also self-reflection and growth.Resources:- Join the Free and Private Beginner Photography Podcast Community Start Building Your Dream Photography Business for FREE with CloudSpot Studio. And get my Wedding and Portrait Contract and Questionnaires, at no cost! Sign up now at http://deliverphotos.com/ Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In Today's Episode of the podcast, you're going to learn a game-changing way of understanding lighting in different environments. Portrait photographer Cris Duncan shares his experience and insights on how to create soft light without expensive equipment. Discover how lighting can transform your photography. The Big Ideas:Size matters: The size of the light source affects the quality of light. A larger light source produces softer light. DIY diffusers: You can achieve a large light source without breaking the bank by using shower curtains, frosted paint, or drop cloths as diffusers.Choose your market: Just like high-end dining and fast-food chains coexist, decide which market you want to serve as a photographer and focus on it.Family photography matters: Family portraits are like high-end steakhouse meals – they have a significant impact on society, providing a sense of belonging and individual roles.Client experience matters: Taking a client-centric approach and planning ahead can elevate your work and change the way people value your photography.Resources:- Join the Free and Private Beginner Photography Podcast Community: Connect with other photographers and access valuable resources in the community.Build Your Dream Photography Business and Keep More of the Money You Earn with CloudSpot Studio.And get my Wedding and Portrait Contract and Questionnaires, at no cost!Sign up now at http://deliverphotos.com/ Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In this episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast, I chat with photographer Stephen Wallace about the importance of making work that truly matters. Steven discuss' the impact of blending personal exploration and client work, and how this can lead to greater satisfaction and better results. Steven shares his insights on shooting film and digital, and offers advice on navigating the film versus digital debate. The conversation delves into the psychology behind our choice of subjects, and emphasizes the significance of creating work that resonates with us on a personal level. This conversation will encourage you to prioritize you own artistic vision and not simply follow trends.The Big Ideas with Timestamps:[00:04:23] Black and white photography.[00:08:41] Enjoying photography without film.[00:12:21] Photography as cathartic release.[00:14:56] Reflecting on past work.[00:21:45] Keeping fresh the joy.[00:23:20] Dealing with client expectations.[00:29:34] Being true to each person.[00:31:01] Perception and event photography.[00:36:07] Finding meaningful work in photography.[00:39:03] Meaning in reactionary vs. conceptual photography.[00:44:26] Going against the grain.[00:50:31] Metal chairs and awesome shadows.[00:51:36] Inexpensive black and white film.[00:56:00] Shadows and self-reflection.[00:59:05] Importance of recharging creative batteries.[01:02:31] The importance of shooting daily.Resources:Steven Wallace's Photography WebsiteFollow Steven on InstagramBuild Your Dream Photography Business and Keep More of the Money You Earn with CloudSpot Studio.And get my Wedding and Portrait Contract and Questionnaires, at no cost!Sign up now at http://deliverphotos.com/ Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In this episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast, I delve into the fascinating journey of finding your style in photography. We'll explore the importance of having a clear message in your work and how it creates different imagery in people's minds. I'll share tips on critically analyzing photographs and understanding the story the photographer is trying to convey. Together, we'll uncover the organic nature of developing your style and the importance of embracing imperfections along the way. By the end of this episode, you'll gain a newfound perspective on the power of storytelling through your photography and be inspired to use your unique perspective to shape your own style.The Big Ideas with Timestamps:00:00:35 Finding your style in photography is subjective.00:03:25 Starting out in pursuit of indescribable passion.00:09:44 Work that is technically different and carries a distinct message of individual empowerment.00:13:34 Questioning photographer's intentions in visual storytelling.00:14:48 Finding the story in a photograph is essential.00:20:01 Volume manipulation in film creates paradoxical quiet.00:21:56 The intense moment of decision captured on camera.00:24:31 Camera tells story: what's happening, what's said.00:28:44 Message need not be literal, musical reference.00:33:07 Experience reveals couples' true nature and dynamics.00:35:52 Improved anticipation led to better wedding photography.00:39:54 Creating your style without consciously knowing it.The Scene from the Godfather - https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ppjyB2MpxBUTransform your Love for Photography into Profit for FREE with CloudSpot Studio.And get my Wedding and Portrait Contract and Questionnaires, at no cost!Sign up now at http://deliverphotos.com/ Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In this episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast I chat with the talented Heather Lahtinen to discuss aligning photography with personal values. You'll hear Heather's insightful advice on decision-making, trusting yourself, and finding your unique style as a photographer. From the importance of quick decision-making to the power of experimentation, Heather's pragmatic approach will empower you to take bold steps in your photography journey. Discover how to break free from the need for perfection and embrace the confidence to trust your instincts. Learn how to set your own pricing, aligning it with your values and goals. Get ready to be inspired and equipped with practical tools to elevate your photography and build a business that aligns with who you truly are. The Big Ideas with Timestamps00:01:41 Heather offers efficient advice, values individuality.00:04:14 Entrepreneur's experimental approach leads to success.00:09:09 Seek answers but don't lose creativity.00:10:15 Pricing dilemma: experimenting until you find success.00:12:58 Unique, brilliant approaches to pricing; freedom to structure business.00:18:24 Dangerous people, difficult question, big boy pants.00:22:22 Never not know, learn, become expert.00:24:02 Overthinking leads to feeling overwhelmed; just experiment.00:29:25 Find your style through experimentation and inspiration.00:32:47 Photography: finding groove in shooting and editing.00:34:22 Trusting myself led to business explosion.00:36:40 Finding your style: trust and self-discovery.00:40:16 Film school: don't lock yourself into anything.00:43:58 Confidently capturing wedding moments with Fuji camera.00:49:16 Choose who you trust, value, and align with.00:52:18 I love our positive and pragmatic talks.00:55:43 Speed and trust are key takeaways.00:57:56 Testing for two years, committing to experiment.Resources:Heather's Flourish Academy websiteTransform your Love for Photography into Profit for FREE with CloudSpot Studio.And get my Wedding and Portrait Contract and Questionnaires, at no cost!Sign up now at http://deliverphotos.com/ Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In this episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast, I interview fine art photographer Melanie Osaka. Melanie shares her unique approach to photography, focusing on self-directed work and not being driven by the need for an audience or financial success. She discusses the importance of creativity and trying new things, and offers insights into photography history and her own captivating images. The Big Ideas with Timestamps:[00:01:50] Meaningful photographs in a digital world.[00:05:57] Image making and its purpose.[00:09:46] Constraints and creativity.[00:12:46] Repurposing old printers.[00:17:46] Categorizing my photography work.[00:23:05] Photographing myself during lockdown.[00:26:46] Photographs and their impact.[00:32:59] Uncomfortable with self-portraits.[00:35:00] Confronting self-image through photography.[00:41:15] Developing photosensitive cotton.[00:44:48] Exposure time and calculations.[00:48:21] Losing interest in artistic process.[00:52:59] The power of constraints.Resources:Melanie Issaka’s websiteFollow Melanie on InstagramGet Back your Family Time and Start Building Your Dream Photography Business for FREE with CloudSpot Studio.And get my Wedding and Portrait Contract and Questionnaires, at no cost!Sign up now at http://deliverphotos.com/ Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In this episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast I chat with celebrity wedding photographer John Dolan who shares his unique approach to capturing the full story and emotions of a wedding. John reminds us that photography is about more than just obsessing over small details, it's about capturing the broad narrative and moments that truly matter. As he takes us on a journey through his experiences and insights, we learn the importance of letting go and embracing the natural flow of weddings, trusting our instincts to capture authentic moments. John's passion for tailoring his work to a distinct clientele encourages us to find our own form of photography and break free from industry expectations.The Big Ideas with Timestamps00:03:43 Teenage obsession with the camera and photography.00:05:43 Photography talent discovered through sports and concerts.00:11:11 Small college molded me into deeper photographer.00:20:06 Learned photography, worked for Sylvia Plachy, shot weddings.00:22:20 Wedding photography was unpopular, but less competitive.00:31:59 Wedding photographers: planned or spontaneous approach?00:33:43 Capturing wedding moments with storytelling, not details00:38:52 Engagement photo sessions seek unique couple connection.00:48:51 Risk, self-confidence, joy, contentment: finding own path in photography.00:52:14 Discussing the benefits of providing a personalized wedding photo delivery experience.00:56:15 Meeting for wedding photos, celebrities, business values01:01:41 Hard work pays off.ResourcesCelebrity Wedding Photographer John Dolan's WebsiteThe Perfect Imperfect Photography BookGet Back your Family Time and Start Building Your Dream Photography Business for FREE with CloudSpot Studio.And get my Wedding and Portrait Contract and Questionnaires, at no cost!Sign up now at http://deliverphotos.com/ Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In this episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast, we dive deep into the world of creating impactful images with the talented John Greengo. John shares his insights on the power of knowing, unleashing your creative mindset, and having quality equipment that suits your needs. As you listen, reflect on your top ten photos and the mindset you were in when you captured them. Join our community and participate in our five-step photo challenge to develop awareness and capture fresh perspectives on familiar subjects. Remember, the potential for a portfolio-worthy shot is always within reach if you keep an open mind and embrace the opportunities around you. The Big Ideas with Timestamps:[00:03:50] Early photography hobbyist discovers impact of perspective.[00:08:49] Internships successful, but no full-time job.[00:13:03] Odd transition led to adventurous bike ride. Became friends with Art Wolf and traveled.[00:15:47] Photography passion doesn't guarantee professional success.[00:19:41] Close enough quality in the past.[00:21:42] Photography moving towards phone usage, camera decline.[00:25:07] Composition is key in photography; endless possibilities.[00:30:09] Subtle shadow framing emphasizes subject in photo.[00:33:52] Pursue unexpected moments, reconsider your perspective.[00:36:20] Giving situations 15 minutes; then determine next steps.[00:40:11] Photographer finds unique spot for fireworks photo.[00:44:31] Lucky shot captures bird in beautiful setting.[00:46:51] Photography plans don't always go as intended.[00:52:07] Industry bias in reviews excludes lower-end consumers.[00:55:47] "Interview highlights: Know, unleash creativity, quality equipment."Resources:John Gringo's website - https://www.johngreengo.com/Start Building Your Dream Photography Business for FREE with CloudSpot Studio. And get my Wedding and Portrait Contract and Questionnaires, at no cost! Sign up now at http://deliverphotos.com/ Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In this episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast, we dive headfirst into the 9th installment of our 10-part Photography Manifesto series. Titled "You Can't Make Money From Your Creativity as a Photographer," this episode challenges conventional wisdom and explores the delicate balance between artistic expression and financial success. I unpack my personal insights and experiences from 10 years in the industry and 7 years of hosting this podcast. Discover why prioritizing your own unique vision is crucial in standing out from the crowd and attracting clients. I'll provide practical tips for finding your artistic identity and navigating the challenges of meeting client expectations. By the end of this episode, you'll be armed with the knowledge and inspiration to confidently pursue your creative passions while still thriving in the business of photography. The Big Ideas with Timestamps:[00:00:32] Creativity doesn't lead to financial success.[00:05:38] Lack of wedding experience leads to catering.[00:07:49] Capturing beautiful moments at weddings, proving worth.[00:12:59] Balancing artistic passion and financial success.[00:13:41] Busy booking brides, no time for creativity.[00:19:08] No longer finding joy in wedding photography.[00:20:22] Unique fingerprints make you a superpower creatively.[00:24:42] External validation: being paid for your work.[00:28:22] Shoot for clients, then shoot for yourself.[00:30:49] Practice before introducing new ideas; take risks.[00:35:10] Eliminate distractions to enhance creativity and productivity.[00:39:53] Be unique, but also follow trends. Commission.[00:41:42] Selfishness hindered my joy in wedding photography.Links and Resources:Listen to the full Photography Manifesto Episode, BPP 334Join The Beginner Photography Podcast CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Build Your Dream Photography Business and Keep More of the Money You Earn with CloudSpot Studio.And get my Wedding and Portrait Contract and Questionnaires, at no cost!Sign up now at http://deliverphotos.com/ Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In this episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast I chat with the talented Jen Pierce.  You'll discover that capturing natural, intimate moments can create stunning and authentic images. Say goodbye to traditional poses, and embrace the beauty of interaction and motion. Learn how to guide your subjects to create genuine moments, using prompts and suggestions that elicit real emotions. And don't forget the power of editing! Discover how warm tones, moody vibes, and subtle grain can add depth and personality to your photos. Get inspired to find your unique editing style and confidently express yourself as a photographer.The Big Ideas with Timestamps[00:06:22] Birth captured on camera despite tight deadline.[00:10:10] Woman's birth photo goes viral on Instagram.[00:12:57] Obsession with pregnant women and motherhood.[00:15:59] Intimate moments captured authentically in photography.[00:20:15] Drawn to moody warmth, not light and airy. [00:22:12] Editing: Stick to what you like, moodiness.[00:26:11] Authenticity and uniqueness got my name out.[00:28:43] Struggling photographer shares burnout and personal journey.[00:35:05] Using memes to reach more followers, charity.[00:36:50] Hashtags on Instagram help me book clients.[00:40:46] Equipment doesn't matter; it's all about style.[00:43:17] I love unposed photos and small details.[00:45:52] Awkward people look best when moving, posing doesn't work.[00:50:38] Stay true to your style, master photography basics, engage with clients.Resources:Jen Pierce’s websiteJen Pierce on InstagramBuild Your Dream Photography Business and Keep More of the Money You Earn with CloudSpot Studio.And get my Wedding and Portrait Contract and Questionnaires, at no cost!Sign up now at http://deliverphotos.com/ Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In this episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast, I chat with David Ulrich about being a mindful photographer. He shares valuable insights on how to develop your own unique way of seeing and capturing images. David emphasizes the importance of authenticity and exploring the world around you to create meaningful photographs. He encourages us to warm up and take multiple shots to truly capture the essence of a subject. Remember, photography is a form of communication, so let your images speak and convey your thoughts and emotions. By implementing these lessons, you'll not only improve your photography skills but also create images that resonate with both yourself and your audience. The Big Takeaways with Timestamps:[00:04:11] Photography as a lifelong passion.[00:09:00] The power of photography.[00:13:47] Stories in small towns.[00:18:09] Moments of resonance.[00:23:41] Photographing something we hate.[00:30:23] The importance of photography.[00:33:41] Visual tension in photography.[00:38:11] Authenticity in photography.[00:41:29] The creative flow.[00:46:52] Finding a beginner's eye.[00:49:15] Seeing the world differently.[00:54:00] Uncovering your unique photography style.[00:58:00] TMP.Resources:Davids Website David's book The Mindful PhotographerFollow David on InstagramBuild Your Dream Photography Business and Keep More of the Money You Earn with CloudSpot Studio.And get my Wedding and Portrait Contract and Questionnaires, at no cost!Sign up now at http://deliverphotos.com/ Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In this episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast I interview landscape photographer Gary Crabbe. He shares the power of photography as a communication medium and how to effectively convey your message through every photo you take. Gary shares his decades of experience, discussing the importance of constantly evolving and improving your skills. From the significance of light to creating emotional connections in your landscapes. We also explore the challenges and rewards of capturing the perfect shot, and how to embrace unexpected opportunities. The Big Takeaways with Timestamps:[00:04:34] Applied for job, recognized famous photographer, got hired, went on honeymoon, given department responsibilities.[00:08:30] No clue what I was doing; succeeded.[00:17:39] Learning to see like film was essential in the digital world.[00:23:58] "Quickly find creative ideas for photography."[00:26:19] Capture beautiful light for stunning landscape photography.[00:33:49] Photography is a communication medium, telling stories.[00:46:56] Instagram: A shallow appreciation for photography.[00:56:20] Licensing: selling permission to use photos commercially.[01:05:58] Previsualizing a scene, adapting to changing light.[01:12:41] Embrace opportunities, communicate through photography, appreciate momentsResources:- Landscape Photographer Gary Crabbe's website- Galen Rowell's website Transform your Love for Photography into Profit for FREE with CloudSpot Studio.And get my Wedding and Portrait Contract and Questionnaires, at no cost!Sign up now at http://deliverphotos.com/ Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In this episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast, I chat with fine art photographer Elena Dorfman about the importance of following your instincts and allowing your projects to evolve. Elena shares her journey of starting with documentary work and transitioning to different genres, emphasizing the need to stand out and push yourself creatively. She encourages photographers to ask themselves how they can set themselves apart and create work that hasn't been seen before. Elena also discusses the value of writing a project plan and being open to where the project may lead. So, as you listen to this episode, remember to trust your instincts, be open to change, and always strive to create work that is unique and meaningful to you. The Big Lessons with Timestamps:[00:06:05] Exploring illness through photography.[00:09:31] Starting a project with accountability.[00:12:21] Having a basic outline.[00:16:09] Transitioning into urban landscapes.[00:21:03] Exploring rock quarry landscapes.[00:24:24] Materiality as the connector.[00:29:08] Racehorses in the studio.[00:33:15] Allowing projects to evolve.[00:35:02] Silhouette photography at state fair.[00:41:17] Proof of concept before showing.[00:43:30] Finding new inspiration in photography.[00:47:09] Personal storytelling through art.Links and Resources:Fine Art and Commercial Photographer Elena Dorfman's websiteLearn about Elena's photography workshopsGet Back your Family Time and Start Building Your Dream Photography Business for FREE with CloudSpot Studio.And get my Wedding and Portrait Contract and Questionnaires, at no cost!Sign up now at http://deliverphotos.com/ Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In this episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast,  I chat with the inspiring Ellie McKinney, a wedding photographer who achieved incredible success in just her first year. Together, we explore the key actions and mindset that propelled her to six-figure revenue. Get ready to be inspired by Ellie's relentless pursuit of improvement and her dedication to capturing the emotions and connections of couples. As you listen, pay close attention to her advice on questioning every aspect of client interaction, the importance of authenticity in your brand, and the power of lighting in creating stunning photographs. By implementing these lessons, you'll be equipped to take your photography skills and business to new heights.The Big Ideas with Timestamps:00:02:26 Background in retail, discovered passion for photography.00:09:57 Learning photography techniques and seeking resources.00:12:22 Photography focuses on couple's emotions and interactions.00:20:08 Relentless drive leads to success and caution.00:25:22 Plan, market, and take risks for success.00:27:49 Changed plans, support from husband, unhappy outcome.00:36:19 Copy planner, offer help, communicate with vendors.00:42:07 Switched to Planoly for easier Instagram planning.00:46:09 Finding different way: using service to recycle content.00:49:22 Changing perspective solves frustration and improves connections.00:56:06 Standing up for core values, despite backlash.01:04:18 Passion, confidence, dedication, composition, lighting, authenticity.Get Back your Family Time and Start Building Your Dream Photography Business for FREE with CloudSpot Studio.And get my Wedding and Portrait Contract and Questionnaires, at no cost!Sign up now at http://deliverphotos.com/ Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In this episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast, I had the pleasure of speaking with Phillip Blume, a talented photographer and entrepreneur who shares his incredible journey of taking his photography business on the road while traveling with his family. From leveraging mini sessions to rebranding and creating strategic partnerships, Phillip's insights will inspire you to think outside the box and find new opportunities for growth in your own photography business. Learn how to reset client expectations, maximize your mini session profits, and simplify your processes to achieve scalable success. Phillip's practical advice and actionable strategies will empower you to take your photography business to new heights. So listen in, take notes, and get ready to capture both stunning images and exceptional business results!The Big Ideas with Time Stamps:00:11:39 Photographer community forms real relationships, hosts mini sessions parties.00:18:18 Mini sessions are often undersold by photographers who use them as a promotional tool.00:26:10 Flexible branding for mini sessions increases value.00:28:42 Starting business with debt led to success.00:34:56 Relating to Big Brother, same age, marketing minis.00:36:44 Facebook ads, misconceptions, marketing, grassroots, partnerships, contacts, trust.00:43:38 Identify markets, set clear prices, reward customers.00:49:57 Teaching system with documents and audio files. Autopilot mini sessions for photographers' success.00:54:37 Take action, success not guaranteed. Philip and Eileen's mini session training.Resources:Philip and Eileen Blume's Maximizing Mini session training - https://beginnerphotopod.com/miniJoin the Free Live Mini Session Training hosted by The Blumes on Thursday September 14th at 2pm estCan't make it live? Sign up to get sent the relay!https://beginnerphotopod.com/mini  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In this episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast, discover how to avoid taking boring photos. We all want to capture compelling and creative moments with our cameras, but sometimes it feels like others have a secret formula that we're missing. We'll delve into the two-part process of breaking out of that creative rut. First, we'll explore the importance of mastering the foundational aspects of photography, such as camera settings, light, and editing. Then, we'll discuss the power of practice and how shooting different subjects and challenging ourselves can unlock our creative potential.The Big Ideas with Timestamps:00:03:33 Creativity is key to capturing beautiful photos.00:06:54 Shoot more to improve photography skills.00:10:08 Finding your voice in photography takes time.00:15:50 Ignore social media, embrace curiosity, shoot freely.00:19:11 Capture, explore, improve, and embrace imperfections in photography.00:21:42 Cars changed, time behind the wheel increased. Photography parallels this process of practice.Start Building Your Dream Photography Business for FREE with CloudSpot Studio. And get my Wedding and Portrait Contract and Questionnaires, at no cost! Sign up now at http://deliverphotos.com/ Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In this episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast, we delve into Photography Manifesto Rule #8: Community Is The Only External Source That Will Help You to Become A Better PhotographerYou'll learn the power of joining a photography community, gaining personalized resources and feedback, and how to focus on essential skills rather than relying on external sources, ultimately transforming your photography journey and helping you become a better photographer.Join the free and private Beginner Photography Podcast Communityhttps://beginnerphotopod.com/groupThe Big Ideas with Timestamps00:04:39 Seeking external sources to improve photography won't help.00:07:12 More information needed for accurate diagnosis.00:10:21 In-person learning fosters interactive and meaningful discussions.00:16:26 Unclear person's trustworthiness in variety of photography.00:17:35 Community: traditional social media, YouTube, blogs, podcasts00:21:17 Get trusted feedback on your creative work.00:26:32 Photographers learn challenges, strengths, and goals. Help each other overcome struggles.00:27:49 Community podcast supports personalized photography resources, accountability.00:34:24 Contribute to community, not just take knowledge.00:36:10 Seek community help for personalized editing advice.00:38:46 Information from one friend's different photography style isn't always useful. Large and small communities offer valuable connections and resources.00:43:04 Private, ad-free platform for group of photographers.00:46:04 Practice, community, and shooting are essential.Start Building Your Dream Photography Business for FREE with CloudSpot Studio. And get my Wedding and Portrait Contract and Questionnaires, at no cost! Sign up now at http://deliverphotos.com/ Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In this episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast, I chat with Megan Breukelman, a successful NYC wedding photographer and co-founder of a fashion magazine. Throughout the conversation, Megan shared valuable insights on turning passion projects into thriving businesses, the importance of seeking feedback, and the balancing act between technical skills and the creative aspects of photography. So, whether you're a budding photographer or looking to take your passion project to the next level, this episode is filled with practical advice and inspiration. Listen closely as Megan discusses building a community, marketing strategies, and embracing imperfection. Then, take action by implementing these lessons into your own photography journey. Remember, success comes with persistence, seeking feedback, and continuously improving your craft. The Big Takeaways with Timestamps00:04:38 Started in photography, switched to fashion editing00:09:37 Took big opportunity00:11:36 Degree not necessary, but education beneficial00:15:22 Photography tech not my main focus00:22:00 Don't be scared, just start building 00:26:19 Take chances, despite lack of recognition00:28:08 Passion project turned business with personal benefits00:32:15 Started a free digital magazine, expanded00:37:09 Passion project: making do with limited resources00:40:23 Building an audience is crucial for feedback00:44:11 Failure is an opportunity for growth00:48:35 Photographer's passion project becomes weddings magazine00:52:17 Building audience and connections through marketing effortsMegan Breukelman's WebsiteJoin the 30 Day Ordinary Elegance Group Photo Challenge Starting September 1st! Join the BPP Community https://beginnerphotopod.com/groupAlready a BPP Community member? Click here!https://community.beginnerphotographypodcast.com/ Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In this episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast, I chat with the talented and insightful Hope Taylor, who shares her journey as a senior photographer and imparts invaluable lessons to aspiring photographers. From mastering manual mode to building confidence in posing individuals, Hope emphasizes the importance of technical knowledge and communication skills in this specialized field. We delve into the business side of senior photography, discussing pricing strategies, effective marketing techniques, and the value of convenience and professionalism in managing information. Join us as we explore Hope's experiences, learn from her successes and challenges, and discover a roadmap to success in the world of senior photography.The Big Ideas with Timestamps:00:07:28 Weddings were my priority, but seniors clicked.00:16:35 Essentials for beginner senior photographers: camera knowledge, posing confidence, technical business questions.00:24:13 Transitioning from photography hobby to professional business.00:30:00 Weekend warrior: refining style, consistency in editing. Senior photography: shorter client experience, focus on consistency. Full-time: mastering style, scaling, consistent bookings. Business focus: marketing, setting boundaries.00:34:55 Two pricing options for senior photography: digital or in-person sales. Personal preference determines strategy. Prices increase with demand and experience.00:41:36 Infiltrating the senior photography market strategically.00:50:24 Entrepreneurial mindset: diversify, automate, scale, grow.00:54:47 Convenience, peace of mind, professionalism for customers.Links and Resources:Hope Taylors Website - www.hopetaylor.comGet 1 month of Hope's Senior Scoop Membership free and watch her 2.5 hour BTS senior session - https://hopetaylor.com/brooke-charleston-senior-sessionFollow Hope on Instagram - https://www.instagram.com/hopetaylorphotography/Watch Hope on Youtube - https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCduWq9IQL0HT15XulptgJWQJoin the 30 Day Ordinary Elegance Group Photo Challenge Starting September 1st! Join the BPP Community https://beginnerphotopod.com/groupAlready a BPP Community member? Click here!https://community.beginnerphotographypodcast.com/ Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In this episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast, I had the pleasure of speaking with the amazing Phillip Blume, who shared his journey of transforming mini sessions into a profitable and fulfilling venture. If you're looking to maximize your mini sessions, this episode is a goldmine of valuable insights and practical advice. Phillip and his wife learned the hard way that traditional pricing and structure can be limiting, which led them to reevaluate their approach. They discovered the power of selling the experience and value of their portraits, rather than just the images themselves. They also emphasize the importance of creating a system that serves the needs of your clients and provides exceptional value. By attracting ideal clients who appreciate the experience, you'll not only book fewer sessions for higher prices but also enjoy a more fulfilling and rewarding photography business.The Big Ideas with Timestamps00:04:06 Unplanned beginnings, diversified business, hidden profitability00:08:52 We shoot luxury weddings, but also mini-sessions.00:17:57 Artists turned photographers embrace proven business principles.00:27:28 "Some students opt out of 'mini sessions'; market concern addressed."00:36:09 Free photo sessions support charities and sales.00:43:16 New photographers should create portfolio for free and learn to charge strategically for their work.00:50:35 Image-based marketing with positive ad copy works.00:55:52 "Ask yourself why. Connect with kids."01:02:04 Photographer does mini sessions in backyard.01:06:27 Getting authentic portraits is a valuable experience.01:12:43 Philip and Eileen are hosting a live webinar on maximizing mini sessions. Register for the webinar to receive helpful videos and tools. Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In this special 400th episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast, I have a treat in store for you! I have gathered a group of 14 expert photographers who are here to share their absolute best tips for capturing stunning shots. From composition techniques to lighting tricks and everything in between, these photographers are ready to inspire and elevate your photography game to new heights. So grab your camera, take a seat, and get ready to learn from the best in the business. Let's dive into the wisdom and expertise of these incredible photographers and take our photography skills to the next level! Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In this episode the Beginner Photography Podcast, I dive deep into the power of photography as a tool for processing grief and finding healing in unexpected places. I share personal stories and discuss the connection between art and utilitarian actions, reminding us that even the most mundane tasks can be transformed into meaningful expressions of love. I explore the concept of the world as art and how we can find beauty and inspiration in everyday moments. I also provide practical assignments, such as revisiting places from our past and finding metaphors in nature, to help you explore your own journey through the lens of your camera. Join me on this transformative episode and let photography be your guide to healing and connection. Share your photos and experiences with our community and together, let's discover the power of art in our lives.The Big Idea with Timestamps:00:03:57 Hard to connect in crowded places, big cities.00:07:17 Shadow box of achievements and a selfie.00:12:49 Brighter tunnel entrance and exit saves energy.00:14:02 Work as art with purpose, preventing accidents.00:20:01 2983 blue squares, quote forged from Ground Zero.00:24:29 September 11: fresh start, different perceptions.00:25:55 Honoring lives lost through simple yet poignant art.00:31:29 Photos capture memories, providing comfort and proof.00:32:45 Photography can heal, express, and connect.00:36:46 "Image connects us, fostering community through photography."00:41:47 Not for wide audience, for me.00:43:27 Fall photos inspire self-reflection and hope.00:48:20 Your emotions make your creations valuable. Share.Be apart of the 400th episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast by heading to https://beginnerphotopod.com/400 and share with me an embarrassing photo moment of yours and how it helped make you a better photographer! Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Discover how to streamline your photography business, save time and money, and provide the best client experience with CloudSpot Studio and its features in this episode of The Beginner Photography Podcast with host Raymond Hatfield and guest Gavin Wade.Today I chat with Gavin Wade, the CEO of CloudSpot, the game-changing online gallery platform for photographers. We had an insightful conversation about streamlining your booking process to enhance your creativity and be better prepared for successful wedding shoots. One key takeaway is the importance of having a strong brand and infusing it into every interaction with clients. We also delved into the powerful features of CloudSpot Studio, a client relationship manager specifically designed for photographers. By using this platform, you can access instant client information, stay organized, and provide exceptional service. Discover how to save time, improve your client experience, and build your dream photography business with CloudSpot Studio.The Big Ideas with Timestamps:00:05:19 Preparation is key, know the unknowns.00:11:33 Early photography client management options00:14:36 CloudSpot simplifies photography business, saves time.00:20:06 Brand is important. Organization is crucial. Client experience matters.00:25:06 Streamline client communication & automate admin tasks.00:29:26 CloudSpot offers a freeing, all-inclusive service that streamlines tasks such as questionnaires, contract handling, invoicing, and payment schedules. 00:36:11 CloudSpot's studio has lower processing fee's saving you hundreds per year. .00:41:54 CloudSpot offers a new solution for photographers to get organized and streamline their client process, for free00:45:31 Measure, optimize, improve revenue and workflow efficiency.00:47:57 CloudSpot has features and is exciting.Links and Resources:Sign up for a free CloudSpot Studio account and get my Wedding and Portrait Questionnaires, and Wedding and Portrait Contracts for free - http://deliverphotos.com/Be apart of the 400th episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast by heading to https://beginnerphotopod.com/400 and share with me an embarrassing photo moment of yours and how it helped make you a better photographer! Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In this episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast, I chat with New York City headshot photographer, Rob Tannenbaum. He shared some invaluable insights that every aspiring photographer should take to heart. One of the key takeaways is to be open to exploration and try out different photography styles and techniques. Experimenting will not only help you discover your passion but also enhance your skills and creativity. Another important lesson is the significance of establishing a rapport with your subjects, especially in portrait photography. Building a connection with them allows you to capture their authentic and genuine expressions. Lastly, never be afraid of making mistakes. Learning from them is an essential part of the journey. So grab your camera, embrace your passion, and start shooting! Keep pushing yourself and don't be afraid to step outside your comfort zone. Your photography skills will thank you for it!The Big Ideas with Timestamps00:09:18 Liberal arts school, photography, journalism, career success00:12:35 4 year college great for passion and feedback00:17:42 Learning photography is like juggling on a unicycle00:22:36 College photographer captures a wide variety00:33:21 Photography requires experience, efficiency, and a good attitude00:36:49 Choosing the perfect headshot is crucial00:41:29 "Do I get retouching? Yes, I retouch.00:50:20 Flexible pricing based on client and location00:55:05 Basics: Get 2 lights, modifiers are important01:01:48 Camera quality matters less than skill. Keep shooting and learning01:07:39 Introvert finds fulfillment in portrait photography, connecting with people's personalities01:11:22 Photography is about documenting and storytellingNew York Headshot Photographer Rob Tannenbaum's websiteBe apart of the 400th episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast by heading to https://beginnerphotopod.com/400 and share with me a Valuable Photo Lesson you have picked up from the podcast! Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In this episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast, I chat with drone photographer, Alina Rudya. We delved into the world of capturing breathtaking aerial perspectives and the artistry behind top-down shots. From learning the importance of manual photography to understanding color, repetition, and geometry. Whether you own a drone or not, you can apply these lessons to compose more interesting and visually stunning photographs. Today you will learn how to capture stunning aerial photographs and explore the world from a unique perspective, ultimately transforming your photography skills and opening up new creative possibilities.The Big Ideas with Timestamps00:04:10 Fun with Film Point and Shoot cameras00:08:57 Discovering the need for professional photography.00:14:20 Female travel influencer discovers creative potential of drones.00:18:59 Drones limited for artistic photography, landscapes and top-down shots most popular. 00:25:37 Drone limitations prompt closer, creative perspective shots.00:30:29 Urban environment, colors, repetition, symmetry, photography perspectives.00:35:48 The differences in desired light for portrait photography vs drone photography00:38:10 Golden hour good for both, depending on activity.00:41:51 Learn drone basics, take top-down shots, copy others' techniques, simplify editing process.00:44:59 Cinematic, vintage, colorful editing style with presets.00:49:53 Drones are popular and versatile photography tools. Links and Resources:Alina's Drone Photography CourseAlina's WebsiteFollow Alina on InstagramBe apart of the 400th episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast by heading to https://beginnerphotopod.com/400 and share with me your favorite episode of the podcast and why! Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In this episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast, I dive deep into the struggle photographers often face when they feel stuck in their craft. We explore the concept of "intermediate purgatory" and how to reignite your passion for photography. The key is to introduce something new, be it a different shooting technique, a change in perspective, or even a creative challenge. I discuss the dangers of always seeking new gear and how finding the balance between control and being present in the moment can enhance your photography. Plus, I share practical tips like shooting in aperture priority and a trick to capture authentic shots with your phone. So grab your camera and join us as we navigate through this creative journey together. Let's bring back the fun and excitement into our photography!Big Take Aways with Timestamps00:04:13 Basics of composition, repetitive routine, seeking new challenges00:07:35 Searching for newness can be dangerous00:11:12 Photography era: learn from others, fear missing out00:13:28 Finding joy in photos; social media comparison00:16:10 Removing control from camera for better presence00:21:19 Reflecting on photos reveals strengths and weaknesses00:25:38 Colors impact compositions in photography for attention00:27:28 Printing photos enhances their reality and quality00:30:58 Break through photography rut with visual proof00:33:07 Capture kids' Halloween costume in one photo00:36:10 Capture photos instinctively, be ruthless with critiques. Experiment, print00:39:22 Post favorite photo in Beginner Photography Podcast Community Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In this episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast, we delve into Photography Manifesto Rule #7: The Only Photographer You Are In Competition With Is Yourself and the power of embracing our own unique style. We explore the pitfalls of seeking validation solely through social media engagement and the importance of prioritizing personal growth over comparison to others. From trying new techniques to stepping out of our comfort zones, we learn that true progress comes from experimentation and self-reflection. We discover the value of seeking feedback and the opportunities for growth it brings. Join us as we break free from external expectations, embrace our own creative journey, and tap into the limitless potential that lies within us. Get ready to expand your photography skills and capture the moments that truly inspire you.The Big Idea With Timestamps:00:06:06 Learning photography has changed with social media.00:09:27 Experimentation leads to self-doubt and emulation.00:13:12 Dwindling images in a changing photography world.00:16:01 Building a unique photography style over time.00:17:52 Breaking free from competition mindset is crucial.00:21:31 Photography preferences didn't align with prism use.00:27:49 Experiment, step out of comfort zone; wedding vs personal photography.00:30:14 Busy wedding photography hindered creativity and growth.00:32:38 Protect your joy, set realistic expectations.Links and Resources:Listen to the full Photography Manifesto Episode, BPP 334Join The Beginner Photography Podcast CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets! Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Join the free Beginner Photography Podcast Community at https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In this episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast, I answer several listener questions about improving their photography skills. From adjusting camera settings on the fly to upgrading equipment, we cover it all. If you're struggling with adjusting settings in the moment, I'll share tips on how to get better over time through practice and understanding your camera. We'll also discuss the benefits and differences between shooting in RAW and JPEG, and how both can enhance your photography. Whether you're a seasoned photographer or just starting out, this episode will provide insights and practical advice to help you on your photography journey. So grab your camera, tune in, and get ready to take your skills to the next level!The Questions we answer in this episode:Do I need to shoot RAW to edit photos of an upcoming trip?How can I practice changing camera settings on the flyWhat camera would be the logical next step for me?Should I upgrade my camera or my lens? Are teleconverters worth it?Is HDR outdated? If so, how to landscape photographers get so much detail in their images?How can I make the biggest impact and start a photography gallery showing?Sign up for the All new Private Beginner Photography Podcast Community!https://beginnerphotopod.com/group  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In this episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast, I chat with commercial, fashion, and personal branding photographer Dauss Miller. We delve into the creative use of light and motion in photography. Dauss shares his insights and experiences, offering valuable lessons for photographers of all levels. You'll discover the power of understanding artificial light, starting with reflectors and experimenting with different lighting sources outdoors. Dauss also emphasizes the importance of capturing the essence of a subject and their story, unlocking their true impact through photography. So, grab your camera and join us on this enlightening journey as we explore the art of photography and unleash our creativity. Get ready to learn, be inspired, and take your photography to new levels!The Big Idea with Timestamps:00:08:04 Photography challenges; instinctual understanding of light.00:11:11 Lost job due to identity theft; found purpose in photography and self-employment.00:24:40 Creatives create from within, without distractions.00:28:39 Understanding the creative process and technical capability.00:35:42 Understanding clients, their purpose, and creating visual impact.00:49:46 Finding balance: capturing self while being creative.00:51:59 Understanding artificial light: start with a reflector.00:00:30 Photography interview with Dos Miller, discussing creativity, light, and communication.00:08:04 Photography came naturally; instinctual understanding of light.00:11:11 Lost job due to identity theft; found purpose in photography and self-employment.00:18:24 Recently moved to Austin, discovered personal development.00:24:40 Creatives create from within, without distractions.00:28:39 Understanding the creative process and technical capability.00:35:42 Understanding clients, their purpose, and creating visual impact.00:39:14 Supportive coaching for high-level women in business00:49:46 Finding balance: capturing self while being creative.00:51:59 Understanding artificial light: start with a reflector.00:57:47 Dos said you need less input than you think; tailoring for clients can make you more creative; positive feedback is important. Links and Resources:Photographer Dauss Miller's WebsiteFollow Dauss on InstagramSign up for the All new Private Beginner Photography Podcast Community!https://beginnerphotopod.com/group  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In this Community Spotlight episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast, I had the pleasure of chatting with Mason Tierney, who shares his valuable insights and experiences. Throughout our conversation, we explore the transition from social media platforms to a dedicated community, the power of engaging with supportive individuals, and the importance of both technical and creative aspects of photography. Mason also shares his perspectives on film photography and the pros and cons of having different cameras for different moods.The Big Idea with Timestamps:00:04:29 Got into Canada, got into photography. 00:08:30 Struggling with composition, editing, and creativity in photography.00:11:58 Challenging adjustments to shooting photos quickly.00:15:27 GoPro camera lets you be in control. Shooting film makes you slow down.00:17:17 Differences in shooting with different film cameras.00:22:05 Limiting gear to one powerful lens.00:34:15 The Ideal camera00:36:07 Photography brings joy through capturing and editing.00:42:30 Photography groups on Facebook were nasty, chaotic.00:47:11 Excited for supportive community, encouraging interaction.00:51:29 Photographer explores new styles without pressure.Links and Resources:Follow Mason on InstagramCheck out Masons work on his CloudSpot galleryJoin the new and private BPP CommunitySign up for the All new Private Beginner Photography Podcast Community!https://beginnerphotopod.com/group  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In this episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast, we delve into the exciting transition of our BPP community from Facebook to our new private platform. I share the reasons behind this move, the limitations we faced on Facebook, and how this new platform will better serve our community's needs. We discuss Facebook's shift from a hub of connection to a profit-driven platform, and how this change has affected our learning and growth as photographers. I also share the exciting new features of our new community, including subtopics for better organization, improved feedback mechanisms, and a premium section for those ready to take their photography to the next level. Finally, I share some exciting future plans for our community, all designed to help you grow and succeed in your photography journey. So join me as we embark on this new chapter, and let's continue to learn and grow together in our new home!Join the all new and private Beginner Photography Podcast Community!https://www.beginnerphotographypodcast.com/new-bpp-community-joinConnect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In this episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast, I had the pleasure of interviewing branding photographer Alexis Meschi, who shared valuable insights on creating compelling content and building connections in the photography world. We discussed the importance of finding your authentic voice, evoking emotions through your images, and staying true to your intuition amidst distractions and comparisons. Alexis also provided practical tips on brand photography, such as developing a framework of questions for clients and researching strong brand visuals. To implement these lessons, start by planning your content and setting intentions before using social media. Reach out to local photographers for collaborative photo trades, and put yourself on the other side of the camera to share strategic and authentic content. Remember, this journey is about growth and connection, and with Alexis's guidance, you'll be well on your way towards creating beautiful and meaningful photography. So grab your notepad and get ready to elevate your photography game in this inspiring episode!The Big Ideas with Timestamps00:05:55 Stopped design work, became teacher, used photography.00:08:45 Stay true to yourself amidst distractions.00:11:03 "Plan, be intentional, stay focused on goals."00:15:43 Differentiating between marketing and branding images.00:18:56 Brand photographer helps clients visually represent brand.00:21:38 Branding essential for photographer's success, stand out.00:25:11 Easy trade with local photographers for self-images.00:29:42 Objection to being photographed, brand representation.00:33:07 "Do insecurities hold you back in life?"00:36:40 Sharing personal experiences for a strong brand.00:38:57 Essentials of personal brand photography and preparation.Links and Resources: Alexis Meschi’s websiteAlexis on InstagramAlexis on FacebookSign up for the All new Private Beginner Photography Podcast Community!https://beginnerphotopod.com/group  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In this episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast, I chat with Wet Plate photographer Shane Balkowitsch. We dive into a thought-provoking conversation about the impact of AI in the field of photography and the major problem of authenticity and classification. Through our discussion, we explore the ethical implications of AI-generated images and the need for transparency in distinguishing them from traditional photography. We also touch on the concept of art, the importance of intent, and the challenges faced by artists in the age of AI. The Big Ideas with Timestamps[00:04:06] What is Wet Plate photography[00:08:55] AI technology in photography blurs the line.[00:20:47] Artistic intent questioned as AI creations emerge.[00:26:31] Limitations of AI in generating images, evolving technology, ethical concerns on creating AI-generated portraits.[00:32:28] Fake buildings inserted into NYC skyline using AI. Doubts about authenticity of AI claims.[00:36:25] AI-generated images require identifiers to prevent deception. [00:42:44] Concerns about the impact of AI on photography.[00:50:24] AI companies rushed to market, stealing images, need acknowledgment, creative spark, big changes in photography, losing something, AI generated images, future detection difficulty.[00:57:54] Photographs revealing changing standards and continuous improvement.Resources Wet Plate Photographer Shane Balkowitsch's websiteSign up for the All new Private Beginner Photography Podcast Community!https://beginnerphotopod.com/group  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

On this episode of The Beginner Photography Podcast, the host discusses several insightful lessons from experienced photographers. They touch upon the importance of valuing oneself and developing a unique style in a saturated market. Additionally, the experts emphasize the significance of technical skills, experimenting with techniques and trusting oneself to create a personal brand in photography. The discussion also covers key topics such as handling light, connecting with clients, and the power of storytelling. Tune in to hear valuable insights and advice from the experts on growing in your craft and in your business.The Big Ideas with Timestamps[00:01:25] "Top Photography Episodes Chosen by Listeners"[00:04:01]  An Insightful and Innovative Photographer.[00:11:40] "Photography Pros Share Secrets for Beginners"[00:20:44] "Upgrade your mindset, not just your gear"[00:28:36] "Importance of Your Brand's Story in Photography"[00:38:26] "Packing for a Purpose: Tips and Insights"[00:48:04] "Food-inspired analogy teaches photography tips"[00:48:51] "Photographers share insights to improve photo skills"[00:57:56] "Finding the Importance of Photography in Life"[01:00:28] "Top Photography Tips from Our Best Episodes"Links and ResourcesFull Interview with Seth MirandaFull Interview with Seth BrownFull Interview with Mary Fisk-Taylor Full Interview with Pierre LambertFull Interview with Cris DuncanFull Interview with Jenny SteinSign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets! Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In this episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast we explore Photography Manifesto Rule #6 - If There Is No Intention, There Is No Image. I talk about the importance of being intentional in your photography, the role of composition in directing focus, how to effectively utilize different lighting techniques, the power of creating moments to create amazing images, and the potential for transformation in your photography journey.Links and Resources:Listen to the full Photography Manifesto Episode, BPP 334Join The Beginner Photography Podcast CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

On this episode of The Beginner Photography Podcast, the speaker talks about the importance of posing in photography. As someone who used to be a model, the speaker has a unique perspective on what goes into helping a subject pose and feel comfortable in front of the camera. From giving moods and vibes to showing the subject the photo on camera to make adjustments, there are numerous techniques that can lead to the perfect shot. The episode also features an interview with fashion photographer Tori Wright, who provides insights on how to work with models. The importance of communication, preparing models, and the type of shots to take are just some of the key takeaways from the episode. Whether you're just starting out or a seasoned photographer, there's a wealth of information on how to master the art of posing. Tori Wright is a model who loves to have a clear idea of the photo shoots she's going to be a part of. It's important for her to see what creative vision her photographers have in mind so she can be prepared. She once made a casual joke about doing a photo shoot with a friend, which turned into a reality as they embraced the idea. Tori understands that planning and communication are key in making a successful shoot happen.The Big Ideas with Timestamps[00:07:17] "Model turned photographer: Journey and insights"[00:14:42] "Empowering Models: Letting Them Pose Freely"[00:16:56] "Mastering the Art of Posing for Photoshoots"[00:18:50] "Mastering Portfolio Photography: Tips for Perfect Shots"[00:22:36] "Finding Models: St. Louis Photographer's Journey"[00:23:51] "Effective Planning Strategies for Successful Photoshoots"[00:30:21] "Why I'm Seeking Brand Partnerships as a Photographer"[00:33:45] Pay Rates for Models: What to Expect[00:39:20] "Creating Mood Boards and Poses for Photoshoots"[00:42:33] "Photographer's Tips: A Checklist for Your Shoot"Links and ResourcesSt Louis Headshot Photographer Tori Wright’s WebsiteFind Tori on InstagramSign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets! Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Vanessa Joy is a successful photographer who understands the importance of humility and learning from others. Despite her talent and accomplishments, she still feels a bit of jealousy and impostor syndrome when looking at the work of other photographers. However, rather than letting these feelings hold her back, Vanessa takes them as a sign that she needs to push herself further and improve her skills. She sees giving credit where it's due as a way to reset her mind and keep herself from becoming complacent. Vanessa Joy is a true inspiration for anyone who wants to excel in photography.In this episode we delve into the subject of staying power and how to maintain a long-lasting career in photography. The Big Ideas with Timestamps:00:06:33 Consistency is good but play with trends.00:10:15 Blurred photos: a personal nostalgia attachment.00:12:09 Nostalgic equipment and past imagery return.00:17:34 Intentional photography. Better lighting, cleaner editing. Separation.00:22:01 Meeting client expectations is key for success.00:23:57 Balance: prioritize clients but make time too.00:28:16 Jealousy of other photographers, but inspiring.00:30:44 Format of teaching is key to engagement.00:34:48 Observation and conversation key to great photography.00:38:42 "Evaluating options, trying new things cautiously."00:40:19 Prioritize relationships for consistent clients and referrals.00:43:22 Photography takeaways: be unique, experiment, self-awareness.Resources:Austin Wedding Photographer Vanessa Joys websiteFollow Vanessa Joy on InstagramGrab Vanessas Free Posing Guide Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Not thoughts about cars... I have plenty of those too but this is Thought while IN the Car. In this episode from my car, I encourage you to be yourself and create unique images through consistent practice and shooting. Here are three key takeaways from the episode:- Consuming advice doesn't equal success.  Each photographer has a unique voice, copying doesn't create the same result. The artist behind the work matters most. Take uninterrupted time to explore your thoughts and implement what works for you- Gain tools and experiences from productivity and entrepreneurship resources, but implement them in a way that works for you rather than hoping for a life-changing solution.- Your unique perspective and style, not the camera or settings used, determine the outcome of an image. Just like successful writers have their own style and voice, successful artists are defined by themselves.Links and ResourcesJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets! Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

On this episode of The Beginner Photography Podcast, I bring on wildlife and landscape photographer Rylan Meadows. We discuss Rylan's journey into photography, covering a range of topics from animal behavior to camera equipment. The conversation delves into how Rylan developed his post-processing style, the importance of understanding light, and the challenges of shooting animals and landscapes. Rylan also discuss the benefits and drawbacks of upgrading camera equipment and the importance of composition in photography. Listeners will learn about Rylan's passion for photography and pick up tips and tricks for capturing stunning wildlife and landscape images.The Big Ideas with Timestamps[00:00:36] "Wildlife and Landscape Photography Tips with Rylan Meadows"[00:09:52] "Uncovering the Beauty of Light: A Photographer's Journey"[00:15:41] "Rocky start to wildlife photography trip"[00:20:43] "Yellowstone Flooding Redirects Travel Plans to Tetons and Glacier"[00:23:53] "Photography Style: A Bright & Vibrant Twist"[00:29:43] "Enhancing Photography: The Power of Editing Techniques"[00:33:55] "Forced creativity through limited camera gear"[00:42:55] "Mastering Composition: Why the Rule of Thirds Matters"[00:45:56] Key Takeaways from Interview with Rylan: Landscapes, Style, and Subject KnowledgeLinks and ResourcesRylans Landscape and Wildlife WebsiteRylans Photo Book on AmazonWatch Rylan on Youtube Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

On this episode of The Beginner Photography Podcast, Raymond Hatfield discuss' a wide range of topics from perseverance to finding a niche in the saturated photography industry. The episode opens up with the importance of having a reason for pursuing photography and how that reason can keep you going when things get tough and help you avoid giving up. They touch on how style is something that chooses you and how to hone it rather than copying someone else's style. The episode also focuses on standing out in the photography market and the importance of continually developing skills to cater to a specific demographic. He recommends getting the mini photography course offered on the podcast called "Conquer Your Camera", which covers essential photography elements like exposure, composition, and lighting. All this and more is discussed in this insightful episode of The Beginner Photography Podcast.The Big Idea with Timestamps[00:00:00] "BPP Rewind: Standing Out in Saturated Markets"[00:01:09] "Standing Out: Surviving Saturated Photography Markets"[00:04:12] "Persistence and Taking That First Step"[00:05:13] "Discovering the Importance of Your Why in Photography"[00:06:20] "Why Having a Why is Crucial"[00:09:32] "Your life experiences determine your unique style"[00:21:08] "Targeting your niche as a family photographer"[00:36:06] "Conquer Your Camera: Essential Photography Tips"[00:37:21] "Conquer Your Camera: Mini Course + Field Guide"[00:41:17] "Join the Beginner Photography Podcast Community Now!" Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

On this episode of The Beginner Photography Podcast, Raymond Hatfield sits down with child and family photographer Melissa Miller. Melissa discusses her expertise in capturing genuine expressions in children through play. She shares her journey from photography hobbyist to professional photographer, the value of incorporating play into sessions, and her approach to working with families. Melissa emphasizes the importance of adapting one's approach to a child's personality and energy level and the impact of having a positive mindset. Tune in to learn how incorporating play can result in beautiful photos and to hear Melissa's personal journey of turning her passion into a thriving business.The Big Ideas with Timestamps[00:00:34] "Child and Family Photographer Shares Secrets"[00:09:01] "From Teacher to Photographer: A Love Story"[00:10:42] "Fueled by Tragedy, Newborn Photography Became Business"[00:17:29] "Photographer Captures Magical Light to Create Memories"[00:23:36] "Creating Magical Childhood Memories Through Playful Photography Prompts"[00:28:52] "Success with Child-Focused Therapy"[00:35:34] "Creating Meaningful Child Photography Without Preconceptions"[00:40:54] "101 Ways to Play: A Valuable Resource for Photographers"[00:45:30] "3 Key Takeaways from Melissa Miller's Interview"[00:48:26] "Review and Keep Shooting: Beginner Photography Podcast"Links and ResourcesChild and Family Photographer Melissa Millers WebsiteFollow Melissa on InstagramCheck out Melissa's Course "101 Ways to Play: Fresh Fun Family Photography" Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Ryan Coody is a photographer whose passion for photography started during his second try at college. He joined the college newspaper and started writing articles which lead him to discover that he could earn more money by taking photos to go along with the articles. He quickly switched to photography and never looked back. Ryan is now an accomplished photographer who has honed his skills and continues to create beautiful images. His love for photography is evident in his work and he is always looking for new and creative ways to capture the perfect shot.Big Ideas with Timestamps:[00:04:24] Kit lens, auto mode. Finding reasons to shoot.[00:10:00] Photographing Native American athletes for Indian Sports.[00:14:31] Experimented with camera settings, learned through trial.[00:21:46] First camera capture, wildflowers, struggled, developed film.[00:23:28] Dad's Pentax camera, light meter broke.[00:33:31] Photographer values ethics and spontaneous documentation.[00:36:19] Failed fog and haze sports portrait attempt.[00:44:58] Photographer wants to work for others.[00:51:03] Network with local team photographers for advice.[00:54:42] Feedback improves photography, beginner podcast help.[00:58:39] Podcasts fill desk job time, search needed.[01:05:27] Takeaways: Manual mode, light, continuous learning.Links and Resources:Check out Ryan Coody's WebsiteFollow Ryan on InstagramJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets! Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

On this episode of The Beginner Photography Podcast, we explore the 5th rule of the 'Photography Manifesto': Your Camera Is Not Holding You Back, YOU Are Holding Yourself Back. I'll dive into how mastering your current camera settings can enhance your images and how to hone your storytelling ability. We talk about how the most memorable images in history were not taken with the high-tech cameras available today. And I leave you with practical steps to wrapping it all up together to take better photos.Links and Resources:Listen to the full Photography Manifesto Episode, BPP 334Join The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets! Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

On this episode of The Beginner Photography Podcast, host Raymond Hadfield interviews Huy Nguyen, a wedding photographer known for his unique and creative approach. They discuss the importance of focusing on specific aspects of photography as skills improve, capturing emotions in photos, and the creation of Fearless Photography as a destination for non-traditional photographers. The conversation applies to all aspects of photography, and aims to provide inspiration and practical advice to listeners. Listeners learn that mistakes are inevitable, but it's important to treat everything as a new beginning and focus on earning the trust of clients. Huy Nguyen shares his experience using candid photos and photojournalism to shoot weddings, and how his people skills were essential in earning trust.The Big Ideas with Timestamps[00:10:54] "From Fires to Weddings: The Challenges of Photography"[00:16:02] "Candid and Posing in Wedding Photography"[00:18:36] "Photographing with Empathy: Capturing Emotions Up Close"[00:20:56] "Fearless: Elevating Top Wedding Photographers Worldwide"[00:27:54] "Capturing Emotion Through Wedding Photography Techniques"[00:31:43] "Wedding Photography: Earning Trust and Overcoming Discomfort"00:35:50] "Overcoming Mindset Limits: Embracing Change for Benefits"[00:44:36] "Photographer's constant self-evaluation for perfection"[00:51:11] "Photography 101: From Good Photos to Great"[00:54:53] "Embracing Mistakes and Learning from Them"Links and ResourcesSee the work of some of the Best Documentary Wedding Photographers at Huy’s Fearless Photographers WebsiteJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets! Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

On this episode of The Beginner Photography Podcast, guest Jim Nix, a landscape photographer and educator, shares his tips and tricks for landscape photography. HE discuss'es HDR photography, finding unique shots while exploring cities, and editing with tools like Luminar and split toning. Jim also shares his own learning journey, from being intimidated by photography to experimenting with different software and finding their own edit style. He emphasize the importance of experimentation, enjoying the process, and prioritizing photography in your life. Plus, listeners can snag free presets for Luminar and Lightroom. Tune in to learn how to take your landscape photography to the next level!The Big Ideas with Timestamps[00:00:29] "Episode 376: Landscape Photography Tips with Jim Nix"[00:08:50] "Intimidated by Photography: My Journey to Editing"[00:16:57] "The HDR Debate: Is It Dead or Alive?"[00:30:08] "Tips for Planning and Wandering City Photography"[00:41:59] "Composition Tips: Using Foreground to Anchor Photos"[00:52:12] Why Photo Editors Revisit Old Photos[01:03:23] "3 Key Lessons for Photographers From Jim Nix"[01:06:36] "Beginner Photography podcast: Listen, Enjoy, Leave Feedback"Links and ResourcesLandscape Photographer Jim Nix Website Grab your free Luminar PresetsWatch Jim on YoutubeFollow Jim on InstagramFollow Jim on Facebook Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

On this episode of The Beginner Photography Podcast, you will learn about the different metering modes for reading and seeing light on a camera, and how to use LED colored lights to practice balancing exposure, tips for improving creativity through setting personal rules and turning photography into a game. In addition, you'll learn about using flash to enhance lighting and how to assess the condition of a used camera before purchasing. Lastly, I cover shooting outdoors with flash, using ND filters, and shooting at high shutter speeds to combat light. Tune in to improve your photography skills!Big Ideas with Timestamps[00:03:28] "Photography Rules for Creative Composition Experimentation"[00:05:07] "Mastering Composition: Finding Your Photo's Subject"[00:11:30] "Understanding Camera Metering Modes for Better Photography"[00:18:05] "Assessing the Condition of a Used Camera"[00:26:10] "Start with the cheapest camera to progress"[00:29:15] "Mastering Flash Photography for Consistent Wedding Shots"[00:32:15] "Practice Indoor Photography with LED Lights"[00:39:20] Submit Your Photo Questions for Our Podcast!Whenever you have a question about photography, day or night, 24 hours a day 7 days a week, head to https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa , and send me your questions. Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

On this episode of The Beginner Photography Podcast, we chat with Megan DiPiero who discuss the challenges and opportunities that AI technology brings to the photography industry. She shares their experiences with integrating high-quality service brands and emphasizes the importance of providing an exceptional experience to clients. We also touch on the future of marketing, the challenges of attracting clients, and the value of authenticity and human service. Listen in to discover how to create a successful photography business in a changing industry!Big Ideas with Timestamps[00:04:17] "When Launching a Business, Expect the Unexpected"[00:10:35] Mastering One Skill at a Time: Entrepreneur's Journey.[00:15:24] "Unlocking the $10,000 Sale: A Success Story"[00:18:39] "Elevating your photography business above AI threat"[00:25:54] Solving Your Client's Biggest Problem: Outfit Woes.[00:31:00] "Affordable photography experiences for everyone who values it"[00:40:38] "The Importance of Authenticity in Marketing: Fantasy vs Reality"[00:48:25] "Empathy Advantage: Free Audiobook & Business Conference Launch"[00:50:04] "3 Takeaways for Photographers: AI, Service & Finding Clients"Links and ResourcesMegan's Photography Coaching siteGrab a free copy of Megan's "She Sells" Audio bookBusiness of Photography Convention Info Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

On this Community Spotlight episode of The Beginner Photography Podcast, I chat with Sheila Bragg, an active member in the BPP community. Sheila shares her journey into photography and how she struggled with understanding aperture and shutter speed until discovering the podcast. Sheila also shares tips on lenses, finding inspiration, and understanding the exposure triangle. We discuss Sheila's ultimate goal of establishing herself as a photographer and traveling the world. Finally, the conversation shifts to framing, where I ask Sheila about the hardest aspect of composition for her. Whether you're a beginner or an experienced photographer, this episode offers valuable insights and tips to take your photography skills to the next level.Sheila Bragg grew up spending her summers in Ohio with her family's portrait studio where she developed a passion for photography. She always carried a camera with her and loved taking pictures of everything, but it wasn't until she found a podcast that explained aperture and shutter speed in a way that made sense to her that she started shooting manually. Now she can adjust her settings without looking at the camera and even experiments with underexposing her photos for a different effect. Although people always told her she should pursue photography, Sheila never took it seriously until she quit her degree program.The Big Ideas with Timestamps[00:01:41] Discovering Photography: From Disposable Cameras to Manual Settings[00:05:45] "Photographer sets 10-year goal to travel world"[00:11:10] "Judging Photography: Quality, Framing, and Lighting"[00:23:04] "Maximizing Image Quality: The Art of Cropping"[00:31:02] "Navigating the Lens Jungle: Which One to Use?"[00:33:49] "Adjusting to a New Lens: My Journey"[00:39:20] "Capturing Inspiration: A Photographer's Quest for Improvement"[00:46:56] "Discovering the Power of Podcasts While Learning"[00:52:44] "Exposure Triangle: Understanding the Three Settings Together"[00:54:57] "Expand Your Photography Skills with Unexpected Shots"Resources and LinksCheck out Sheila Bragg's WebsiteFollow Sheila on FacebookJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

On this episode of The Beginner Photography Podcast, I speak with Mark Fox who shares his journey from humble beginnings to being a successful nature photographer, documenting the Amazon jungle. We talk about facing self-doubt in photography and how to overcome it, provide tips on planning photo trips, and emphasize the importance of personal development in photography. Mark also discusses indigenous communities in the Amazon and the changes in their integration with society. Mark further talks about his own personal and professional struggles, from figuring out how much to charge as a photographer to battling imposter syndrome. Mark Fox is an avid nature enthusiast, spending his days capturing stunning photographs of wildlife. While it can be frustrating when animals do not show up at his designated spot, he loves the rewarding feeling of getting up close and personal with the creatures he photographs. Mark finds a sense of calm and connection with nature through his photography and loves learning more about the animals he interacts with.The Big Ideas with Timestamps[00:03:48] Transitioning from High School to Photography Career.[00:08:23] "The Struggles of a Professional Photographer's Self-Doubt"[00:10:18] "Overcoming Self-Criticism in Wildlife Photography Career"[00:13:00] Advancing photographic skills through wedding photography experience.[00:20:23] "From ITV Cameraman to Jungle Photographer: Journey"[00:25:28] "Photographer turns focus to people and communities"[00:27:30] "Photographer takes unpaid Amazon work for portfolio"[00:34:53] "Photographer captures indigenous culture in Amazon trips"[00:39:43] "Indigenous Communities: Breaking Stereotypes and Embracing Technology"[00:44:39] "Pollution-Free Canoeing to Amazon"Links and ResourcesAmazonian Documentary Photographer Mark Fox's WebsiteFollow Mark on InstagramJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

On this episode of The Beginner Photography Podcast, Raymond Hatfield interviews art history lecturer Kim Beil about the history of popular American photography. Kim shares insights on the evolution of photography from its experimental origins to the emergence of aesthetic training. The conversation delves into the development of anti-halation plates and the intentional manipulation of Polaroid images. The guest also discusses her book on 50 techniques that have made advancements in photography, starting with the vignette. Listen in to learn how techniques like vignetting in photography were initially seen as failures but later became creative and artistic. Gain inspiration from the history of photography to try new creative ideas and perspectives.The Big Ideas with Timestamps[00:04:06] "Memories of learning photography with my dad"[00:09:54] How iPhone Photography Changed the Rules Forever.[00:15:36] "Creating Artistic Photographs Using Vignette Technique"[00:22:36] "Why early landscape photos lacked foreground interest"[00:25:01] "Landscape Photography in the Early Days: Challenges"[00:27:10] "Kodak Revolutionizes Photography with One Innovation"[00:31:27] "The Evolution of Anti-Halation Plates in Photography"[00:35:22] "Reappropriating Photographic Failures: Embracing Motion Blur"[00:36:25] "Flash technology revolutionizes photography in mid-20th century"[00:44:55] The art of manipulating Polaroids: Exploring methods.Links and Resources:Photography Art Lecturer Kim Beil's WebsiteFollow Kim on InstagramJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets! Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

On this episode of The Beginner Photography Podcast, join host Raymond as he speaks with fantasy portrait photographer and retreat organizer Liza Roberts. Liza shares her journey towards using photography as a tool to capture her creative vision instead of experimenting with it. The discussion revolves around using failure as an opportunity to learn, not giving up despite disappointments, and tips for planning photoshoots. Liza also talks about her experience as a beginner photographer and how she faced a learning curve as a beginner using a DSLR camera. Listeners also learn about Liza's retreats where participants can dress up and do photo shoots, providing opportunities to network and collaborate with others in the field. The main takeaway from the episode is the importance of following one's passion, experimenting, and sharing it with others.Liza Roberts discovered her love for photography when she stumbled upon her dad's old Nikon film camera in high school. Despite already being passionate about other forms of art like painting and drawing, she was immediately drawn to the camera and began experimenting with it. Her dad was thrilled to have someone to share his love of photography with and when the family got their first DSLR, Liza realized that her interest was more than just a passing hobby. While she didn't know it at the time, photography would become a significant part of her life and ultimately lead to a career.The Big Ideas with Timestamps[00:10:19] "Learning Photography: A Frustrating Technical Challenge"[00:12:22] "Embrace Failure: Why New Photographers Should Experiment"[00:15:37] "Inspired by Cinema: A Photographer's Style"[00:18:05] Realistic Lord of the Rings-style Editing Techniques.[00:27:18] "Finding Inspiration: An Easy Guide for Photographers"[00:29:46] "Tips for Successful Outdoor Photography Shoots"[00:34:47] "Dealing with Disappointing Photography Results: Tips & Advice"[00:37:18] Fun Pro Photoshoot Takes a Colorful Turn[00:41:38] "Dragon dress-up retreat with networking and photoshoots"[00:45:19] "Creating a Renaissance Look on a Budget"Links and ResourcesFantasy Photographer Liza Roberts websiteFollow Liza on InstagramFollow Liza on TiktokJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets! Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

On this episode of The Beginner Photography Podcast, we hear the inspiring story of how Martin Moore left his job working on cars to pursue photography full-time, using the company he did a commercial shoot for as a reference. The guest for this episode is Martin Moore, a former mechanic turned full-time commercial product photographer. He discusses the challenges of leaving your day job and pursuing your passion in photography, as well as tips on how to do it. The podcast also explores the importance of personal branding and mastering gear before upgrading, as well as offering helpful photography hacks and techniques.Martin Moore is a talented photographer who believes in the power of skill, vision, and execution to create amazing photographs. He is a firm believer that the tool is only an accessory to your vision rather than the other way around. Martin thinks that too many people believe that buying fancy equipment will make them better at their craft, but it is their skill and creativity that do so. Martin's work is a testament to that, as he consistently produces stunning images that tell stories and capture moments in time. His passion for photography is evident in his work, and he continues to inspire others to find their own unique styles and visions.The Big Ideas with Timestamps[00:03:24] "From Master Honda Technician to Content Creation"[00:06:59] The Power of Personal Branding for Photographers[00:11:09] "From Hobby to Career: Wedding Photographer Success"[00:14:26] "The Elusive Pursuit of Creative Perfection"[00:38:33] "Photography and Video Careers: More than Skills"[00:43:28] "Stand out from the crowd with personal branding"[00:46:27] "From Zero Bookings to YouTube Vlogging Success"[00:49:43] "From a Client to a Career: My Journey with Stereo Headphone Company"[00:55:41] "Photography Hacks: Ditch the Expensive Gear"[00:57:47] "Breaking the Gospel: Abandoning the Rule of Thirds"Links and ResourcesFollow Martin on InstagramFollow Martin on YoutubeJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets! Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

On this episode of The Beginner Photography Podcast, we dive into the dangers of needing to be a master photographer when starting out. Focusing solely on the negatives of your work and the positives of others' work can lead to a feeling of inadequacy and discourage you from progress. The Photography Manifesto, a ten-part series by the host Raymond Hatfield, aims to provide useful information for becoming a better photographer instead of gimmicky tips and tricks. I discuss the challenges of becoming a master photographer and how it can be difficult to achieve. However, through consistency, accuracy, and focusing on getting the shot in focus, you can improve your skills and achieve mastery in smaller steps. Finally, we discuss my lawn care journey and how it relates to the lessons learned in photography. Join us for this insightful episode on mastering photography on The Beginner Photography Podcast.Big Take Aways with Timestamps[00:00:02] "Introducing the Photography Manifesto: Pro Tips"[00:01:17] "The Fourth Rule in Photography Manifesto Unveiled"[00:02:16] "Mastering Photography: Achievable or Impossible?"[00:05:57] "Reject the Master Photographer Mindset"[00:08:37] "Remember Your Photography Roots: Mastering Life's Simple Pleasures"[00:09:46] "From Skeptic to Proud Lawn Care Enthusiast"[00:12:05] "Photographer's struggle: Seeing beyond the obvious"[00:18:11] "Master the Art of Photography Workflow"[00:19:26] "Mastering Photography: Focusing on the Fundamentals"Links and ResourcesJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets! Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Urban Street Photographer Steve Rolfe he was inspired by a book of Street Photography, which provided the fuel for his creativity.. He explains how, with his own figures, he began to capture stories of the world around him. Finally, after having some of his work published, he decided to leave his job in 2014 and go professional. Host Raymond Hatfield also talks about what captivates him in certain stories or series within photography.Steve Rolfe has been a professional photographer since 2014, when he took a leap of faith and left his 22-year-long job in the civil service. His journey to success began when he picked up a book of street photography and was captivated by the images. Steve then purchased a bridge camera and began experimenting with creating miniature architectural figures, which were eventually published in magazines and newspapers. He continues to use this creative process in his work as a professional photographer.The Big Ideas with Timestamps:00:01:06 Capture stories in tiny ways.00:07:13 Capture life in photos.00:13:09 Planning and whimsy in photos.00:19:08 Planning and creativity required.00:26:05 Keep it simple and creative.00:37:47 Creativity needs time and space.00:40:59 Stay the course for success.00:49:13 Print photos to experience them.00:50:18 Deepen your photography knowledge.Resources:Urban Street Photographer Steve Rolfe’s websiteFollow Steve on InstagramBuy Steve’s new book - “Small World”Join The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!www.AutoToAmazing.com Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

On this episode of The Beginner Photography Podcast, we talk about the importance of being familiar with your camera and quickly changing certain settings for capturing unexpected moments. I discuss the usefulness of presets in editing and experimenting with different photography styles, including the concept of film recipes. Additionally, I'll give tips on accessing camera settings and creating presets for different shooting situations. The conversation covers technical aspects of photography, such as the effect of aperture on small details and understanding camera manuals. Listeners will learn about overcoming limitations in photography and upgrading their camera when necessary. Tune in for insightful tips and tricks to improve your photography skillsIn This Episode You'll Learn:Read the Manual - Learn things you never knew your camera was capable of!Spend a few hours with the camera shooting - Get to know the tool you use to capture the world and blur the line between visualization and capture!Ask WHY you feel limited - When you know the limitations of your camera you know how to best use your camera. The Big Ideas With Timestamps[00:00:00] "Discover the Secrets of Your Camera"[00:10:18] "Camera manuals now cater to photographers' needs"[00:18:22] "Exploring New Photography Styles Made Easy"[00:20:25] "Streamline Your Photography with Custom Camera Presets"[00:25:57] "Mastering Camera Settings for Capturing Wildlife"[00:28:21] "Master Your Camera: Capture Life's Unexpected Moments"[00:34:41] "Optimal Aperture Range for Best Image Quality"[00:37:26] "Mastering Camera Focus and Image Clarity Tips"[00:38:35] "Limitations of Even the Best Cameras"Links and ResourcesJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!www.AutoToAmazing.com Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

On this episode of The Beginner Photography Podcast, host Raymond Hadfield interviews fashion and lifestyle photographer Amanda Thomas. They discuss Amanda's journey into photography, her use of unconventional lighting techniques, and the importance of emotional engagement in photography. Amanda also shares tips on collaboration and preparation for shoots, drawing from her experience with editorial and fashion shoots. Additionally, she talks about starting with just one light and using it creatively to achieve unique and beautiful results. The episode also includes Amanda's perspective on the value of experimentation in photography and the importance of building relationships in the industry.Amanda Thomas is a photographer and visual artist who was inspired to pursue her passion from a young age. As a teenager, she went with her father to a photographer's studio to get his promo shots done, and was captivated by the electric atmosphere of the studio and the tools of the trade. This was the moment that changed her life, and she knew she wanted to explore the potential of the medium. She has since gone on to pursue a career in photography and visual art, creating stunning and captivating works of art.Big Ideas With Timestamps:00:03:03 Light is magical and transformative.00:10:00 Capture light to create art.00:18:26 Client approval is key.00:22:06 Expect the unexpected.00:25:19 Be flexible and prepared.00:34:45 Persist with lighting skills.00:41:16 Experiment with lighting to find style.00:48:59 Mentally and emotionally prepare.00:53:17 Collaborate for success.00:54:54 Shoot more to get better.Resources:Fashion and Lifestyle Photographer Amanda Thomas’s websiteFollow Amanda On InstagramJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets! Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Michael Collins is a member of the Beginner Photography Podcast Community and today shares his photography journey from picking up a camera to capturing amazing wildlife and birds in flight!Join The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook Group!Sign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In today's episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast, Casey Fatchett shares tips on how to be a bad wedding photographer. He talks about some of his own photography mistakes, such as his flash going out mid-wedding and his camera dying the day before a wedding he was scheduled to shoot. He also offers advice on what photographers can do to ruin a couple's wedding day.Casey Fatchett hosts The Nerdy Photographer Podcast, an informative, entertaining, and irreverent look at the photo industry. Casey brings his more than twenty years of professional photography experience, primarily as a wedding photographer, to every episode.Casey is lactose intolerant, loves talking about himself in the third person, and can be found making his wife laugh or hiking with his dog when not creating images for his clients.The Big Ideas with TimeStamps00:04:19 Don't buy new cameras before jobs.00:06:39 Read the instructions carefully.00:12:56 Don't leave cameras on side of road.00:17:27 Bring two pairs of pants.00:26:55 Bring backup gear.00:33:46 Collaborate with clients expectations.00:39:05 Manage expectations carefully.00:40:25 Trust and collaborate with couples.00:50:32 Know safety boundaries.00:56:01 Lighting is key for photography.00:59:11 Avoid chasing trends.01:07:26 Practice with limitations.01:08:36 Limit yourself to create better.01:16:36 Invest in quality lenses.01:20:15 Light is essential for good photos.01:30:45 Don't block the photographer.01:32:08 Capture key moments quickly.01:41:12 Deliver on promises as photographer.01:42:16 Deliver on promises made.01:47:28 Under-promise, over-deliver.01:53:37 Practice and research techniques.Resources:Listen to the Nerdy Photographer PodcastNew York Wedding Photographer Casey Fatchett’s websiteJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Anna Harvingston is an Erie PA based documentary family photographer. Anna gets into her journey beginning with basics of photography like camera settings, taking portraits of her children, and how she experienced the difficult challenge of learning photography. She also talks about getting picked as one of the eight photographers chosen for Hulu's new photography competition show, Exposure.Big Idea with Timestamps:00:02:00 Trust your vision and execute.00:06:09 Focus on the fundamentals.00:11:53 Explore opportunities through photography.00:15:56 Bring phone, capture emotion.00:22:11 Trust your skills and creativity.00:24:41 Stay true to yourself creatively.00:30:19 Use presets to standardize photos.00:37:45 Capture life's moments.00:40:44 Identify the star of the show.00:46:37 Embrace happy accidents.00:48:10 Keep pushing yourself forward.00:52:20 Keep shooting consistently.Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

On this episode of The Beginner Photography Podcast, we continue the ten-part Photography Manifesto series by tackling the third rule: Moment matters most in photography, not camera settings. I encourage you to focus on capturing life's moments and define a moment as subject matter, timing, and composition. I also share the 3 step process to capturing better moments. I provides examples of moments and emphasizes that photography should capture life as it happens.The Big Ideas with Timestamps00:04:16 Learn to use the tool.00:06:43 Capture life's moments.00:17:41 Capture meaningful moments.00:22:44 Pre-visualize before shooting.00:29:09 Capture energy in moments.00:33:09 Capture moments, not settings.Resources:Listen to the full Photography Manifesto Episode, BPP 334Join The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

On this episode of The Beginner Photography Podcast, the importance of ethical decision-making in photography is explored. Host Raymond Hatfield and guest Savannah Dodd delve into the personal and contextual factors that contribute to ethical decision making, and the impact of sharing a photograph. They discuss the lack of clear-cut ethical guidelines and provide tips for cultivating ethical decision-making skills. Savannah shares her personal experience navigating ethical challenges working with a charity in Uganda and gives advice on photographing ethical subjects. The episode concludes with a challenge for listeners to create their own photographer's statement of ethics.Savannah Dodd is a passionate photographer who believes in the immense power of photography for good. With her camera, she strives to shape how others see the world in a responsible and conscious way. Through her work, she hopes to inspire others to be more mindful of their power and use it to create a better world.Big Ideas with Timestamps:00:05:19 Winning a Photography Competition.00:10:44 Raise ethical concerns in work.00:16:35 Ethics depend on context.00:17:25 Prioritize ethical principles.00:26:29 Think carefully about impact.00:30:08 Question assumptions before photographing.00:36:00 Respect individual experience.00:41:03 Personal connection and motivation.00:46:17 Be conscious of power.00:55:16 Be the ethical decision maker.Resources:Create your own Statement of EthicsCheck out the Photo Ethics Center and listen to the podcast!Savannah’s Photography WebsiteJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

You have photo questions, I want to answer them for you here on the show.Whenever you have a question about photography, day or night, 24 hours a day 7 days a week, head to https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa , and send me your questions.After shooting for more than a decade and interviewing 300+ world class photographers, its time to share some of that practical information with you!Todays Photography Questions:Will AI replace the role of a photographerDo I need photo contracts before shooting?Do I need photo contracts when shooting street photography?Whats better, Photoshop or Lightroom?Can you make it as a photographer without learning Photoshop?What the best camera under $2000 to photograph wildlifeWhat is the best lens for wildlife photography?What Im shooting now that Im not focused on WeddingsResources:Ask your photography questions to get answered on the show!Join The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

This podcast follows Harry Skeggs, a fine art wildlife photographer, to discuss the impact and importance of photography in preserving the world. He motivates listeners to take a tool in their hands to influence the world and bring awareness to issues near and far. He shares his story of not knowing the value of photography until he was forced to have time for himself due to an accident, and ended up winning runner-up in a Nat Geo Photography of the Year competition.The Big Ideas with Timestamps00:03:09 Learn art to take better photos.00:11:43 Animals are family members.00:13:39 Follow your passion.00:22:52 Tell a story before taking photos.00:27:00 Protect animals we love.00:30:06 Wildlife conservation is essential.00:39:03 Make mistakes to improve photography.00:43:15 Be the change you want.Resources:Fine Art Wildlife Photographer Harry Skegg’s websiteFollow Harry on InstagramJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

On this episode, I interview photographer and educator Heather Lahtinen about how to tackle the feelings of overwhelm that come with learning photography. Heather explains how she became an unintentional wedding photographer and eventually made the transition to going full-time.The Big Ideas with Timestamps00:04:37 Have fun with photography.00:07:10 Take action and practice.00:13:37 Choose not to be overwhelmed.00:17:25 Take risks and learn.00:20:07 Set a goal and go for it.00:27:43 Take action and don't fear.00:34:16 Increase prices to be sustainable.00:38:57 Believe in yourself and succeed.00:39:35 Say yes before you know how.00:47:00 Focus on ideal client marketing.00:52:51 Get help and drop pride.00:55:02 Invest in yourself for success.01:02:25 Book studio management software.01:06:09 Start taking photos now.01:10:11 Believe in yourself.01:13:09 Shoot and don't fear failure.Resources:The Flourish AcademyThe Flourish Academy on InstagramFlourish Academy Episode 73: How to deal with imposter syndromeHeathers Free Pricing guide for photographersJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

On this episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast, host Raymond Hatfield interviews Anja Poehlmann, a documentary family life photographer. They discuss how shooting every day can affect both creativity and personality. Anja also shares how digital cameras have made shooting easier since she moved to Hawaii for a 6-month internship. She created a website as a way to document her life in her new home and was inspired to start shooting photography as a career.The Big Ideas with Timestamps00:01:04 Embrace all forms of creativity.00:10:10 Light is key to photography.00:16:08 Authentic family photography is key.00:17:13 Capture real family moments.00:26:00 Tell meaningful stories through photos.00:30:11 Capture meaningful moments.00:35:05 Just get started!00:43:36 Embrace imperfection and experiment.00:48:27 Interact with strangers confidently.00:54:45 Make art, not money.Resources:Brighton Family Photographer Anja Poehlmann’s website Follow Anja on InstagramJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Today I cover Photography Manifesto Rule #2, To Be A Half Way Decent Photographer You Must Dedicate All of Your Available Time To It. That this does not mean focusing on it 24/7, instead I urge you to keep a photographical eye on in-between moments. The Big Ideas with Time Stamps00:01:33 Dedicate time to photography.00:05:43 Learn to use camera as tool for storytelling.00:15:27 Pay attention to the world.00:17:18 Focus on composition, not gear.00:20:41 Shoot, don’t watch gear reviews.Resources:Listen to the full Photography Manifesto Episode, BPP 334Join The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In this episode I delve deep into the importance of making mistakes and how it can help photographers develop their skills faster. I share how Huy Nguyen, one of the most talented wedding photographers shares his wisdom surrounding the knowledge vs wisdom paradigm and learning through practical experience. Through this, Raymond tries to encourage listeners to take risks, make mistakes and not be afraid in order to elevate their photography and understanding of the craft.Resources:Join The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Mica McCook is an Austin based food photographer. Mica recollects her journey to becoming a photographer which had begun in 2015 when her then-boyfriend encouraged her to take up photography as a business. On receiving payment from her first gig, she realized she could turn it into a career. Mica shares how she began her journey as a photographer by experimenting with different types of photography, and eventually landed on food photography. Mica believes that light is an important element of her work and uses it to create dramatic photos.The Big TakeawaysYou can be a photographer.Start with a passion.Develop emotional sensitivity.Learn the rules to break them.Bring life to still images.Try the thing.Light and shadows create art.Prepare before shooting.Give yourself permission to fail.Resources:Check out Austin Food Photographer Mica McCook’s websiteListen to the Savory Shot PodcastFollow Mica on InstagramJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

You have photo questions, I want to answer them for you here on the show.Whenever you have a question about photography, day or night, 24 hours a day 7 days a week, head to https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa , and send me your questions.After shooting for more than a decade and interviewing 300+ world class photographers, its time to share some of that practical information with you!Todays Photography Questions:Can you market yourself as a weekday wedding photographer?Can you use CloudSpot in Sweden?What tips do you have for orginizing all of your photos from vatious locations into one place?What to use, Lightroom or Lightroom ClassicHow do you deal with imposter syndrome when the more you learn about photography the more critical you becomeHow can photographers earn money in a recession when luxury items are typicly the first expense cut.Resources:Ask your photography questions to get answered on the show!Join The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Gary Pope is a self-proclaimed Geeky Wedding Photographer. We discuss the importance of niching down when marketing yourself and why it’s important to find the right audience in order to better align with your goals. Gary shares his story of learning how to use his camera for YouTube videos and taking photos for a whole year before he realized he loved wedding photography.Big Take AwaysFind your niche and stand outAlways keep learningPay attention to guestsFind a way to stand outBe a friend with a cameraServe clients with careBe polarizing and uniqueBe true to your nichePassion draws people inBe creative and realisticPlan ahead for photosEnjoy your niche passionKnow your worthResources:Check out Geeky Wedding Photographer Gary Pope’s WebsiteFollow Gary on InstagramJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Stephanie Robinson is a Denver-based wedding and elopement photographer and a member of the Beginner Photography Podcast community. Growing up, Stephanie had an affinity for photography and was encouraged by her dad who, like her, was a photography enthusiast. After having her own Covid wedding, Stephanie decided to take the plunge into professional photography and left law school, where she was studying. Stephanie noted that with photography, her left brain and right brain are equally used, which is something she found satisfying and engaging.Big Take AwaysLearned photography with engineering backgroundWork to capture authentic momentsPrioritize urgent projects firstBack up your dataBe confident and preparedAuthenticity is keyBuild a sustainable business modelInvest in help for successTrack analytics to succeedResources:Check out Denver wedding and elopement photographer Stephanie Robinson’s websiteFollow Stephanie on InstagramFollow Stephanie on TikTokJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook Group!Sign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Today we are chatting with birth photographer Tavia Redburn and we get real technical about what you need and what you need to know before shooting your first birth session! In this episode Tavia talks about how she got interested in photography and the experiences that led her to becoming a birth photographer. She teaches beginners the technical aspects of the craft and encourages them to practice as much as possible for better results.Theres this phrase that says, you’re only an expert on something if you can explain it to a 5 year old and today, that is me, I may as well be a 5 year old with how little I know about birth photography and Tavia explains it as an expert and in a very pragmatic way that I know many of you will appreciate! She also host the From better half to boss podcast which is focused on the business side of photography but if you like Tavia’s teaching style here today, be sure to check out her podcast as well!The Big IdeasLearn to use the tools you have.Capture special moments.Control camera settings to capture vision.Capture moments authentically.Look for small details.Communicate expectations clearly.Embrace the grain in low light.Control light with flash.Timestamps00:05:17 Learn to use ingredients available.00:10:05 Photograph Anything and Everything.00:17:51 Adding a family member through birth.00:24:20 Control your camera for best results.00:25:11 Capture moments as they happen.00:31:20 Capture meaningful moments.00:40:25 Communicate non-negotiables upfront.00:47:47 Embrace the grain in birth photography.00:50:05 Control your light with flash.Resources:Tavia Redburn’s birth photography education websiteFollow Tavia on InstagramJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Chrystofer Davis, is a documentary film street photographer in Newark New Jersey. His work has been shared in the Metropolitan Museum, the Schomburg, and the Newark Museum. Hes able to connect with his subjects quickly have them relax and then take a portrait of them. In this interview Chrystofer shares how he got started in photography at a young age. Through a memorable experience with his parents on a trip to Nassau, Chrystofer was given a Fujifilm disposable camera and taken a picture of a stairway that was perfectly composed with the sun shining through the windows. This visually striking moment motivated him to pursue photography professionally. The Big Ideas:Capture meaningful memories on film.Film photography pushed career forward.Film for archival purposes.Print your photos for longevity.Impact one person at a time.Honor your cities culture and people.Connect with people through photography.Learn from rejection and move on.Build rapport with subjects.Find the camera that fits you.Care for people and your city.Timestamps:00:09:01 Shoot with intention and passion.00:16:04 Film photography for archival purposes.00:22:45 Print photos for lasting memories.00:25:53 Impact one person at a time.00:30:07 Honor the past to build the future.00:38:59 Connect with kindness and enthusiasm.00:44:43 Be respectful and apologetic.00:46:10 Build rapport before photographing.00:56:57 Find a camera that fits you.00:58:13 Document people's stories.Resources:Chrystofer Davis’s websiteFollow Chrys on InstagramJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

This is Part 1 of my 10 part Photography Manifesto series. In this episode we cover photography manifesto rule number 1, The Goal of Photography is to Enrich the Human Experience. I share with you the importance of photography, the difference between a document and art, and of course HOW you can best make an impact with your photography! To hear the full Photography Manifesto overview episode where I share all 10 manifesto rules listen now https://www.beginnerphotographypodcast.com/podcast/334 Resources:Listen to the full Photography Manifesto Episode, BPP 334Join The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Dorie Howell has been shooting for years and has seen a lot of photographers who struggle to trust themselves. So today she's going to share some tips for you on how to listen to that artists voice inside you and then actually do the thing! She also shares a great story of how she got.. uncooperative subjects to open up and create an amazing image. Also, because Dorie has been in business a long time, she also shares with us the perfect inquiry email. So if you are struggling with what to say when someone reaches out to you just asking for more information… Dories got you covered today so listen close! In This Episode You'll Learn:How Dorie got started in photographyWhy Dorie loves capturing portraitsHow to get the moment and make sure you capture what the family wantsHow to trust yourself and your photographic instintsThe importance of getting on the phone with a potential client and what to sayThe Elements of crafting a perfect inquiry emailResources:Photography Business Coach Dorie Howell’s websiteFollow Dorie on InstagramDorie on YoutubeDorie on FacebookJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Damien Lovegrove, a BBC trained lighting expert and photographer, joins the Beginner Photography Podcast to talk about his experience with camera movements, lighting, and framing. He explains how he got interested in photography and how he captured stunning shots on film. Damien then shares his process for capturing light and shares how he learned about shutter speed and aperture. He also elaborates on the process of focusing, framing and understanding the controlling elements of exposure in order to create the best pictures.The Big Ideas:Know your exposure elements.Learn photography slowly and carefully.Working with LED interior lightingTake control of light.Control light for effect.Lighting creates symmetry.Get the camera lower.Explore light to create style.Experiment with different light sources.Timestamps:00:05:03 Plan and execute shots carefully.00:07:07 Learn photography slowly and carefully.00:18:46 Shoot at lower ISO settings.00:25:19 Take control of light.00:25:37 Control light for impact.00:33:07 Lighting is key to success.00:42:45 Get camera lower for better photos.00:44:37 Explore light to create style.00:50:13 Experiment with light sources.Resources:Damien Lovegrove’s photo blogDamien Lovegrove’s travel photography workshopsDamien Lovegrove’s Youtube ChannelJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

You have photo questions, I want to answer them for you here on the show.Whenever you have a question about photography, day or night, 24 hours a day 7 days a week, head to https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa , and send me your questions.After shooting for more than a decade and interviewing 300+ world class photographers, its time to share some of that practical information with you!Todays Questions:What white balance should you use when shooting indoors when also using flash?If you had 1 hour to shoot any photography assignment, what would it be?How do you plan the story before you shoot? Do you know what you want to capture or do you just react to the story in the moment?What do you all do to stay active with your photography in the winter?Do you use Auto ISO? If so, when. If not, why not?Is there an all purpose lens that will let me shoot close ups and wildlife a quarter mile away?Do you have any recommendations on a camera that geared more towards photography that would be great for shooting wildlife?What are other ways to make money from photography other than portraits, weddings, or events?Resources:Ask your photography questions to get answered on the show!Join The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Julie Christie is a family photographer turned mastermind behind The Photographers Voice. In this interview Julie discusses the importance of keeping things simple when beginning a photography business. She shares her personal experiences of growing up enthralled by photographs but needing time and persistence to understand the technical side of photography and professionally recognize it.The Big IdeasStart simple and persist.Learn to use light and shadows.Develop your own style.Marketing is connection.Introverts can be great marketers.Connection content builds audience.Create a website quickly.Timestamps00:03:17 Start small and be persistent. 00:06:27 Understand light and shadows. 00:14:35 Develop your own style. 00:22:24 Marketing is connection. 00:27:09 Introverts can be great marketers. 00:35:05 Connection content builds audience. 00:39:18 Build trust and visibility.https://thephotographersvoice.com/https://www.instagram.com/thephotographersvoice/Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Today on the Beginner Photography podcast, Brad McMillan is being interviewed about his experience in photography, from having a portfolio of different genres of photos to his background of being a wildland firefighter for eight years and driving a tow truck for 12 years. He explains what first inspired him to take photos and remembers the trip he took in grade nine taking the 35mm point and shoot film camera his mom loaned him.The Big Ideas:Don't jump handrails!Photography captures memories.Capture the memory, not perfection.Photography requires skill.Lighting must be practiced.Know your lighting direction.Use natural light for drama.Ask permission before photographing.Photography captures emotion effectively.Know your exposure balance.Learn to read histograms.Timestamps:00:05:46 Don't jump the handrail.00:06:27 Photography helps share memories.00:17:09 Capture the memory, not perfect.00:19:09 Learn to adjust settings quickly.00:26:45 Practice and experiment with light.00:30:04 Know your lighting and intention.00:41:15 Use a monopod for lighting.00:43:09 Ask permission before taking photos.00:50:05 Invest in storytelling photography.00:59:12 Settings don't matter.01:02:10 Practice and experiment.Resources:Visit Brads Website Follow Brad on InstagramJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Marc Silber is a five time return guest and photography author of the new book Create: Overcoming Fear to Unleash Your Creativity. Today Marc shares with us how fear can stop us from being our most creative self as a photographer and how to overcome it. Mark also talks about journaling and how he practices visualization when taking photos and how mornings are the best time for him to be creative.The Big IdeasVisualize quickly and act.Visualize your creative ideas.Go out and shoot.Try different things and learn.Visualize and experiment.Learn your tool better.Practice falling to succeed.Photography is a numbers game.Grow through critique and community.Timestamps00:00:05 Visualize before taking photo.00:13:07 Visualize, then create.00:17:05 Be patient and persistent.00:21:04 Find your creative purpose.00:28:00 Visualize and create impactfully.00:37:30 Learn your tool well.00:47:57 Practice falling to succeed.00:49:11 Ignore the haters, keep going.00:56:05 Grow through community critique.Pick up Marcs new book - https://amzn.to/3Z1uJ2sGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In todays interview we are talking with contemporary art photographer Chris GrunderContemporary art does not mean the same thing to 2 different people. If you don't know much about it, it can seem vague. Chris teaches photography as Sonoma State University and he is the co owner of Bass and Rainer a contemporary art gallery in San Francisco. So who better than Chris to give us a proper definition in todays interview.In This Episode You'll Learn:How Chris got into photographyHow failing at his first few dozen rolls of film pushed him to shoot moreWhat is contemporary art Why Chris moved to New York to work with commercial photographers after getting his masters in fine artWhat makes up the difference between someone just started in fine art photography and an experienced artist Resources:Chris Grunders WebsiteBass and ReinerLightroom 101Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Jasmine Blais is a wedding and lifestyle photographer based out of Prince Albert Saskatchewan. If you have been thinking about dipping your toes into the world of wedding photography,  Jasmine is here today to help you figure out what you need and what you need to know before taking your first booking. Jasmine Blais also talks about how to get started with booking weddings for the new year. She shares her story of starting to take photos as a teen and then gradually turning it into a business. She also talks about her experience as a teacher and how she balanced her teaching career and her photography career in her early 20s.The Big Ideas:Take risks, explore career optionsGain confidence and experienceTrust yourself and practiceKnow your camera settingsServe, don't sellYou will miss momentsProvide standout client experienceProvide client experience bonusesBuild a supportive communityResources:Check out Jasmine's photography websiteJasmine's course "Keeping Wedding Photography Simple"Follow Jasmine on InstagramJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Time Stamps00:05:26 Take risks to explore creativity.00:10:51 Gain confidence through experience.00:13:07 Trust yourself and practice.00:19:25 Prepare and adjust settings.00:27:00 Focus on serving clients.00:37:08 Capture moments, don't miss them.00:42:45 Stay lighthearted and relaxed.00:49:17 Deliver quick sneak peeks.00:54:56 Build a support system.00:55:48 Find a photography community.Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Gaining confidence as a photographer comes down to things and none of them have to do with the camera. You will naturally get comfortable with the camera as time goes on. Confidence 3 things. #1 PrepA wise man once said that failing to prepare is preparing to fail. That couldn’t be more true than in photography. If you want to start taking photos with intention you need to know your gear and how it works inside and out. So the prep stage is knowing your gear, how it works, and how it reacts in different lighting sanarios. Take a listen to episode 243 where I break down step by step how to get to know your camera.#2 PlanIf you want to be successful as a photographer you will need to shoot more than just reactionary photos but shoot with intention. Sometimes that means planning out your photos. Before a shoot really break down each element. What lens will you use, what lights will you use, how will your subject pose. Hammer those details out so when you get ready to shoot you won’t have to think on the fly, they are already planned out.#3 PracticeYou can read every tutorial and watch every video on youtube but if you don’t actually put in time behind the camera you won’t be retaining much. That’s why practice is so important. To be most efficient when practicing, have a clear goal and work on just one aspect of photography. When just getting started I recommend composition. Composition how you compose the frame of your image with the goal of leading your viewer’s eyes to the subject of the photo. Composition is something you can practice anywhere and even with just the camera on your phone which is why its such a great place to start.Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

It's 2023 and that means it's time for a fresh start. This year we don't have resolutions, we have a manifesto. A set of rules to live your life by as a photographer. Download a printable version of the manifesto at - https://beginnerphotopod.com/rulesThe Beginner Photography Podcast Photography ManifestoThe point of photography is to enrich the human experienceTo be a half way decent photographer you must dedicate all of your time to itMoment matters most in a photograph. Not settingsYou dont need to know everything about photography to know anything.Your camera gear is not holding you back, you are holding yourself back.If there is no intention, there is no imageThe only photographer you are in competition with, is yourselfCommunity is the only external source that will make you a better photographerYou cant make money from your creativity as a photographerKill your photography teachersGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Each month I sit down and have a conversation with a fellow member of the beginner photography podcast community.These are people just like you. Most are new to photography and dealing with those struggles that most of the other guest I interview on the show, just kind of gloss over. The goal of these interviews is to show you that whatever you're dealing with right now, you're not alone and that theres someone in your own digital backyard going through the same challenges and can possibly help out too! All of these photographers are active members of the bpp community on facebook and Im sure would be more than happy to answer any follow up questions you may have, all you have to do it join the FB community. If you want to be apart of the most helpful group of photographers on the internet just head to https://beginnerphotopod.com/group Photographers in this interview:Matt AustinAnn MangumStephen OverfieldKaren DoughmanTyi ReddickRiaan KoekemoerVicky WildeChris BrittonZenia MonteagudoGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In this very special bonus episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast, I answer your photo questions!To get your photography questions answered in future episodes of the podcast head to https://www.beginnerphotographypodcast.com/contactand ask now!Questions:What did I learn from photography that I wouldnt have otherwise.What are some good ideas for a first photo project?How to use flash and how to find people willing to be photographed? How do you deal with wildly different exposures like someone standing in a doorway where they are dark but the background is bright?How would you approach someone in a dangerous area in order to capture them in their environment?Am I an imposter for shooting crop sensor?I'm taking better pics on my iPhone than I am with my Nikon D7100, why I'm spending all this time (and money) trying to learn this Nikon?Challenges switching from photography to videography?Wondering your thoughts on buying a refurbished lens from canon?How to narrow down what you shoot when people ask you to shoot all different genres of photography?How do I market to potential clients?Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

This year you downloaded the Beginner Photography Podcast more than 600,000 times! Thats more than 38 consecutive years of photo education!In this part 2 episode, I take the best lessons from the most downloaded interviews of the year and compile them into this mega photography education extravaganza! Photographers featured in this episode:Joe McNallyTerri BaskinDan MilnorAnnemie TonkenDavid JulianSabrina GebhardtJeff TismanAngela Douglas RamseyGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

This year you downloaded the Beginner Photography Podcast more than 600,000 times! Thats more than 38 consecutive years of photo education!In this part 1 episode, I take the best lessons from the most downloaded interviews of the year and compile them into this mega photography education extravaganza! Photographers featured in this episode:Jason MatiasValerie JardinAve PildasLissa ChandlerGavin WadeHeather DaenitzPete SouzaGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In this weeks episode of the podcast I take you with me to my last wedding of the year. I walk you through how I get ready, what I do before I walk in, I let you hear me pose the guys, photograph the dress, ceremony, bridal portraits, and then we wrap the day with lessons learned. If you shoot weddings don’t miss this episode!In what is the last wedding of the year, I share my routine for the day leading up to the wedding. Unforeseen rainy conditions mean photos will now have to take place indoors and I share details of how I tried to make the best of the lack of natural light. Plus, what to eats to ensure Im fueled through the lengthy day.The Big Ideas:Show up early and preparedEat snacks for energyBe relaxed and naturalEnjoy the momentBe clear who has jewelryCapture emotion in photosBudget your time when shooting portraitsShoot with intention and purposeFind your passion in photographyTime Stamps00:05:06 Eat to stay energized.00:07:00 Arrive early and be prepared.00:16:05 Be relaxed and natural.00:26:10 Enjoy a cocktail together.00:33:05 Be clear who has jewelry.00:37:59 Capture emotions in photos.00:56:59 Plan for extra time for events.00:04:28 Use prime lenses for better photos.01:09:14 Shoot what you love.01:12:09 Discover your passion in photography.Resources:Join The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Dina Goldstein began her career 30 years ago as a photojournalist, evolving from a documentary and editorial photographer into an independent artist focusing on large-scale productions of narrative photography tableaux. Goldstein’s work has been the subject of academic essays and dissertations and has been covered extensively in media around the globe. Goldstein continues to independently produce works and show internationally at commercial and public galleries, art centers, festivals, biennales and museums. In This Episode You'll Learn:When Dina knew photography was going to be an important part of her lifeWhat Dina struggled with most when starting out in photographyWhy Dina left photojournalismWhere Dina got the idea for her staged project “Fallen Princesses” How Dina comes up with concepts for her different photo projectsThe struggle of choosing how to create which images for her various photo projects. Resources:Narrative Photographer Dina Goldstein’s websiteJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Evan Tanaka is a Los Angeles based product photographer who has had a meteoric rise in success since starting his photography studio. Tanaka didn't set out initially to be a photographer but picked up the craft when starting his own athleisure brand. He was teaching himself how to take photos and received his first job even though it was not paid. Tanaka goes on to discuss his creative journey and what form of education he found helpful to learn photography. Working with brands like White Claw, Liquid IV, Cupcake Wines, and One Plus. Today Evan talks about being open to creative ideas that fulfill you as an artist as well as capturing images the client needs. Tanaka has no mentor and hasn't experienced formal education in photography, but through self-teaching has become well-versed with producing amazing results in simple setups.The Big Ideas:Start with small stepsLearn by solving problemsYou are in control of the final imageBe flexible with clientsStart shooting with what you haveGet it right in cameraGet all the details firstErr on the side of making the client happyExperiment and try new thingsShoot more to get betterTime Stamps00:03:00 Learn photography through trial and error.00:06:09 Learn by solving problems.00:16:48 Have control and be creative.00:17:03 Explore creative ideas with brands.00:27:59 Start with camera, subject, shoot.00:33:01 Get it right in camera.00:37:03 Get all the details first.00:43:59 Err on the side of making clients happy.00:47:39 Experiment and take risks.00:53:45 Shoot more to improve.Resources:Los Angeles based Product Photographer Even Tanakas websiteFollow Evan on InstagramJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Happy Thanksgiving week! This is a special bonus episode from the BPP vault. In this interview you will hear from professional photographers Nick Church, Matt Payne, and Andrew Hellmich who will each share their best tips on how to get started in photography!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In this episode of the podcast I break down the top 3 ways you can get to know your camera better to be best prepared for them the moment arises. In This Episode You'll Learn:Read the Manual - Learn things you never knew your camera was capable of!Spend a few hours with the camera shooting - Get to know the tool you use to capture the world and blur the line between visualization and capture!Ask WHY you feel limited - When you know the limitations of your camera you know how to best use your camera. Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Tracy Kirkland is a boudoir photographer who found it difficult to grow her business when social media would keep taking down her photos. Tracy has went on to build a 7 figure boudoir photography business without having to rely on positing her photos on social to attract clients. Tracy shares the fine line images must tow and the way to get started in boudoir photography, and provide tips about lighting and posing for photos. In this interview we talk about organic ways you can start and grow boudoir photography without depending on social media. Tracy also shares boudoir posing and lighting tips that will be sure to help out at your next session!The Big IdeasLearn camera settings to create artDive in 100%Exaggerate curves with lightHire models to promote businessPlan ahead for successFocus on business firstKnow lighting, posing, settingsShoot today, be better tomorrowTime Stamps00:03:04 Learn photography to control your life.00:06:12 Dive in and learn.00:19:31 Emphasize curves with light.00:25:37 Hire models to promote work.00:30:06 Plan ahead for success.00:37:45 Focus on business first.00:41:52 Take control of your business.00:45:44 Shoot more, become better.Resources:Boudoir Photographer Tracy Kirkland’s websiteFollow Tracy on InstagramJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Zenia Monteagudo is a member of the BPP community who has been photographing concerts for quite some time and is now looking into transitioning into family portrait photography with a emphasis on candid moments. In this interview we talk about breaking into concert photography, dealing with self doubt, and having endless curiosity with what to shoot. Resources:Follow Zenia on Instagram!Join The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook Group!Sign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Gerard Exupery is a New York street photographer that has been shooting since the mid 1970’s. In that time Gerard has captured a number of compelling and dynamic images of life in New York. After publishing his first book '“Subway”, Gerard is back again with his new book “Women Hold Up Half The Sky”. In this interview we talk about the process of finding a story, selecting images, imposter syndrome, and of course the power of print. Gerard recounts how his mother reacted to him wallpapering his room with photography magazines and how physical prints offers something that digital photos can't. He sees creating a book as a way to preserve his work for future generations.The Big Ideas:Preserve your work with a bookPhotography is personal explorationLife experience shapes creativityDocument life through photographyGrow through past relationshipsFollow your creative passionOrganize photos efficientlyShoot now, improve laterTime Stamps00:06:08 Preserve your work in a book.00:06:37 Photography is a personal journey.00:13:09 Life experience shapes art.00:19:37 Document life through photography.00:27:01 Grow through self-reflection.00:37:54 Organize for success.00:38:17 Organize, catalogue, and share.00:46:37 Shoot more, get better.Resources:Gerard Exupery’s websiteFollow Gerard on InstagramJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Misha Wynn is a luxury wedding photographer from Dallas Texas who today talks about how to be the best second shooter you can be!In This Episode You'll Learn:What is a second shooter in photographyWhy become a second shooterThe roll a second shooter plays with the main photographerThe biggest challenges finding a second shooterDo second photographers edit their own photosThe difference between a good second shooter and a great second shooterA misconception people have about being a second photographerWhat do you pay a second shooterHow to get your first opportunity second shootingHow to know when you can financially afford a second shooterHow to protect yourself legally when hiring a second shooter Resources:Misha Wynns websiteMisha Wynn on FacebookMisha Wynn on InstagramGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In todays episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast a magical wormhole opens up revealing a time machine tape recorder allowing me to send a messages and advice to my younger self. So here are the 6 pieces of advice I give to my younger self. Pick something and stick with itYour Canon 40D is not whats holding you backYou’re not the star of the wedding dayThe “one thing” never changes everythingInvest in tools that help you achieve more with lessHave a life outside of photographyResources:Check out Octobers Personal Photo DumpJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Seth Miranda is a creative commercial photographer whose work just has to be seen to be fully understood who had a really unconventional start in photography. Today we talk about the creative journey that he has taken and how he builds a shot from what it is that he sees in his head. Seth is also a contributor to Adorama TVIn This Episode You'll Learn:What about Photography Clicked for SethThe technical skills Seth learned shooting BMX on film The hardest part of learning photography with the long review process of filmWhen Seth transitioned from shooting BMX to working in a studioWhere the ideas come from for Seths photosHow close a final photo turns out compared to the vision in his headHow to make do with the lighting gear you haveWhat most new photographers dont understand about lightingWhere Seth draws inspiration from Where Seth sees the creative limitResources:Seth Mirandas WebsiteSeth Miranda on InstagramSeth Miranda on YoutubeFind Seth On Adorama TVSeth’s Fuji GFX100 ReviewGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Anna Gabriel is a Fine Art Portrait Photographer who’s new book, Eye-D offers a unique and close up look at some of the worlds biggest celebrities. From Jonny Depp, Susan Sarandon, Mick Fleetwood, Peter Gabriel and more. In this interview Anna talks about the power of your eyes and how we are able to understand someones feelings and thoughts just by taking a closer look at their eyes. She shares her photography journey, revealing how her love for visual arts began in her childhood when her father had a Super 8 camera. Anna also shares tips on creating a project of your own and the troubles she faced when creating project. Time Stamps of The Big Ideas00:02:02 Photography captures emotion.00:10:03 Be open to mistakes.00:17:00 Be open to creative possibilities.00:21:08 Capture emotion in detail.00:33:59 Let go and move on.00:40:52 Adaptability is key.00:41:09 Adapt quickly and stay on target.Resources:Fine Art Portrait Photographer Anna Gabriel’s websiteFollow Anna on InstagramGrab Annas new book "Eye-D”Join The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Bryan Caporicci is an award-winning wedding and portrait photographer based out of Fonthill, Canada. In 2014, he was awarded his Masters of Photographic Arts (MPA) designation by the Professional Photographers of Canada (PPOC), making him one of the youngest Canadian photographers to receive this level of achievement.Bryan is the host of the Business of Photography Podcast with over 2 million downloads. He teaches at workshops across North America, including industry-leading conventions and conferences such as WPPI, Shutterfest and Canada Photo Convention. Bryan is also the CEO and Founder of Sprout Studio.In today’s interview, Bryan talks about the key aspects of photography to focus on when just getting started. In This Episode You'll Learn:What is Clubhouse for photographersWho Bryan is and how he got started in photographyHis earliest struggles and how he overcame themHow to avoid overwhelm when just learning photography What Bryan hopes to achieve by shooting film for personal workWhat to focus on now to build a business foundationHow to leverage local relationships to build bookingsThe 3 most important pillars of stating a photo businessThe paradox of the growing heap and how it will help you better understand bookingsResources:Bryan Caporicci Wedding PhotographyThe Business of Photography PodcastSprout Studio - All in one studio management for photographersJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Pete Souza, former Chief White House Photographer, speaks with Raymond Hatfield on the Beginner Photography Podcast about what led him to photography and his journey from sports writer to photographer. Hear stories from Souza’s time taking photos of two presidential administrations and how he captured the first digital portrait of a sitting president. Be sure to check out Souza’s new book, The West Wing and Beyond, for a unique look at the people who make the presidency work.On top of his incredible career working for publications such as National Geographic and The Chicago Sun Times, Pete Souza has documented the presidential administrations for Ronald Regan and was the Chief White House Photographer for the Obama administration. Today Pete Souza comes on the Beginner Photography Podcast to talk about what its like working in the Presidential Bubble and his new book “The West Wing and Beyond” which gives us a behind the scenes look at the people and the human element that goes into supporting an administration. Time Stamps of the Big Ideas00:02:48 Photography is magical and Rewarding.00:08:52 Reagan photographer to Obama's chief.00:17:03 Capture human side of history.00:23:00 Document history for the future.00:33:00 Anticipation is key to success.00:43:44 Share behind-the-scenes photos.00:53:30 Capture the moment quickly.00:56:12 Have your Camera settings ready00:59:00 Practice makes perfect.Resources:Former Chief White House Photographer Pete Souzas websiteGrab your copy of Petes newest book “The West Wing and Beyond”Join The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Today we are chatting with BPP community member Chris Britton. Chris is based in southwest Michigan and has had an interesting journey into photography. Today Chris photographs his own family as well as family portraits for others in his community. Resources:Follow Chris on InstagramFollow Chris on FacebookJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook Group!Sign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Angela Douglas Ramsey is a Fine Art Documentary Photographer and Fuji X Creator who comes on the podcast today to talk about personal projects and how we can go deeper with everything we photograph. Angela is a master at personal projects and had was able to provide incredibly thought provoking answers that has me excited to grab my camera and go shoot!Resources:Norfolk VA Fine Art Documentary Photographer Angela Douglas Ramsey’s websiteFollow Angela on InstagramJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Melissa Dusette is a personal branding photographer from Ann Arbor Michigan. Today we talk about what is personal branding photography and how we can add it to the services we offer. In This Episode You'll Learn:The unconventional way Melissa got her start in photographyWhat aspect of photography Melissa struggled with most to learnWhat is personal branding photography and why its importantWhats the difference between a portrait or headshot session and a personal branding photography sessionWhat Melissa looks for to nail her personal branding sessionsHow Melissa had to make do with the gear she had to complete a jobHow clients find Melissa to book a personal branding sessionHow we can add personal branding photography services to increase our revenue How to create packages for personal branding photography What 3 questions you can ask to bring your clients more business and build them out a marketing planResources:Melissa Dusette’s websiteMelissa Dusette on InstagramJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Optimization is important if you want to accomplish anything in life. In this episode of the podcast I talk about how to find your unique superpower as a photographer so you can focus on that to capture better photographs. Resources:Join The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Vinny Pugliese has shot it all. From the World Series, the Super Bowl, Presidents, other notable figures, and is a 3 time return guest. Today Vinny talks about his new book The Wealth of Connection. Resources:Check out Vinnys new book The Wealth of ConnectionLearn about Total Life FreedomJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Vicky Wildes is a member of the Beginner Photography Podcast based in Las Vegas. She first emailed me a few months ago letting me know that she had listened to all 300 episodes of the podcast and would now have to find something inferior to listen to on her runs. I knew I had to get her on to learn more about her photo journey and what she has learned after listening to every episode of the podcast. Resources:Follow Vicky on Instagram!Join The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook Group!Sign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Sabrina Gebhardt is a family documentary photographer who today shares all about how to avoid burn out at the different stages of your photography journey to keep creative. Resources:Family Documentary Photographer Sabrina Gebhardt’s websiteFollow Sabrina on InstagramListen to Sabrina’s Shoot it Straight PodcastJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In todays episode of the podcast we breakdown the roadmap in which to learn photography. From buying your first camera to creating beautiful works of art there is a proven roadmap to follow to focus on what matters most. Resources:Earn Your First $100 With Photography Youtube VideoJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Nick Carver is a fine art landscape photographer and youtuber who shoots on large format film. In this interview Nick talks about the power of personal projects, how to discover what you want to shoot, and the joys and the pitfalls of shooting on specialty large format film. Resources:Fine Art Landscape Photographer Nick Carvers websiteCheck out Nick’s youtube channelFollow Nick on InstagramCheck out Nicks “Previously Taco Bell” ProjectJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Daniel Milnor is a self proclaimed creative evangelist, disinclined to social media, film shooter his work can be found in the Los Angeles museum of art, and the George Eastman house. Today we talk all finding and telling the best story without letting Social Media get in the way. In This Episode You'll Learn:How Daniel got started with photographyWhy Daniel went to college to learn photographyWhat Daniel hoped to learn by going to collegeIf Daniel thinks college is still relevant for photographersWhat Daniel has to capture to consider a shoot a successHow much of Dan’s stories are planned outHow Daniel goes about planning a trip and story to captureHow shooting film has made Daniel more connected to his workWhy Daniel swears off social media How not being on social media has effected his workWhat Daniel feels is the best way to share his work if it’s not on social mediaResources:Daniel Milnor’s website blurb.comJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

I have not picked up my camera in more than a month and now that lack of momentum has stopped me from continuing to shoot. Thats unacceptable if I wish to become the type of photographer I want to be. So in this episode I share 10 motivational photography tips to help you (and me) to pick back up the camera and get to work!#1: You dont live in a magical location. Get over it#2: Give yourself permission to shoot aimlessly with no end goal#3: Start fresh with a new folder on your computer of the photographer who you are now#4: Capture the mundane parts of everyday life (Start every day taking a photo of your coffee)#5: Shoot in JPG to remove the burden of having to edit your photos after you shoot#6: Go for a walk. The more youre out, the more youll see interesting things to capture. #7: Consume less, Create more. Delete Instagram and Facebook off your phone. Share your photos with CloudSpot.io - http://deliverphotos.com/ #8: Listen to music when shooting to distract your brain while you focus on photography. I listen to Lush Lofi and Brain Food playlists on Spotify#9: Set your camera to shoot in Black and White rather than edit the photo later. This will help you to see better compositions and focus on moment.#10: If you have multiple cameras, sell one and buy a photo book. A photo book will inspire you to shoot in just 3-4 pages. Something scrolling instagram for an hour cant even do. Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Colie James is a Family Documentary Photographer and organizational master. If your photography is suffering because your life or business is a mess, Colie James is going to help you to be a better photographer by reducing overwhelm and increasing your creativity. Not only do we talk about the importance of being organized if you’re starting a photography business but also why being more organized can help you to be more creative when you’re behind the camera. Resources:Dubsado Certified Strategist Colie James Educational siteBoulder Colorado Documentary Family Photographer Colie James Photography websiteJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Cornell Watson is a Commercial, Editorial, and Documentary Photographer who today shares of how a recent shoot of his was being censored and the decision to stand up for his work. This week is a bit different than many other interviews. In a world where art is so subjective it can be easy for us as artists to let doubt creep in. We talk about how he knew he needed to stand up for his work and that this wasn’t an issue of him missing the mark on a project.Resources:Visit Cornell Watson’s WebsiteFollow Cornell on InstagramJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Hope Taylor is a Charleston SC senior portrait photographer who has build quite a following with her signature look and client experience. Today I’m looking forward to talking about client experience, posing and attracting clients! In This Episode You'll Learn:What is Senior PhotographyHow hope got into photographing seniors What Hope struggled with most behind the cameraPosing tips to help self-conscious teens feel comfortable and confident How to manage your fall schedule when everyone wants photosHow Hope delivers her photos to her clientsHow Hope makes her photos social ready to postWhat gear Hope brings to a sessionHow to market to seniorsHandling the Senior and Parent RelationshipHow to speak to a senior as an ideal clientAnd the Legalities of photographing and posing photos of minors onlineWhat to do if a client doesn’t tag you in their photos they upload. Resources:Charleston SC Senior Photographer Hope Taylor’s websiteHope Taylor’s InstagramHope Taylor’s FacebookDownload Hope’s Senior Portrait Questionaire Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Nori Jemil is a Natgeo photographer who’s job it is to travel, and take photos! So when it comes to knowing which photos to capture on a trip, Nori has the answers! In fact, she wrote the book on it! Her book is called “The Travel Photographer's Way: Practical Steps to Taking Unforgettable Travel Photos” In this interview Nori shares how to best prep for an upcoming trip to ensure you get the photos you want, the missing element nori notices when seeing amateur photographers post their travel photos, and how variety is the key to having a successful photo trip!Resources:Check out Nori Jemil’s WebsiteFollow Nori on InstagramJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Jeff Tisman has shot more than 1200 weddings. He is one of the most awarded fearless photographers with 15 Lifetime Fearless Awards, been names top 12 wedding photographers in New York, and top 50 wedding photographer in the world. Jeff has earned these titles because he is able to make each wedding incredibly personal and unique. In this interview Jeff shares the questions he asks couples to best prepare for their wedding, why he tells his couples not to talk to him on the wedding day, and why copying whats successful for other photographers will not work for you.Resources:Check out Jeff Tisman’s websiteFollow Jeff on InstagramJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Steve Brokaw is an Indianapolis Fashion Photographer with more than a decade of experience. Today he breaks down the different types of fashion photography and how to break into the business when just getting started. In This Episode You'll Learn:What drives Steve to shoot fashionWhy fashion photography is not always about hard lines and angry looking modelsThe different types of fashion photography The job description of a fashion photographerHow many people are involved in a fashion shootHow much styling is needed to shoot fashionWho is responsible to find and hire modelsThat is is possible to be successful in fashion even if you dont live in Los Angeles of New YorkStep by Step guide to breaking in to fashion photographyHow to book paying fashion shootsWho your client is as a fashion photographerHow to make money as a fashion photographerResources:Indianapolis Model Photographer Steve Brokaw’s websiteSteve Brokaw on TwitterSteve Brokaw on InstagramSteve Brokaw on FacebookGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

The ability to critique your own images is an important skill to have as a photographer. Unfortunately, simply asking “Is it good” is a bad question to ask as it begs comparison. Is it good compared to what? And if the answer is no, can you not learn anything from the image?I believe asking a series of 4 questions will better to serve you when critiquing your own images as it will help you to save time editing and best discover your strengths and weaknesses as a photographer. The questions I ask are1: Is this a good moment?2: Where do my eyes go?3: Does the composition lend itself to the image?4: Does this photo need any editing to fix mistakes in camera settings?Resources:Watch the video of me critiquing images and download a PDF with step by step questions to print out when critiquing your own imagesJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Abby Grace is a Branding Photographer for Creative Entrepreneurs. Abby takes a common sense approach to capturing her branding images. She embraces the messy desk if it will create a more authentic set of images. In this interview Abby shares how to custom tailor your photography to the needs of those youre shooting for. She also shares practical tips like the 5 Layers of a Great Branding Photo, why being Purposeful is more important than being Perfect, and how to photograph the intangible! Resources:Visit Abby Grace’s WebsiteFollow Abby on InstagramListen to Abbys Podcast “The Artisan CEO” on Apple PodcastJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Todays guest is Valerie Jardin. World Renowned Street photographer with more than 20 years of experience. A born artist, her bio says "while other kids had posters of rockstars on their walls, I had framed photos from my favorite photographers" She is also the host of the popular "Hit The Streets" Podcast, Today Im excited to find out what those 20 years have taught her about shooting the streets.In This Episode You'll Learn:How Valerie got her start in Street photographyWhy Street photography is Black and WhiteThe hardest aspect of street photography to learnWhat the job of a street photographer isWhy shoot street photographyHow to study and learn street photographythe must have gear for street photographersIs Street photography legalThe most important piece of gear a street photographer can haveWhat lens for street photographyWhen to call it quits at a locationHow to build photographic intentHow to market street photographyHow to sell street photographyHow to make money with street photographyResources:Valerie Jardin’s WebsiteValerie Jardin on FacebookValerie Jardin on InstagramGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Ben Chrisman is a photojournalist turned internationally acclaimed creative documentary wedding photographer known for his masterful use of light and composition to create unique images. Bens eye for capturing unique scenes has gained him the title of top 10 wedding photographers in the world, every year since 2008. In todays interview we talk about seeing the world more creatively so you too can start to capture incredibly unique images.Resources:Chrisman Studios websiteFollow Ben on InstagramJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Michelle Tricca is a Portrait photographer who has a fascinating story of how she got into photography. Most recently she has been using her camera to make her community a better place by highlighting an under served portion of her community in a really creative and uplifting project called THE FACE OF IMMOKALEE. In this interview Michelle shares how photography can connect groups of people, why you shouldn’t take every job as a photographer, and how while she’s a full time photographer, she’s still able to create space for creative projects that excite her.Resources:See more of Michelles work on her websiteFollow Michelle on InstagramJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Andy Mumford is a landscape photographer based in Lisbon Portugal. He is also an author, and posts his adventures on his youtube channel where he shares extremely helpful tips to becoming a better landscape photographer. He is also the latest in an ever growing list of Fuji Ambassadors to join the podcast.In This Episode You'll Learn:How Andy got started in photographyThe most difficult element of photography for Andy to learnWhat Andy looks for technically in a great landscape photoHow Andy learned landscape photographyWhy Landscape photography is importantHow to get started in landscape photographyA personal story of the importance of failureThe Importance of having an instagram followingHow Andy grew his instagram following organicallyIf knowing an image will be sold does it affect how it is shotWorking and selling photos through stock sitesHow to get started selling prints and what to chargeResources:Andy Mumford’s websiteAndy Mumford YoutubeAndy Mumford InstagramGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

When I posted in the BPP FB Community asking what others were struggling with in photography, hands down the answer that members resonated with most was from Diego Chavez “Trying to keep up with my passion for photography while juggling life”As a husband and father and habitual starter of ideas that pop into my head but rarely see them to completion, I totally understood the feeling. That said I've also taken photography pretty far past the starting line. So today I want to share some tips and ideas that have helped me to keep up with my passion of photography while juggling a life.Resources:46 Creative Photo Ideas - Free eBookJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Michael Rababy is a documentarian photographer, photo curator, and author of the book “California Love: A Visual Mixtape”. Michael has releases several photo books over the past few years. His most recent is called California Love, a visual mix tape. In it there are over 600 photos from more than 100 Californian photographers where they all share their experience of what its like to live and create in California.It’s a really enjoyable photo book with lots of variety.In this episode Michael shares the basics of how to create a book, and then we dive into his wheel house of curating. How to choose which images stand out above the rest, and how to develop your style and voice as a photographer.Resources:Check out Michaels work on his websiteFollow Michael on InstagramGet your copy of California Love: A Visual MixtapeJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Kelly Lawson left her health care career of 7 years to pursue photography. Shortly after needing to take her own product photos for her business website did she fall in love with product photography. Today on top of shooting products for brands she is also teaching product photography to new photographers. In This Episode You'll Learn:What was the hardest part about photography to learn when getting startedHow she got started photographing products and whyWhere to come up with ideas for product photography shotsHow to add expression and emotion to your product photographyCommon mistakes made by new product photographersHow Kelly got her first client, and how you can tooWhat Kelly is doing this week to market her businessHow to charge for product photography, and what to deliverResources:Kelly Lawsons’ Product photography masterclassKelly Lawson’s websiteKelly Lawson on InstagramKelly Lawson on PinterestThe Contract Vault - Save 20% off your month by using the code BPP at check outGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Annemie has been a professional photographer since 2010 and is now a respected educator, speaker, and podcaster focusing on business systems and strategies that help creative entrepreneurs run profitable, sustainable businesses they love.She's the host of This Can't Be That Hard, a top-rated weekly business podcast for photographers, the creator of the Simple Sales System, which is used by thousands of photographers worldwide to create in-person sales-level income and service in an automated, workflow-friendly way, and she’s the Co-Founder of The Family Narrative conference. Annemie is an experienced speaker known for her actionable, fluff-free content (and memorable metaphors)In this interview Annemie shares how scared she was that all of her clients would hate her when she raised her prices (they didn’t), why we think our clients want more options they don’t) and how her clients reacted when she lowered her prices, (they got mad, yeah) and what she did to fix it.Resources:Check out Annemie’s Sales Made Simple masterclassFollow Annemie on Instagram“Tales from the In-Person Sales Crypt” episode of This Can’t Be That HardJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Today we are chatting with Adriaan Koekemoer. Adriaan has been in the group for a while and I noticed he had a really good eye for what he was capturing and was asking great questions in the group that clearly demonstrated he was hungry to learn as much as he could without skipping any steps. It was a very systematic approach to photography so I reached out to see if I could learn more and I wasn’t disappointed!Resources:Follow Adriaan on InstagramJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook Group!Sign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

David Julian is a travel, street, landscape, conceptual photographer, and educator. Prepare to hold on to your butts because this is one of those interviews that will leave you with your mind wide open and looking at everything in photography with fresh eyes.We go down a few rabbit holes in this one but the main theme is how to get better as a photographer through projects. So David shares how to come up with project ideas, how to plan out what you’ll shoot, and how creating a board of trustees has helped him propel his technical knowledge of photography. Really interesting ideas that I know you’re gonna love.Resources:Check out David’s websiteFollow David on InstagramJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Mark Hemmings is a professional travel photographer and educator who in the next 12 months is scheduled to visit 5 different continents. Today I’m excited to chat and find out how we can take better photos of our own travels!In This Episode You'll Learn:How Mark got his unconventional start in photographyWhen Marks love of photography and travel mergedHow to best prepare your camera gear for a trip you are excited forHow to avoid taking boring travel photosHow much gear you should bring with you on a tripTips to add more mood, feeling, and culture to your travel photographyMarks mobile editing workflow and how he travels and edits photos without a computerWays to best share your photos after editing themMarks favorite location in the world to travel for photographyResources:Travel Photographer Mark Hemming’s websiteMark Hemming’s InstagramMark Hemming’s FacebookGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Why does my iPhone take better photos than my REAL camera? It's a question I see often in the Beginner Photography Podcast FB community, and the answer is Computational Photography. Computational photography helps give the small cell phone camera sensors a huge boost in shooting in low light and high dynamic light scenes. So why hasn't computational photography came to DSLRs, Mirrorless, and other Professional grade cameras? Thats what we explore today! Resources:46 Creative Photo Ideas - Free eBookJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Dan Milnor was a photo journalist for a number of years and today he works a Blurb which is my favorite self publishes photo book company and who I have print all of our personal family yearbooks. Dan has a photography youtube channel that I highly suggest you check out. It’s much like this podcast in the sense that it’s less about gear and more about just capturing the photo.Because of Dans experience he’s got a lot to say, and I’m all ears so this interview is not only a long one, but it’s starts the second he joins the zoom call. So if you’re find yourself thinking, whats going on here? it’s a very untraditional start but its, real. It’s a real conversation, I prepped for hours, days, for this interview and I didn’t even ask a single question I wrote down because... well who am I to stop someone from talking about something they are excited about and have passion for.Resources:Visit Dan Milnor’s WebsiteSubscribe to Dan on YoutubeJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Ashley Marston is a birth and family photographer from British Columbia Canada. Professionally her work has received notable awards from the international association of professional birth photographers and personally her work has been recognized by national geographic. In this interview we talk about shooting professionally and personally.In This Episode You'll Learn:How she got 2 of her photos chosen by national geographic as photos of the yearHow Ashley makes time for a project 365The difference between a lifestyle photographer and documentary photographerWhat excited Ashley about birth photographyWhat is a day in the life family session and whats the goalAshleys thought on the creative processHow Ashley booked her first birth clientThe best way to attract clients interested in birth photographyThe biggest objections she faces and how to overcome themWhat Ashley suggestions new photographers do to break into birth, with no experience Resources:Ashley Marston’s websiteAshley Marston’s FacebookAshley Marston’s InstagramGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Julia Eskin is a Punta Cana based destination wedding photographer! Julia is not a destination wedding photographer in the sense that she travels to weddings, but she lives in a destination location and shoots weddings for couples who travel to where she is.Seems like a small distinction but with covid effectively canceling her business she had to get creative in the way they could still make a living and started live streaming weddings after starting Event Live ProOne thing that will stand out when you look at Julias work is her use of light and composition to not only document a wedding but also show off this beautiful location her couples have chose to be the setting for one of the most important days of their lives.Julia shares some great tips on how to better see compositions and how to practice flash at home so you can prepare for a wedding.Resources:Julia Eskin’s wedding photography websiteFollow Julia on InstagramLearn more about live streaming app for weddings Event Live ProJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Today we are chatting with Tyi Reddick. You may know him in the group from his awesome images of firefighters. Tyi has a really interesting journey into photography that he shares and I found it up lifting. To see Tyi’s progress over the past few months has been great and it was a blast talking to him today.Resources:Follow Tyi on InstagramJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook Group!Sign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Ryan Tolbert is a film photographer and owner of the Boutique Film Lab. On top of shooting film for years the Boutique Film Lab develops and scans, just an awe inspiring amount of film today.I’ve shared this before, I started my photography journey on film with my dads old Pentax k1000 and whatever film I could find at the store on sale. And there is something about getting 36 prints back that is infectious and digital photography stole from us. But film is in the middle of a resurgence which means, we can still have that same feeling of awe and wonder and did the photo come out or not thanks to people like Ryan and business like the Boutique Film Lab.I know that many of you have never shot film, or if you have its been a long time so Today we I ask Ryan to break down a full analog workflow for beginners.From picking out a camera, the film to use, how to shoot film, and how you can even get creative in development.Resources:Boutique Film LabFollow the BFL on InstagramJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Todays rewind guest is Nick Church. A UK based Bristol wedding photographer who until 2014 had never picked up a camera. 24 months later he had left his full time job as photography had replaced his income. Today Im excited to talk about how Nick did it so quick!Check out Nick Churches WebsiteFollow Nick on InstagramGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Terri Baskin is a Washington DC Luxury wedding photographer, and fellow CloudSpot ambassador!On top of weddings, Terri shoots engagements sessions for her couples, but these arnt like your average, lets go take a quick walk in the park while I snap some pics engagement session, these are luxury to the max, amazing locations, team of people to organize them, and lots of planning. In this interview Terri shares what goes into the planning of a large scale engagement session, How to build connection, some great posing tips, and how to plan what gear to take with you for a luxury engagement session.Resources:DC African American Wedding Photographer Terri Baskin’s websiteFollow Terri on InstagramTerri’s educational resources for photographersJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunitySign up for your free CloudSpot account to deliver beautiful images galleries todayFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Welcome to a very special 300th episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast! In this episode I answer your photography questions! I answer questions about Camera Settings, Lighting, Gear, and so much more!Buckle up because this is a big one that includes a give away at the end! Resources:Join The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Joe McNally is a legendary photographer. When it comes to masterful use of light, there are only 4 photographers that I think of and Joe is one of them and it comes from 40 years of battle tested experience with it. Joe has come out with a new book, The Real Deal: Field notes from the life of a working photographer. Its equal parts hearing amazing stories of being behind the camera and real technical and tangible information you can use to take better photos today.In this interview Joe shares why he considers himself a generalist, what caused him to make some of the biggest mistakes in his career, and what elements Joe looks for to make an image a show stopper.Resources:Save 40% off The Real Deal when you use code JOE22 at check outJoe McNally’s websiteFollow Joe on InstagramJoe McNally’s BlogJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Hannah Chia is a vegan food blogger from Portland Oregon. She photographs her recipes and then shares the delectable looking images for the world to see. Today I am excited to chat about the impact learning photography has had on her success.In This Episode You'll Learn:How Hannah got her start in photographyThe hardest part about photography for Hannah to learnWhy Hannah upgraded from her cell phone to a DSLR to photograph her foodWhat is food stylingHow to start food stylingThe importance of dishwareHow Hannah takes flat lay photosThe camera gear Hannah uses to photograph foodThe importance of lighting foodHow Hannah was able to keep her look consistent after moving across the countryHow many photos Hannah takes per recipeHow to achieve a photography styleSigns of an amateur food stylist and photographerResources:Vegan Food Recipe Blog Hannah Chia’s WebsiteHannah Chia on InstagramGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Today we are chatting with Santa Ynez Valley winery photographer, Heather Daenitz. Heather is a self proclaimed story teller for wineries, a brand photographer for wineries. Today Heather shares why niching down saved her business, Why she shoots for time vs number of edited images, and how to tell a growing seasons long story.Resources:Santa Ynez Valley Winery Photographer Heather Daenitz websiteFollow Heather on InstagramJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityFree Lightroom Presets!Signup for CloudSpot for free! Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Karen Doughman has been a very active member of the community since joining almost a year ago. Whats great about Karen is that she comes from a place of let’s solve one thing at a time and grow off of that, rather than the route, myself and perhaps many of you took which is simply, let’s learn it all at once and hope we don’t get overwhelmed.Today Karen share where shes stuck right nowWhat he dream shoot looks likeAnd I also give her an overwhelming amount of photo exercises including to take 100 photos of her fridgeResources:Follow Karen on InstagramJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook Group!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Gavin Wade was a southern California wedding photographer, shooting over 500 weddings when he recognized that there was a huge gap in what he needed to give clients an A+ experience delivering their photos, and what was actually available. Gavin went on to start CloudSpot which is my client delivery gallery of choice. In 2022 CloudSpot is making a huge push #EmpoweingPhotographers. Since CloudSpot is made by photographers, they have insight into the things we need most, that would make our life better, easier, more profitable, so I invited Gavin on the show to talk about what #EmpoweringPhtoographers looks like and what that means for you!Resources:Sign up for CloudSpot today and start delivering a great experience to your clients!Join The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Everyone wants their photography to have a style. From the colors, use of light, poses, editing, subject matter. The camera is a tool that lets us say something without words. Your style is In this episode I break down the most common mistakes photographers make when searching for a style and give you practical exercises to train your eye.Resources:Join The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Nate Crawfords is a Chicago Based Food and lifestyle photographer. I heard Nate on the Craft and Cluster podcast and after looking at his work, completely fell in love. If I shot food professionally its exactly what I would want them to look like. There is a since of life and joy in all of his images, so today we talk about that, how to give inanimate object life, how he used past, non photography experience to help him stand out, and how he pitches himself to brands and clients, and how you can too!Resources:Chicago Food Photographer Nathaniel Crawfords WebsiteFollow Nathaniel on InstagramJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Rachel Larsen Weaver is a Maryland based long form analog family photographer who ditched minis to only offer long form sessions at 10x the price and has been booked since! In this interview she shares what is a long form session, why she loves them so much, what she’s trying to encapsulate for each family, and why she chooses film for all of it!Resources:Family Film Photographer Rachel Larsen Weavers WebsiteFollow Rachel on InstagramJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Marc Silber is a best selling author, photographer, filmmaker, and producer of the very popular Youtube series Advancing Your Photography, where he has interviewed scores of some of the biggest names in photography. Original Air Date: July 22, 2019He started out learning darkroom skills and the basics of photography at the legendary Peninsula School in Menlo Park, CA, in the '60s, and moved on to hone his skills to professional standards at the famed San Francisco Art Institute. Marc moved into teaching photography in workshops all over the country, he became renowned as an engaging and helpful speaker and coach, as his greatest joy comes from helping others. He loves adventure and you'll find him out backpacking surfing or snowboarding, or maybe just chilling, taking a walk through Carmel with his wife and Golden Retriever. Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Karim Ilaya is a nature wildlife conservation photographer. Karim lives a pretty incredible life where he’s actively using his camera to bring awareness to important issues and has worked on campaigns with major brands like DJI and Hasselblad. Today Karim talks about how he first saw his camera as a tool for change, the challenge of learning photography while underwater, and how to capture wild animals without risking the animals safety and being a disturbance. Resources:Ocean Conservation Photographer Karim Iliya’s websiteFollow Karim on InstagramJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Steven Overfield is a member of the Beginner Photography Podcast community and Ohio based family photographer. Today Steven and I talk about his experience recently getting married and learning from his wedding photographer, how he made the decision to upgrade his camera, and struggles with being colorblind and editing.Resources:Follow Steven Overfield on FacebookFollow Steven on InstagramJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook Group!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Lissa Chandler is an Arkansas based wedding, family, and senior photographer who choses not to niche down on a genre but to niche down on a feeling. It may seem like a small difference but as you’ll hear its exactly what she needed to blossom as a photographer! Lissa also just published a book called Photoshoot Checklists as you can imagine with having to shoot multiple different types of shoots, staying organized is very important.Resources:Lissa Chandlers websiteFollow Lissa on InstagramBuy Lissa’s book Photoshoot Checklists on AmazonJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Creativity does not stop once we grow up. Science has now shown that even as adults we can cultivate creativity. Today we talk about how knowing what our creative process is will help us to create more unique and meaningful work. The 3 types of creative personalities that I dive into in this episode areThe BuilderThe DeconstructerThe RebuilderResources:Download our free 25 Page Posing Inspiration GuideJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Ave Pildas had a long career as a commercial photographer while at the same time taking to the streets of Hollywood in the 1970s to photograph the vibrant community. Today Ave shares his unconventional entrance into the photography, how following an idea can pay off and why Ave prefers telling a story of multiple frames rather than 1. Really honored to have this Chat and I know you’re going to love it.Resources:Hollywood Street Photographer Ave Pildas’s websiteFollow Ave on InstagramJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Gina Milicia has over 25 years of experience in the photography industry and is one of Austrailia’s top celebrity, portrait and lifestyle photographers, she regularly travels the world shooting for some of Austrailia’s top magazines. She is also the co-host of the popular "So you want to be a photographer" podcast which was actually one of the inspirations for me to start the beginner photography podcast. Today she shares how she connects so well with models to create authentic portraits.Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Craig Strong is the founder of Lens Baby lens systems for photographers. Lens Baby was born out of the curiosity and lack of options Craig had when he was a full time wedding photographer. He started with a homemade lens created out of parts from a hardware store and today help photographers enhance their creativity with more than 15 years. Today Craig talks about the secrets of capturing great images and how you have to step out side your comfort zone to achieve something really great.Resources:Learn more about Lens BabyFollow Lens Baby on InstagramListen to Magda Stoltes community spotlight interview discussing her Lens Baby journeyJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Ann Mangum is a long time member of the Beginner Photography Podcast Community and Pensacola Beach Family Photographer. Today we Ann shares how she got started in beach portraits, how she stays creative when theres a mountain of client work to tackle, and seeing the power of family photography first hand.Resources:Pensacola Beach Family Photographer Ann Mangum’s WebsiteFollow Ann on FacebookFollow Ann on InstagramJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook Group!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Henrique Murta took his love for Biology and Photography and combined them into beautiful fine art drone landscape images. Today Henrique shares how combining these two passions allow him to deepen his art form, why the Drone allows him to think different in terms of access and composition, and simple tricks you can use when using your drone to photography the world around you. Resources:Fine Art Drone Photographer Henrique Murta’s websiteFollow Henrique on InstagramJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Habits are who we are, who we want to be. They help us to become better versions of ourselves. They can help us achieve more can even be used to help us become better photographers. In this episode I’ll break down 5 habits you can adopt in 2022 to grow your skills as a photographer.Carry a camera with you everywhereReview your workWhen in doubt, just shoot through itSave your inspirationCall yourself a photographer Resources:Download our free 25 Page Posing Inspiration GuideJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Valerie Jardin is a Street photographer, educator, fuji x photographer, Host of the Hit the Streets podcast. She returns to the podcast today and we are talking about how limiting yourself with purpose can help you to see the world clearer and create better images. In this interview Valerie shares the importance of listning to your passion, why theres no such thing as bad light, and my personal favorite she equates photography to cake. Lots to learn today!Resources:Valerie Jardin’s WebsiteFollow Valerie on InstagramJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityDeliver Beautiful Image Galleries with CloudSpot! Sign up for free!Free Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Todays Rewind guest is Sara Blanco, a family lifestyle photographer in San Antonio, TX using natural light to capture those little moments that mean everything to you. Her website says "I wake up every day excited to meet new people and create images they will carry for the rest of their lives." Today I am excited to talk about creating more personal family photography!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Jason Matias is a fine art photographer from the pacific northwest who has a slightly wild and terrifying entry into photography and has over the years created some incredible works with a powerful message. Today Jason shares why fine art will always be relevant, the lies landscape photographers tell themselves , and Jason even helps ease us into the world of NFTs as a fine art photographer for what the world of the future could look like. Resources:Jason Matias site for BPP listenersArt of selling Art courseJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Today Im chatting with our pal Matt Austin. Over the past almost 2 years Matt has shared images from his photo journey in the Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook community and we have seen him grow from those early photos to where he is today, working with professional and semi professional sports teams. Today I really want to get to the heart of where that drive comes from.Resources:Matt Austins websiteFollow Matt Austin on InstagramFollow Matt Austin on TikTokJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook Group!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Melanie Issaka is a UK based fine art photographer who as you can tell is trying out some pretty fun and interesting things in photography and creating equally interesting work. In this episode Melanie shares the importance of personal projects, why trying new tools can help you tell a better story, and why having constraints can lead to better images.Resources:Melanie Issaka’s websiteFollow Melanie on InstagramJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

2022 is going to be the year you start your new photography hobby, or you are going to dive deeper into this beautiful world of photography and start capturing compelling moments with an intentional eye. No matter where you are, there is always room for improvement and in 2022 the way you are going to get better at photography is simply shoot more.Its simple, the more photos you take, the better you get. So start capturing photos now! Resources:Free eBook - Picture Perfect Camera Settings52 Free Lightroom Presets!Deliver Beautiful Photo Galleries - Get started for free80+ Posing Examples - Free Posing Guide for Weddings and EngagementsJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

The Beginner Photography Podcast is for anyone who wants to start taking better photos today. Tune in each Tuesday for a new interview from one of the world's top photographers in their field who share their tips and secrets on how they got to where they are today and how they see the world. https://www.beginnerphotographypodcast.com/ Deliver your photos in style with CloudSpot Client Gallery System. Grab your free account and get 10GB of storage FREE when you sign up at http://deliverphotos.com/Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

2021 brought us many fantastic interviews with world class photographers. Today we reflect on the lessons learned from the year behind us. The stand out themes of this episode is “Building Yourself” and “The Next Level”Resources:Rachel GreimanBrad SmithAnna HarvingstonHuy NguyenJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

2021 brought us many fantastic interviews with world class photographers. Today we reflect on the lessons learned from the year behind us. The stand out themes of this episode is “Getting Started” and “Finding your Photographic Voice”Resources:Bryan CaporicciEllie McKinneyDina GoldsteinScott StrazzanteJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In 2021 I started interviewing members of the Beginner Photography Podcast community to hear from them about their perspective of photography while so relatively new to the art. Some less than 6 months into their journey while some were on their way booking weddings and portraits.In this episode I take some of my favorite moments from these community spotlight interviews and assemble them into this jam packed episode. I hope you have a pen and pad ready to take notes!If you enjoyed this episode, please let the guests know! They are all apart of the Beginner Photography Podcast community on Facebook and would love to hear from you! Who you’ll hear from in this episodeErika GrecoShane WilkieElizabeth DeVoeJohn KennyMagda StolteLouis Stevenson Resources:Join The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In 2021 I started interviewing members of the Beginner Photography Podcast community to hear from them about their perspective of photography while so relatively new to the art. Some less than 6 months into their journey while some were on their way booking weddings and portraits.In this episode I take some of my favorite moments from these community spotlight interviews and assemble them into this jam packed episode. I hope you have a pen and pad ready to take notes!If you enjoyed this episode, please let the guests know! They are all apart of the Beginner Photography Podcast community on Facebook and would love to hear from you! Who you’ll hear from in this episodeJim SinickiSandra GarzonSean KimKimberly IrishQuincy Worthington Resources:Join The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Social media has crept its way into my life more than I would like to admit which is affecting my growth as a photographer. I performed this experiement to remove myself from social media for the month to see if I could surround myself in creative inspiration and bump start something new. The plan did not work as intended but I learned a few important things about the creative process that today I will share with you. Resources: “How to use Social Media if I hate it” Total Life Freedom Podcast EpisodeJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Happy Thanksgiving to all my fellow Americans.  Thanksgiving is a time to spend time with loved ones so today I share a few tips on how to spend time with the ones you love while also taking some photos to save these memories. Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

We all define what creativity is a bit different from one another, and despite that we all want it. We all want to be more creative. In this episode I break down how to define creativity for yourself so you can start creating your best work.Step 1: Define your TasteWe start a creative pursuit because we all believe we have good taste, but when we start on that creative pursuit, our good taste tells us we are bad. Define what we can can and cant critique about our work.Step 2: Cultivate your TasteChose what you allow to influence your creative flow. Choose 10 photographers, list out why you like their work, then come up with 5 rules you can follow when creating photographs.Step 3: Evolve your TasteIn the same way Kodak lost control of the photography industry for not evolving their business, your taste needs to develop as you become more skilled as a photographerResources:46 Creative Photography Ideas: Free EbookJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Elizabeth DeVoe is a relatively new member of the Beginner Photography Podcast Community, just having picked up a camera 3 short months ago. Today we chat about what makes here excited about photography, why shes put painting on the side, and how she sees the photographers role in capturing the world.Resources:Follow Elizabeth on InstagramJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook Group!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

We live in an ever changing world where information and education is being updated all the time. While we have made a major shift from film to digital photography there are still many “Old School” techniques that are not only relevant to today but incredibly powerful and when mastered will skyrocket you ability to capture compelling images. This week we are talking about two such old school methods, The Zone System, and Zone Focusing.The Zone SystemThe Zone system is an approach to better seeing and understanding light by breaking them down into just 11 shades, or zones. From pitch black to pure white and every tone in between. When used correctly you will achieve better exposure and have a stronger ability to point your viewers eye in the direction you want them to look.Zone FocusingZone focusing is a technique where using your understanding of depth of field you can bypass your cameras autofocus and still achieve tack sharp images.Resources: How to Use the Zone SystemDepth of Field SimulatorJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Im renaming November to MEvember and focusing on my health. Since photography is a large part of my life I wanted to examine how it contributes to my health. Today I want to share with you the 4 ways that photography is incredibly beneficial to your health and well being and how photography can take care of you.MemoryHave you ever noticed how you have strong memories of taking photos more so than the event itself? Science may have an answer as to why! Reviewing our photographs builds new path ways from our hippocampus to more visual memory parts of our brain.CreativeHave you ever wished you were a born creative? According to science, creativity really can be strengthened like a muscle when practiced regularly. The key, the more you do, the more experience you have, the more experience you have, the more you can tweak that experience to apply to the current situation at hand.PhysicalI routinely get 20k steps in at a wedding. While photography is not the most physically demanding job it’s far more demanding than a desk job or video game hobby. Physical exercise also helps in the creative aspect. When you move your body, get your blood flowing to the brain, reduces inflammation, and lowers stress hormones which can help create more connections between brain cells and brain areas.Feels good to give to othersWe all know that when we give to others, the mesolimbic pathway lights up increasing activity in the prefrontal cortex and activating the subgenual area which is also associated with higher levels of social belonging. Resources: Memories, Photographs, and the Human Brain The Science behind Gift GivingYour Brain and CreativityJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook Community46 Creative Photography Ideas: Free PDF DownloadGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

The fun-o-meter in photography can be quite the rollercoaster. When you buy your first camera, its up high, when you take your first photo with the new camera, its down low, when you pre visualize your shots, its up high, when you look at the photo its low again. Learning your camera settings is important and once you do, if you dont push yourself to keep learning your progress will stall and thats no fun. This week I share 5 ways to introduce more fun with your photography.1: No Social MediaSocial media can be a great source of inspiration if youre looking for it but more often than not its where we see other photographers work and feel like we dont measure up. Getting off social media for a few weeks will help open up the creative side of your brain.2: Remove all ControlsUse a GoPro or just your phones camera to go out and shoot but dont look through the screen. Look at the world with your eyes and try to place the camera where it needs to be to capture it. This exercise becomes stronger as it forces you to audit your own photos from a critical perspective.3: Destroy your PhotosAs photographers we tend to treat our photos like gold. To really break out of a rut we need to accept that our photos always have room for improvement and not to take them too seriously. I like to shoot in black and white and color on my photos using the ProCreate iPad app. This also helps me to see hidden compositions of color within the frame what I might not have seen naturally.4: Print your PhotosPrinting your photos can make a huge impact on how you shoot. From being able to hold your art in your hand to seeing that shooting at ISO 1600 wasn’t as bad as you thought, to reinforcing the fact that you are fully capable of taking photos that you love. Printing photos is magical.5: Create a Styled ShootA styled shoot does not have to be a big production. Come up with a photo in your head and then make it happen. It could be a photo of your dog wearing a funny cheese hat thats then photoshopped in front of the Eiffel Tower. Focus on nailing just 1 photo, and the rest will fall into place!Fun Photography Exercise: 100 Photos in 15 minutes.WhaGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Donato DiCamillo is a New York based street and portrait photographer who today shares how he learned photography while incarcerated. Today Donato captures compelling portraits of people on the street that make you stop and want to explore the image more.In This Episode You'll Learn:How Donato got interested in photographyHow Donato taught himself photography without a camera while incarceratedWhat Donato photographed once he got out but was still on house arrestHow he transitioned to shooting on the streetThe most important element Donato looks for when approaching a stranger to photograph themHow Donato interacts with his subjectsHow Donato deals with frustration when what hes shooting isnt working.Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Shane Wilkie is a Sidney Nova Scotia based photographer. In this community spotlight interview we talk about the struggles of getting started, knowing where you want to go, and figuring out how to get there and what to ignore. Shane also shares what elements he loves to include in his photos and how he finds inspiration.Resources:Follow Shane on InstagramJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook Group!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Kate & Nick Storey are digital marketing specialist, copywriter, social media experts for wedding business owners, and run Book More Brides. Book More Brides, helps wedding business owners around the world to better understand how to identify their perfect clients, what to say to get them to book, and how to create strategic online content that builds relationships and sales. In this interview we talk about the real reason you’re not making enough sales in your wedding photography business. In This Episode You'll Learn:How Nick and Kate got into the wedding businessCommon objections from couples, and solutionsWhy you need to focus on creating your style before creating a businessHow to get at the heart of what your client wantsWhy selling feels like a 4 letter wordHow to know which marketing platform is right for youResources:Book more brides websiteFollow Book more brides on InstagramJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

This week we are talking all about curiosity. Building up your creative muscles takes time. The skills needed to work on are similar to how a chef needs to master knife skills before they get to a stove top. Or how a musician needs to practice scales before they can produce face melting solos. Photography is the same. Build the foundation now to free up your mind to be more creative.Resources:Join Auto to AmazingJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Tom Watson is a hobbiest photographer and co creator of the new photo sharing community for photographers, Glass. In this episode we talk about how the app came to be, how its different than just about any other social media you’ve ever used, and what makes it a fantastic place for photographersIn This Episode You'll Learn:How Tom got started in photography and DesignToms reaction to Instagram announcing they are no longer photo focusedHow Glass came to be and how it challenges many “traditional” social media appsThe benefits of a subscription based communityThe vision for glass in the futureResources:Glass Photo Sharing and Community AppJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Chrystofer Davis is a Newark NJ based fine art photographer who today talks about the importance of documenting your community and the people within it.In This Episode You'll Learn:How Chrys got started in photographyWhat Chrys struggled with most in the beginning and how he overcame itWhen Chrys started shooting Film and why it is his preferred mediumWhat elements go into a Chrys Davis photoHow getting to know a single person can make the biggest impact on your communityHow to interact with interesting strangers to photograph on the streetsResources:Chrystofer Davis’s websiteFollow Chrys on InstagramJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Erika Greco is a Charleston South Carolina based photographer and member of the Beginner Photography Podcast for more than 4 years. Over that time she has proved her dedication to growing her skills as a photographer with every photo she uploads. Today she talks about her journey and why she’s done with the “Side Hustle” mentality pushed on many new photographers.Resources:Follow Erika on InstagramJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook Group!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Mary Fisk Taylor is the current president of the PPA and co owns and operates a high end portrait photography studio. This week we talk about the struggles of operating a photography business during a pandemic and what she saw other photographers going through, first hand in her position at the PPA.In This Episode You'll Learn:How Mary got started in PhotographyMarys involvement with the PPAHow the pandemic changed the photography industry foreverHow Mary leaned into her brands story to dug deeper to come out better than beforeWhat Mary focused on from a business perspective to keep her photography business aliveWhat listeners currently in lockdown can do to grow their new businessResources:Marys personal websiteHayes and Fisk Photography StudioGet your Shoot Together PodcastBuilding a Story Brand bookProfit First BookMindset bookJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

The thought of making a mistake can raise anxiety levels in many of us. Making a mistake forces us to acknowledge that we are no master at our craft and thats painful. We want to be good, we want to be great and although it may sound like a contradiction, mistakes are the only way to get there. Today I chat about why making mistakes are a powerful tool for growth and how to recognize a good mistake over a bad mistake.Resources:Join The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Todd Laffler is one of the most awarded wedding photographers by Fearless for his creativity and ability to turn an ordinary scene into an extraordinary work of art. Today Todd shares how to keep your eyes open to visualize a potential image and also how to spot a special moment out of your controlIn This Episode You'll Learn:How Todd got started in photography and moved into weddingsHow to weigh the pros and cons of getting a cool shot vs getting the safe shotHow to keep your eyes open for whats happening around you to capture the events of the dayWhat elements go into a portfolio worthy Todd Laffler imageHow to capture images that really matter and are not just creative for creativity sakeResources:Wedding Photographer Todd Lafflers websiteFollow Todd on InstagramJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

John Greengo is a Seattle Washington based Travel Photographer and photography educator who in this interview shares what it takes to build a great image.In This Episode You'll Learn:How John got into photographyWhat John struggled with most when getting started in photographyThe elements John focuses on when shooting travel and landscape photographyHow being self aware will help you grow as a photographerHow to deal with the stress of capturing a great photo when you have a limited time in a locationHow to know what gear to choose when looking to buy a new piece of kitResources:John Greengo’s websiteJohn Greengo on InstagramJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Louis Stevenson is Tacoma Washington based photographer and long time member of the Beginner Photography Podcast community. Today Louis shares how he got started in photography, the struggles he faced and how it lead him to shooting motorsports.Resources:Louis Stevenson’s WebsiteJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook Group!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Simon Ringsmuth has been doing a weekly 50 project for more than 8 years. Consistently taking and posting photos the whole time all while having a family, kids with activities, and a full time job. Today we talk about that process and how he balances family and photography.In This Episode You'll Learn:How Simon got started in photographyWhy Simon started a weekly 50 project 8 years agoHow the pandemic changed Simons photographyHow Simon balances his photography hobby with family timeThe importance of setting goals in your photographyResources:Simon’s Weekly 50 Photography Project blogStillwater OK Family Photographer Simon Ringsmuth’s websiteJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Michael Sasser is a Boudoir photographer in Los Angeles and educator who today shares how having a WHY in what you shoot can help you capture more powerful photos and capture more qualified clients to grow your business.In This Episode You'll Learn:How Michael got started in boudoir photographyThe importance of having a WHY in photographyHow your WHY can influence the way you shootWhy boudoir photography is more of a service than a productHow Michael inspires confidence in his clientsPremium Members Also Learn:Why Michael implemented a wait list and how it has helped him gain control over his time and book more qualified clientsThe Email sequence Michael sends his to generate excitement for those on the waitlistHow you can set up the same system even if you’re just getting started or shooting another genre.Resources:LA Boudoir Photographer Michael Sasser’s websiteMichaels Boudoir education coursesJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

The difference between knowledge and wisdom may seem small but its a Grand Canyon that treasures waiting for you once you cross over to the other side. Today I talk about the difference between Knowledge and Wisdom, why knowledge is overrated and how you can transform yourself into the wise old photographer everyone looks up to for guidance.Resources:Free eBook: Picture Perfect Camera SettingsJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Alex Vita is a photographer turned web designer for photographers. After more than 10 years and hundreds of happy photographers Alex shares some of the most common mistakes, he sees from photographers starting out with their first website and shares why you need a website, even if you’re not in business.In This Episode You'll Learn:Alex’s Roots in photographyHow Alex transitioned into web designWhy social media is a terrible place to host your portfolioMost common mistakes photographers make with their first websiteHow you’re sabotaging your website traffic and how to fix itWhat is a Splash Page and why it’s a bad idea for your websiteA Perfect home page headline formula to give visitors all the info they need about youPremium Members Also Learn:Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Justin Anderson is a Manatoba Canada based landscape astro photographer. Justin works by day and chases the beautiful aurora by night. In this interview Justin shares some of his best tips for getting out and capturing the night sky.In This Episode You'll Learn:How Justin got started in astrophotographyWhat Justin struggled with most when learningWhy Justin loves shooting astrophotography even in the Canadian winter weatherWhat elements Justin looks for in a good sky photoHow Justin prepares for a night of AstrophotographyJustin’s must-have camera gear to get great Astro imagesResources:Astrophotographer Justin Anderson’s websiteFollow Justin on InstgramFollow Justin on FacebookFollow Justin on TwitterJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityFree Lightroom Presets!This episode of the podcast is sponsored by USB Memory Direct. Deliver personalized USB drives with your own branding to photography clients.Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

John Kenny is a UK based photographer who after a few years is starting to find his Niche. After shooting for a few years and shooting anything that came in front of his camera, John has recognized what he loves to shoot most and is now niching down to focus his attention to growing his skills to become the best portrait photographer he can be.Resources:Check out John’s WebsiteJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook Group!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Dorie Howell is a Northern Virginia Portrait Photographer specializing in Family and Newborn images. Dorie has been running a successful portrait business for more than a decade and today talks about how to trust your own instincts as a photographer and capture beautiful and honest photos.In This Episode You'll Learn:How Dorie got started in photographyWhy Dorie loves capturing portraitsHow to get the moment and make sure you capture what the family wantsHow to trust yourself and your photographic instintsPremium Members Also Learn:The importance of getting on the phone with a potential clientThe Elements of crafting a perfect inquiry emailResources:Photography Business Coach Dorie Howell’s websiteFollow Dorie on InstagramDorie on YoutubeDorie on TicTokDorie on FacebookJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

When just getting started in photography we can quickly find ourselves in situations where we feel over our heads and which can leave us feeling defeated and break down our confidence. Whether your shooting your first paid shoot or simply wish to be more proficient, in this interview I break down 3 elements to building more confidence while youre behind the camera.In This Episode You'll Learn:#1 PrepA wise man once said that failing to prepare is preparing to fail. That couldn’t be more true than in photography. If you want to start taking photos with intention you need to know your gear and how it works inside and out. So the prep stage is knowing your gear, how it works, and how it reacts in different lighting sanarios. Take a listen to episode 243 where I break down step by step how to get to know your camera. #2 PlanIf you want to be successful as a photographer you will need to shoot more than just reactionary photos but shoot with intention. Sometimes that means planning out your photos. Before a shoot really break down each element. What lens will you use, what lights will you use, how will your subject pose. Hammer those details out so when you get ready to shoot you won’t have to think on the fly, they are already planned out. #3 PracticeYou can read every tutorial and watch every video on youtube but if you don’t actually put in time behind the camera you won’t be retaining much. That’s why practice is so important. To be most efficient when practicing, have a clear goal and work on just one aspect of photography. When just getting started I recommend composition. Composition how you compose the frame of your image with the goal of leading your viewer’s eyes to the subject of the photo. Composition is something you can practice anywhere and even with just the camera on your phone which is why its such a great place to start. Resources:How to Get to Know Your Camera Podcast EpisodeJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Huy Nguyen is a photojournalist turned wedding photographer who spend more than 15 years taking chances at weddings to produce some of the most raw and authentic images of a wedding day. Upset that the wedding industry didn’t have a location for brides to find fearless documentary wedding photographers for their wedding day, he created Fearless Photographers. A place that highlights some of the best talent in honest, emotion-driven, creative documentary wedding photography. Today Huy shares some tips on how you can be a better and more fearless photographer.In This Episode You'll Learn:The first photo Huy took that stood out to himHow Huy got into photojournalismWhat lessons Huy took from photojournalism into wedding photographyThe 5 Bad Things RuleThe 3 Elements to building an emotion-driven momentWhat to do when you’re TOO FearlessResources:See the work of some of the Best Documentary Wedding Photographers at Huy’s Fearless Photographers WebsiteJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Brad Smith is a photo editor with more than 35 years of experience working for some of the most notable publications including Sports Illustrated, The New York Times, WWE, and The White House. Today Brad shares what it takes to build and craft a stand-out portfolio!In This Episode You'll Learn:What is a Photo EditorHow Brad got started in photographyThe Elements of a great portfolioHow your photos can stand out even if you just shoot high school sportsHow to spot holes in your portfolioWhat its like working as the Director of Photography for the White HouseResources:Long Time Photo Editor Brad Smith’s WebsiteThe Art of Photo Editing WorkshopJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Magda Stolte is a New Jersey based photographer who has been shooting every day since 2018 and has been a pillar of strength and encouragement in the Beginner Photography Podcast Community since joining. The images that she captures of her life and children are intentional and inspiring and Magda shares exactly what makes her photos so dreamy.Resources:Follow Magda on InstagramCheck out LensBaby and get 10% off with Magdas code “WSTOLTE”Join The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook Group!Free Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Anna Harvingston is an Erie PA based documentary family photographer and contestant on Hulu’s photography competition show “Exposure”. Today we talk about her experience on the show, the challenges she faced shooting ONLY on a phone, and how her photography has already evolved since being on the show.In This Episode You'll Learn:How Anna got started in photographyHow Anna was picked as one of eight photographers for Hulu’s photography competition show, ExposureThe most challenging part of the show's challengesHow Anna was able to capture incredible photos with just a cell phoneHow to trust yourself in a high-stress situationHow to critique your own images to capture better photosResources:Erie PA Family Documentary Photographer Anna Harvingston’s websiteFind Anna on InstagramJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityFree Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Matt McGee is a Nashville Tennesee based Underwater Fashion Photographer. Matt works with models underwater to create beautiful dreamlike and ethereal images. Today Matt talks about the challenges of working with models underwater, how to create a vision for your image, and easy ways you can dip your toes in and get started.In This Episode You'll Learn:How Matt got started in underwater photographyWhat Matt struggled with most when he started shooting underwaterThe process of working with models underwater safelyHow to keep your equipment safe underwaterHow to light a scene with strobes while shooting underwater or in a poolHow to get started without making a major investmentOne big mistake Matt made while shooting underwater that destroyed his cameraResources:Underwater Fashion Photographer Matt McGee’s websiteFind Matt on InstagramJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Summer is here and that means there’s an abundance of memories to capture and save. Today I’m going to share the 4 elements to capturing better summer memories to remember for years to come without being hyper-focused on the camera.The 4 Elements of Capturing Better Summer Memories#1 Prepare: Theres a fine line between capturing everything and being present in the summertime activities. That means you’re going to miss some photos and you have to be ok with that! Make summer time photos a game. Give your self a rule like Only one camera and one lens for the whole summer.#2 Capture: Focus on just two photography elements this summer to skyrocket the quality of your photography. Composition and Action. Focusing on these two aspects of photography will force you to think quickly during the fast-paced summertime activities.#3 Edit: The majority of the photos we take are in the 3-4 months that are summer, so you need to have a system to organize your images so they don’t get lost. I choose to orginize my family photos by year and month. That way I don’t have a million folders called “Kids at the Park”. Next, you want to spend your summertime enjoying the summer and not stuck behind a computer editing. Download my 52 Free Lightroom presets today to speed up your editing and unlock the full potential of your summertime images. www.FreePhotographyPresets.com#4 Share: What good are summertime memories if you cant share them with family, friends, and your future self. Do yourself a favor and have your photos printed at your local big box store or make a summertime book within Lightroom and have it printed by Blurb.Resources:Download your FREE 52 Lightroom Presets NowJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Ramzi Mansour is a Cape Town South Africa-based Portrait and Fashion photographer with a strong focus on the classic look of black and white portraits. Today Ramzi talks about uncovering the true beauty within your subject to capture an image you’ll be able to connect with for a lifetime.In This Episode You'll Learn:How Ramzi got started in photographyThe struggles of learning photography self-taught and mistake Ramzi madeRamzis biggest photographic inspirationThe simplicity of Ramzi’s compositions and photographsWhy Ramzi shoots primarily in Black and white and the challenges over shooting in colorHow Ramzi is making a difference and giving back with his photographyResources:Cape Town Fashion Photographer Ramzi Mansour’s websiteFollow Ramzi on InstagramJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityDownload my FREE Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Rachel Greiman is a Denver based documentary family photographer and copywriter for photographers. Over the years Rachel has helped hundreds of photographers to craft words on their websites that stand out rather than blend in. Today Rachel shares some tips for family photography and copywriting for photographers.In This Episode You'll Learn:How Rachel got started in photographyThe hardest part about photography for Rachel to learn when newWhy Rachel focuses on Family Documentary PhotographyHow Rachel got her start in creative copywriting and some common mistakes photographers make with the words on their websitePremium Members Also Learn:All the things wrong with the words on my own website and simple fixes that sound way more me.Why Focusing on SEO might not be the best strategy for your homepageHow to layout the navigation on your website to guide visitors on the right journeyResources:Photography Copywriter Rachel Greiman’s websiteRachel’s Copywriting for Photographers DIY Guide : Get 15% off with promocode “Beginner15”Rachel on InstagramJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Quincy Worthington is a Munster Indiana-based photographer who has become a staple in the Beginner Photography Podcast community for his quick wit and helpful advice. Still new on his own photography journey Quincy share how hes able to learn and adjust quickly to take better photos.Resources:Quincy’s WebsiteFind Quincy on InstagramJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook Group!Free Lightroom Presets!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Angie Rose and Gina Brocker are Boston Massachusetts-based Wedding Photographers with an eye for the moment. Having shot hundreds of weddings they know first hand what it takes to capture beautiful moments and how to create a space for moments to happen in front of the camera. In today’s interview they share just how they are able to reveal the narrative of a wedding day.In This Episode You'll Learn:How Gina and Angie first got started in photography and what struggles they faced in the beginningWhy Gina didn’t even consider shooting weddings for the first few years into her photography journeyWhat has changed the most about their photography since they got startedThe importance of storytelling in your imagesWhy Story trumps perfectionHow to ensure you’re in the right place at the right time so you don’t miss the moment.Premium Members Also Learn:What Angie and Gina are doing today to market their businessesA great SEO strategy when it comes to blogging which will not only save you hours putting together but rank you higher in google.The Importance of a mission statement for your business and how to build one for yourselfResources:Angie and Gina’s Documentary Wedding Photography Course, Revealing the NarrativeRevealing the Narrative on InstagramJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Dina Goldstein began her career 30 years ago as a photojournalist, evolving from a documentary and editorial photographer into an independent artist focusing on large-scale productions of narrative photography tableaux. Goldstein’s work has been the subject of academic essays and dissertations and has been covered extensively in media around the globe. Goldstein continues to independently produce works and show internationally at commercial and public galleries, art centers, festivals, biennales and museums.In This Episode You'll Learn:When Dina knew photography was going to be an important part of her lifeWhat Dina struggled with most when starting out in photographyWhy Dina left photojournalismWhere Dina got the idea for her staged project “Fallen Princesses”How Dina comes up with concepts for her different photo projectsThe struggle of choosing how to create which images for her various photo projects.Resources:Narrative Photographer Dina Goldstein’s websiteJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

This week I talk about how having a beginner’s mindset will set you up best for success and continued growth in your photography journey. I break down 4 tips that will help you stay as much of a beginner as long as possible.Tip 1: Do the OppositeGo against what you’ve been told to try something new. Use a wide angle lens and get close to your subject or use a telephoto lens and get really far away so your subject is small in the frame.Tip 2: Do what others won’t, to take photos like others can’t.Last year I interviewed Shane Balkowitch photographers using an almost 200-year-old method to capture images. He doesn’t do it because it’s easy and because so few shoot wet plates he has quickly made quite a name for himself.Tip 3: Change Your RythmWhen you start to feel bored of your photos like you’re taking the same photo over and over again producing the same images, change up your style and allow yourself complete creative freedom in your editing. I use many of the  52 Free Lightroom Presets we offer to go crazy on an image just to see different possibilities.Tip 4: Share your PhotosBeing open and sharing your image may feel scary but it’s the best way to learn and grow from others who have come before you to get valuable feedback. Resources: Download our 52 Free Lightroom PresetsJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Steven’s Wallace is a Banff and destination wedding photographer with a passion for film photography. Today we talk about Steven’s love of film, why the film vs digital debate is garbage, and great tips for new photographer looking to get started in film photography.In This Episode You'll Learn:How Steven got into photographyWhat Steven struggled with most in the beginning and how he overcame itHow Steven started shooting weddingsWhy the film vs digital debate is uselessStevens film photography workflowHow Steven edits film and digital photos together to create a cohesive lookWhere to develop your own filmSome great beginner cameras and films to start withResources:Banff Wedding Photographer Steven Wallace’s websiteRead why Steven loves shooting filmStudioc41 PodcastSteven Wallace on InstagramJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Miquel Quiles is a portrait and beauty photographer, educator, and Sony Artisan. Miquel has a unique style of both photography and education. Miquel can break down complex photography topics into easy-to-understand bite-sized chunks that anyone can learn from. Today Miguel and I talk about the struggles of being a photographer and how to slow down and make it simple.In This Episode You'll Learn:How Miguel got started in photographyWhat was the most difficult part of photography to learn when getting started and how he overcame itBeing a sony artisan vs gear doesn’t matterHow Miguel’s images have transformed since getting started in photographyOne piece of gear Miguel thought he needed but never uses.Premium Members Also Learn:How to know when Working for Exposure is worth itWhat is a forward agreement and what it can do to grow your businessThe #1 way new photographers sabotage their sales and what to do insteadResources:Beauty and Portrait photographer Miquel Quiles’ websiteFind Miquel On YoutubeJoin me for a LIVE webinar with Phillip and Elieen Blume on how you can maximize your mini sessions.Join The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Jim Sinicki is a Milwaukee WI based family and senior portrait photographer. After more than 2 years in the Beginner Photography Podcast Community, Jim has carved out his own space for sharing and helping others. In this interview, Jim and I talk about how he got stared, why he loves photography so much, and how his work has changed in a short amount of time.Resources:Jim’s photography websiteFind Jim’s photography on FacebookJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook Group!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Phillip and Eileen Blume have spoken on the photography world’s biggest stages about helping photographers earn a living with their camera. After a rocky start in photography that almost bankrupted them, they discovered how powerful the mini session could be when just starting out and even in an established photography business. Today Phillip shares what they did for his business and what it can do for yours too!In This Episode You'll Learn:How Phillip went from high school English teacher to one of the worlds most respected photography educatorsWhy Phillip and Eileen transitioned to minis after shooting weddings for yearsWhy mini sessions are so good for new photographers looking to grow their portfolioHow to shoot with intention and get the poses you needHow to find the balance between posed and candid shotsPremium Members Also Learn:How to build trust to grow your business fasterHow to increase profits AND make happier clientsWhy sending a gallery link will kill sales and excitementResources:Download the Maximizing Mini Session eBookJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Scott Strazzate is a Pulitzer Prize-winning photojournalist with more than 30 years of experience shooting for publications like the Chicago Tribune and the San Francisco Chronicle. Scotts Book “Common Ground” is a 2 decades-long exploration of a piece of land that transitioned from Homestead Farm to Sprawling Suburbs. Today we talk about the long-term project, what to look out for, and ideas for you to start your own long-term project. Key Takeaways:Scott narrates his experience starting in photography, from his interest in childhood till he took up photography as a full-time job, rather than staying in the family business.Not having to face criticism in the early stages of his career was an advantage in a way, as Scott notes it may have discouraged him from pressing forward. On the other hand, less knowledgeable people appreciating his work kept him going.Studying the photography of other professionals also played a major role in keeping him motivated and inspired.The brightest spot of an image is usually where your eye goes first, and you can learn to control in a split second, how to compose an image that is pleasing to look at. Scott describes the importance of focusing on creating images after gaining in-depth knowledge about your gear, rather than always trying to get new gear hoping to become a better photographer.Having to overcome the fear of interacting with people became paramount, as this was a challenge that came with expanding from sports photography.Scott narrates in detail, events leading up to his "Common Ground" photography project, with no initial plan to create it, as well as the emotion and serendipity surrounding the project. He notes that to date, it is the major work he is known for, and was a personal project rather than a product of affiliation with any paper.I tell photographers that if they want to do a book that people would enjoy, they should take photographs of one block or storefronts, make prints of these, and put them away for years, when these come out later, they will be greatly appreciated.Repetition is something that I always look for in photography, I think it's fascinating, and a good way to make a compelling image. If you can have one of something, two is better.Three acts in a photo story: A beginning, a middle, and an end. When doing a photo story you want this: a cat climbs up a tree, someone shakes the tree, the cat gets out of the tree.Scott describes a major challenge with photojournalism being having to leave people's lives when the story is over especially because you may not be able to continue to just hang around, even if they would want you to. Resources:Scott Strazzante’s websiteScott’s Prints for saleScott Strazzante on InstagramScott Strazzante on TwitterJoin The BeginnerGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In this episode of the podcast I break down the top 3 ways you can get to know your camera better to be best prepared for them the moment arises.In This Episode You'll Learn:Read the Manual - Learn things you never knew your camera was capable of!Spend a few hours with the camera shooting - Get to know the tool you use to capture the world and blur the line between visualization and capture!Ask WHY you feel limited - When you know the limitations of your camera you know how to best use your camera.Resources:Join The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Vanessa Joy is an award-winning wedding photographer with more than 20 years in business. In 2020 she was named one of Canons Explorers of Light. An exclusive position reserved for photographers who have dedicated their lives to the craft. Today she talks about how she almost chose a different career path and what it was that brought her back to photography.Episode Timeline:Vanessa describes her early interest in photography, and when she knew that photography was going to play a big role in her life.Vanessa shares personal shots from her early days in photography.What influenced your preference for portraits in photography?About Vanessa's plans to move to Texas.Vanessa was announced as one of Canon's Explorers of Light.Is there anything Vanessa thinks new photographers should know?Premium Members Also Learn:The marketing efforts that have worked for Vanessa in New York over the past 20 yearsWhat marketing efforts Vanessa is using now to build authority when she moves to TexasKey Takeaways: The passion had always been there for photography, the realization that it would be a full-time career much later.Highlighting the benefits of her photography career, Vanessa talks about the love for it and the freedom to plan her schedule.Vanessa describes the drive behind her preference for portraits. In a lot of ways, I think I enjoyed photographing people in how I felt, so photographing people is a little bit of photographing them but a lot of expressing who I am.Combining two styles of portrait photography, one where every aspect of the picture is controlled with one where things are allowed to be more natural is possible, and do not have to be mutually exclusive.When you first start in photography it is understandably necessary to try many styles and then hone in on a particular one, but as you get better in that aspect, you get bored and have enough control of your craft to try other things and expand your photography interests while maintaining your brand.Discussing Vanessa's move to Texas, she noted some key differences regarding the technique in her photography.Asides from her technical know-how with the camera, another point Vanessa attributes her Explorers of Light announcement to, was her ability to find simple uses for the camera for the average person, knowing that the company would need that kind of market to make sales on a large scale.To new photographers: Gear doesn't matter, and should not stop you from being a great photographer, and as gear gets more expensive it's good if there's a particular reason. Just keep going at it, you have to love photography for the work itself because that's the thing that's your daily life, not the results.Resources:Austin Texas Wedding Photographer Vanessa Joy’s WebsiteVanessa Joys Website for photographersVanessa Joy on YoutubeGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Eung Ju Kim (Sean) has become a staple in the Beginner Photography Podcast community since buying his camera in early 2018. Since then he has been sharing his work and it continues to develop and advance. His landscapes and beach scenes are simple and relaxing. Today we talk about what photography means to him and his plans to progress is photography in the future. Key Takeaways:Starting his photography career with nature sceneries was associated with hiking, which he did more often following a distressing break up with his girlfriend.Sean describes 'finding the beauty of what's there, either in an ugly chaotic scene or in my stage of sadness was the key to finding the true beauty of my journey.Looking back, Sean explains how with experience, he started being able to identify things he could have done differently in a picture and how to look out for such things.Sean explains the motivation behind intentionally creating images with huge surroundings, landscape and people by noting that when we focus on something bigger, our problems seem to be small. His Christian faith also played a role in this preference.Sean explains that he is bored with taking pictures of people, and is trying to figure out what he can add to it.The inspiration for Sean's photography is his Christian faith.For new photographers: Go to a library, read a bunch of books and even if it doesn't make sense, consume it, even if you don't practice it, over time things will start to click. Once things start to click, you will have more questions and you can go and read it again, then it will make sense, and you will gain mastery. Resources:Follow Sean On InstagramFlash in a Flash - Flash photography for beginners courseJoin The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook Group!Episode Timeline:[02:20] Introducing today's guest, Sean Kim as he narrates the events surrounding his entry into photography.[07:21] How did the relationship between your photography and nature sceneries come about?[14:10] Looking back, from a technical standpoint, when did you start to notice the things you were doing wrong.[17:04] What differences have you observed between street photography and photographing people after creating rapport.[23:34] How do you achieve the concept of comfort in an image that looks sad?[33:24] Sean discusses his editing method.[34:40] What are you currently struggling with, in photography?[39:05] About Sean's book on the year 2020.[41:09] What inspires you to take photos?[47:19] When it comes to the technical side of photography, what is it that you love?[48:38] Sean's advice for new photographers Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

James Patrick is a Phoenix AZ-based commercial and fitness photographer. He has shot more than 500 magazine covers and today we break down what makes a cover photo unique and how to capture the concept.Episode Timeline:James narrates how he began his photography career.What was the main source of your photography education?How do you handle the concern that someone may take your photography style and compete with you after teaching them?What is the job description of a Fitness Photographer and how did you get into it?From a technical standpoint, what are you looking out for, that's going to make a photo stand out above the rest to be a cover shot?How do you come up with ideas for the photos that you need to capture?Starting out, was there a point where you had to just make do with your equipment because you didn't have the things you have today?Key Takeaways:Starting as a journalist, James had some misapprehension about photography as it did not seem very sustainable as a career choice, he was however open to different options while trying to figure out his passion.James describes how he learned by testing constantly and working as an assistant photographer, even though he already had his own jobs. Key principles gained as an assistant included photography techniques, project bidding, client communication, the general business process, and most especially how to work with subjects onset.There are two extremes of types of photographers, the overly technical ones who focus on measurements and precision when shooting, and the ones who rather feel their way creatively through their imagery. The latter appealed to him more, shifting his focus from taking great pictures which can easily be learned and done, to making images that work, and this became his brandAsk for help, the more you ask, eventually, people will start to give you help.A popular misconception James shared earlier on was that he had to be involved in many niches in photography to have enough jobs, ironically during the recession, he started to lose jobs because many clients would rather hire a niche specialist than a Jack of all trades. This nearly made him give up.Following the decision to be intentional about photography, questions that started to arise include: what work do I need to create? Who do I need to be working with? What images do I need to be in my portfolio? Who do I need to be working for? James describes the importance of overcoming his fears so he could call companies to find people that would be interested in his work.Addressing a common mindset that you need to recreate your portfolio before contacting companies about your photography, it is critical to understand that there is no perfect portfolio. You get better only when you show your work to someone and get feedback, without which you're just in your head and consumer behavior determines everything.Shooting a cover is a construct. What I do with a cover is a commercially viable image. This is an image that is going to help sell the magazine, more often than not it is focusing on all theGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Ellie McKinney is a North Carolina based wedding photographer who in her first year full time earned six figures. She attributes much of her success to being open, vulnerable, and taking a stand for a cause she believes in. In this interview Ellie breaks down how she sees the world through her lens and the elements she sees and helping her achieve so much success.What You’ll Learn:Ellie describes how she got into photography.Looking back at old photos, what are the things you think you would do differently?Elements of an Ellie McKinney photo.How do you ensure that you're able to get the interactions that you're looking for between a couple?Why do you think you've made a quick rise and success both in photography and business?What are those actionable things that you did that you think skyrocketed your success?Ellie describes her transition into full-time photography.Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Bryan Caporicci is an award-winning wedding and portrait photographer based out of Fonthill, Canada. In 2014, he was awarded his Masters of Photographic Arts (MPA) designation by the Professional Photographers of Canada (PPOC), making him one of the youngest Canadian photographers to receive this level of achievement.Bryan is the host of the  Business of Photography Podcast with over 2 million downloads. He teaches at workshops across North America, including industry-leading conventions and conferences such as WPPI, Shutterfest and Canada Photo Convention. Bryan is also the CEO and Founder of Sprout Studio.In today’s interview, Bryan talks about the key aspects of photography to focus on when just getting started. In This Episode You'll Learn:What is Clubhouse for photographersWho Bryan is and how he got started in photographyHis earliest struggles and how he overcame themHow to avoid overwhelm when just learning photographyWhat Bryan hopes to achieve by shooting film for personal workPremium Members Also Learn:What to focus on now to build a business foundationHow to leverage local relationships to build bookingsThe 3 most important pillars of stating a photo businessThe paradox of the growing heap and how it will help you better understand bookingsResources:Bryan Caporicci Wedding Photography The Business of Photography PodcastSprout Studio - All in one studio management for photographersStandout Quotes:"It was my marketing skills, just the fact that I looked at what I did as an entrepreneur...that's what got me to where I was". - [Bryan]"Take it a step at a time, I think that's probably the biggest mistake that I see photographers make, especially in those early days". - [Bryan]"That's when you become a good wedding photographer when you can look at things and go beyond the technical". - [Bryan]"Every overnight success is an overnight success 10 years in the making". - [Bryan]"The future is cheap if you pay for it now". - [Raymond]"Everyone wants success, no one wants to put in the work that success requires". - [Bryan]"Whatever gear you have, is all that you need right now". - [Bryan] Key Takeaways:"Clubhouse" is an audio-only social media tool, that allows people to connect either as photographers or with other professionalsBryan shares he has always had a passion for the business side of photography.His experience knowing that most photographers aren't well equipped on the business side motivated the founding of Sprout Studios to offer strategies and tools to help photographers run their business.While most photographers start with an interest in photograpGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Adam Taylor spent years as one of the top BMX photographers in the country before changing career paths to Real Estate and architecture photography. Adam found that he could grow his earnings by licensing the photos he took of high-end homes, to the cabinet, faucet, tile, and furniture manufacturers. Today Adam breaks down how to adopt the licensing mindset and start making more with your images in this interview.  In This Episode You'll Learn:How Adam got started in photographyWhat shooting BMX taught him about being a better business later in lifeWhat is licensingHow to license your photosWho to license your photos toThe differences between a real estate image and one you would shoot for a brand to licenseWhat gear you need for real estate photographyResources:Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Kimberly Irish is an Oconomowoc Wisconsin Based Wedding and Newborn Photographer and moderator of the Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook group! Kim shares her story of how she got into photography, some of the challenges she faced with things like focus, and even how she made gear buying decisions. Resources:Kim’s WebsiteFind Kim on InstagramJoin the Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook Group! Learn Flash in a Flash!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

The second week of February is when we struggle most to keep going with our new years resolutions. Completing a 365 project (photo a day) was at the top of the list for many photographers. So I wanted to provide some inspiration and motivational tips to help keep you going strong! 5 Ways to Practice Photography At Home In The Cold Winter MonthsCarry your camera with you everywhere: Get a light and a comfortable strap to carry your camera around with you everywhere. You don’t need to feel any pressure towards taking photos. Just carry it for now if you wish to become more comfortable with having a camera on you.Review old photographs: Look through your images of the past year or so and pick out your favorites. Take note of why you love them and focus on going deeper with that in future sessions.Do an Hourly Challenge: There’s a saying “No matter where you are, there is always a great photo within 5 steps of you” Set a timer on your phone to go off every hour for a whole day and whenever it goes off, find that great photo wherever you are.Try something new: If you need inspiration but don’t want to look through a thousand photos on Instagram, you can use Lightroom presets on your own work to see different possibilities. You can download my most popular 52 Lightroom Presets for free, below!Start a long term photo project: Your photography will get proportionally better to how much work you put into it. Create a long-term project as a form of accountability and motivation to keep shooting.Resources:Join the Beginner Photography Podcast Daily Photo Challenge Group Download 52 FREE Lightroom PresetsGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Jen Pierce is a Columbus GA based Wedding and Maternity photographer. In just a few short years she went from hobbyist to 6 figure business that just opened up a studio, and she attributes her success to one thing, Authenticity. Today she shares how she got started, the struggles she faced, and how to be more authentic with your own images.In This Episode You'll Learn:[03:20] Jen shares the story of how she got started in photography.[06:40] Birth Photography as a major part of her work.[21:45] Can you describe your editing style?[26:56] How Jen was able to open her first photography studio in such a short amount of time[28:34] What advice would you give to a new photographer?[31:35] How small or big are the changes that you're making to your photography?[39:00] How to contact JenPremium Members Also Learn:The reason why Jen was able to go from hobby photographers to bringing in 6 figuresJens Step by step Instagram strategy to booking more clientsWhat Jen is doing today to market her photography business to attract new clientsResources:Jen Pierce’s websiteJen Pierce on InstagramGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Mike Wilhelm is a Filmmaker and co-host of the Video Maker podcast. Today Mike comes on to talk about getting started with video and how video is different from photography when telling a story.In This Episode You'll Learn:The power of storytellingWhat is a 3 act structureThe Fundamentals of telling a story in a single frameHow to push the envelope without going too farHow to tell a long term storyHow to come up with creative ideasResources:The Video Maker PodcastVideo Maker on InstagramVideo Maker on FacebookStandout Quotes:"I believe truly that video and photography is really all about stories, no matter what kind of work you're doing" - [Mike]"It really doesn't matter what kind of camera you have, if it can record images and sounds, it's good enough, you can do amazing things with almost nothing" - [Mike]"Editing is just about making creative decisions in the process of creating and removing pieces that don't need to be there" - [Mike]"The more pieces there are, the more things that will capture people's attention, the harder time they'll have to figure out what's actually going on" - [Mike]"Essentially what we're doing is we're just capturing our lives as photographers" - [Raymond]Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Jessica Bellinger is an Orlando Florida based wedding photographer and author of a new book called The Humility Paradox. Jessica had a rough start in photography that helped her to see that our life's purpose really boils down to how we treat people that are hard to love. She shares how that has affected the way her photography grew into what it is today.In This Episode You'll Learn:[04:45] When did you know that photography was going to play a major role in your life?[07:38] What do you think it is about photography that just makes you feel so passionate about it?[09:35] What were the things you were shooting when you were just at home?[11:45] Was there anything in particular that you struggled with in the beginning?[14:26] Jessica shares that one major area of improvement so far, compared to when she started, is her editing style.[20:19] About Jessica's book "The Humility Paradox" and her backstory [40:30] Who deserves to be a great photographer?[43:06] How to contact JessicaPremium Members Also Learn:How Humility has grown Jessicas BusinessThe struggle between being humble and also charging more than most photographers for your own workAn in-depth look into how Jessica uses Facebook ads to market her businessResources:Jessica Bellinger’s WebsiteJessica Bellinger’s book The Humility ParadoxJessica Bellinger on InstagramGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Sandra Garzon is a Kilkenny Ireland based photographer who joined the Beginner Photography Podcast Daily Photo Challenge last year. After completing her first year I wanted to have her on to chat about what she learned about photography after making photography a daily practice and how she grew as a photographer.Resources:Sandra Garzon’s websiteSandra Garzon on InstagramSandra Garzon on FacebookJoin the Beginner Photography Podcast CommunityGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Marc Silber is a 3X best selling author, photographer, filmmaker, and producer of the very popular Youtube series Advancing Your Photography, where he has interviewed scores of some of the biggest names in photography. This is his 4th time joining me on the Beginner Photography Podcast.He started out learning darkroom skills and the basics of photography at the legendary Peninsula School in Menlo Park, CA, in the '60s, and moved on to hone his skills to professional standards at the famed San Francisco Art Institute. Marc moved into teaching photography in workshops all over the country, he became renowned as an engaging and helpful speaker and coach, as his greatest joy comes from helping others. He loves adventure and you'll find him out backpacking surfing or snowboarding, or maybe just chilling, taking a walk through Carmel with his wife and Golden Retriever.  In This Episode You'll Learn:[02:15] Our guest for this week "Marc Silber", shares some insight on his recent efforts to reach out to budding photographers.[02:44] Marc points out that most photographers lack a technique for getting inspired, and shares his creative process.[12:58] From Marc's book "Advancing Your Photography": The 5 Stages of Photography[16:26] Where do you think most people get the visualization aspect wrong?[27:55] The biggest struggle with Composition is a lack of "Center of interest".[34:00] Marc explains the commonest goal among photographers. [49:47] How can we dive deeper into the artistic realm of photography?[54:07] Discussing the concept of mentorshipResources:Marc Silber’s WebsiteMarc Silber on youtubeMarc Silber on InstagramMarc Silber on FacebookGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Now that we are in a new year, this week I sit down and brain dump some thoughts on how to become a better photographer in 2021. Come join the Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook Community to take part in Photo Minute Mondays where I share a bite-sized photography video every Monday. Some weeks will be technical, others theoretical. Some weeks will be educational while others will have actionable challenges.Resources:Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook CommunityGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

2020 Brought us many interviews from some of the best photographers on how they see and capture the world. Today we hear the continue the conversation and hear from 6 more photographers on the importance of community and the real power of your camera.Ashley MarstonGary CrabbeHeather LahtinenRhea WhitneyJoseph CulticeJon SoohooGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

2020 brought us many great guests who shared their insights as to how they see the world and continue to make a difference with their cameras. In this episode, we hear from 6 amazing photographers who share some of their best tips and tricks to getting eye-catching photos.Seth MirandaSeth BrownMary Fisk-TaylorPierre LambertCris DuncanJenny SteinGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In this episode, we explore the 1 thing that’s holding you back from growing as a photographer and how you can overcome your biggest obstacle to grow in 2021!Resources:Become a premium member to join the Plan Your 2021 Marketing Calendar Live Traininghttps://www.patreon.com/BeginnerPhotographyPodcastGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

It’s that time of the year where we slow down and reflect on the year past. The podcast has had a lot of growth this year and it is all thanks to you! Today I talk about the state of the podcast and your wins as well!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Andrew Bernstein is a sports photographer with more than 40 years of experience shooting Basketball. Andy is a Naismith Hall of Fame Photographer and co-authored The Mamba Mentality with Kobe Bryant using Andy’s vast collection of images he captured over his 20-year basketball career.In This Episode You'll Learn:How Andrew Bernstein got started in PhotographyHow Andy got started photographing sportsWhat Andy learned in his long career photographing Kobe BryantHow working with high-level athletes has made Andy a better photographerHow photographing sports has changed over the past 40 yearsWhat Andy’s associate photographers must know before taking the court and shooting for him.Resources:Famed Sports Photographer Andy Bernstein’s websiteAndy Bernstein on InstagramAndy Bernstein on TwitterAndy’s Legends of Sport PodcastLegends of Sport on InstagramLegends of Sport on TwitterGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Alexis Meschi is a personal branding photographer who works with women business owners to create personalized branding assets to grow their businesses. In This Episode You'll Learn:How Alexis accidentally fell into photography and when she knew it was going to play an important roll in her lifeWhat Alexis struggled with most when starting outThe difference between marketing and branding photographyThe job description of a branding photographerWhat you need to capture to start building your personal brandPremium Members Also Learn:The most common objections from someone looking to hire a branding photographerHow to use branding assets and turn them into bookingsThe secrets behind Alexis’ top social media posts with the most engagementResources:Alexis Meschi’s websiteAlexis on InstagramAlexis on FacebookGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Heather Lahtinen is a wedding photographer and educator at the Flourish Academy. Today we talk about how to deal with overwhelm when getting started in photography and the simple mindset tips you can use to feel more motivated today!In This Episode You'll Learn:How Heather accidentally got into photographyWhat Heather struggled with when learning to use her cameraThe one mindset switch that will remove the overwhelm around learning photographyDealing with imposter syndrome and how to stand outThe difference between comparison and inspirationA mistake Heather made early one that set herself up better or successPremium Members Also Learn:How to break past the $100 per session mindsetHow to NOT lose all your clients when you raise your pricingHow to find and define your target client and how to get in front of themResources:The Flourish AcademyThe Flourish Academy on Instagram Flourish Academy Episode 73: How to deal with imposter syndromeHeathers Free Pricing guide for photographersGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Chris Grunder teaches photography at Sonoma State University and is a Director at the Bass and Reiner art gallery in San Francisco. Today we talk about contemporary art and the role that photography can play within it. This is a fun and deep theoretical conversation about why we shoot what we shoot. In This Episode You'll Learn:How Chris got into photographyHow failing at his first few dozen rolls of film pushed him to shoot moreWhat is contemporary artWhy Chris moved to New York to work with commercial photographers after getting his masters in fine artWhat makes up the difference between someone just started in fine art photography and an experienced artistResources:Chris Grunders WebsiteBass and Reiner Lightroom 101Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Dana Arnold is a soon to be Monterey California wedding photographer and Navy wife who has to pack up her business and move to a new part of the country every 18 months. Today she shares the challenges she faces when starting over every and how you can overcome them. In This Episode You'll Learn:How Dana got into photographyWhat Dana struggled with when learning photography and how she overcame itWhy Dana chose to shoot weddings over families or portraitsHow Dana developed her style and how you can tooPremium Members Also Learn:How Dana prepares her business for a move across the countryDana’s online marketing strategy and how she connects with potential clientsWhere Dana is spending money to guarantee bookings when she arrivesResources:Monterey Wedding Photographer Dana Arnold’s websiteDana Arnold on InstagramDana Arnold on PinterestLightroom 101Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Most photographers get into photography before they get into editing. So when we start editing our photos there are some pretty common mistakes most new photographers make but there are 4 here today that I think you need to make that will actually help you become a better photographer.Check out the show notes to see some of my FIRST DSLR photos taken back in 2007https://www.beginnerphotographypodcast.com/podcast/221 The 4 Editing Mistakes you MUST Make to Become a Better PhotographerMistake #1: Over SaturationIf a little extra color is good… a lot of extra color must be GREAT right?Mistake #2: Selective ColorSelective color make your images artistic right?Mistake #3: Not Taking Skin Tones SeriouslyYou mean every bride doesn’t want to look like zombie on their wedding day?Mistake#4: Not Culling my Photos EnoughIf its in focus, its getting delivered! Even if there are 29 of the exact same other phots. Join the Free Skin Tones Made Simple 5-Day Challenge!The free 5-Day challenge Starts Monday, Oct 26th. Click the link below to learn more and join!https://SkinTonesMadeSimple.com/Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Tori Wright is a model with more than 10 years of experience turned photographer. Her understanding of both sides of the camera has helped her grow quick and plant a foundation in the photographic community. Today we talk about the do’s and dont’s of working with models for new photographers. This Episode is Sponsored by The Contract Vault. Do your business a favor. Check out The Contract Vault. You’ll find all the photography contracts you need right at your fingertips. www.thecontractvault.com and use promo code BPP for 20% off your first month.In This Episode You'll Learn:When Tori knew she wanted to focus on photographyWhere Tori struggled most with technical settings when getting startedHow Tori’s experience modeling helped prepare her for photographyHow to pose modelsHow to reach out to models and what you need to tell them before they commitWhen to know you’re ready to work with modelsWhat is TFPWhat separates a good photographer from a bad photographer for models to work withPremium Members Also Learn:How Tori booked her first paid shoot as a photographerWhere you need to be to start booking shoots with modelsWhos pays the modelHow much to pay a model and what to give themResources:St Louis Headshot Photographer Tori Wright’s WebsiteFind Tori on InstagramThe Contract Vault - Save 20% off your month by using the code BPP at check outGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Kelly Lawson left her health care career of 7 years to pursue photography. Shortly after needing to take her own product photos for her business website did she fall in love with product photography. Today on top of shooting products for brands she is also teaching product photography to new photographers.This Episode is Sponsored by The Contract Vault. Do your business a favor. Check out The Contract Vault. You’ll find all the photography contracts you need right at your fingertips. www.thecontractvault.com and use promo code BPP for 20% off your first month.In This Episode You'll Learn:What was the hardest part about photography to learn when getting startedHow she got started photographing products and whyWhere to come up with ideas for product photography shotsHow to add expression and emotion to your product photographyCommon mistakes made by new product photographersPremium Members Also Learn:How Kelly got her first client, and how you can tooWhat Kelly is doing this week to market her businessHow to charge for product photography, and what to deliverResources: Kelly Lawsons’ Product photography masterclassKelly Lawson’s websiteKelly Lawson on InstagramKelly Lawson on PinterestThe Contract Vault - Save 20% off your month by using the code BPP at check outGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Mark Hemmings is a travel photographer and educator that just published his newest book iPhone Photography for Dummies. An all in one resource for those looking to take better photos with the gear they already have! Today Mark shares many tips on getting better compositions, what apps to use, and how to see light better.This Episode is Sponsored by The Contract Vault. Do your business a favor. Check out The Contract Vault. You’ll find all the photography contracts you need right at your fingertips. www.thecontractvault.com and use promo code BPP for 20% off your first month.In This Episode You'll Learn:How to take better photos with an iPhoneSome of the strengths and challenges when shooting with an iPhoneWhy there is room for mobile photography and professional dslr photographyHow to use composition to take better photos without changing your camera settingsHow to use your iPhone to capture the best momentsWhen you should NOT use an iPhone to shootResources:Mark Hemmings WebsiteMark Hemmings on InstagramMark Hemming’s iPhone Photography for Dummies BookGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Kim Beil is an art history lecturer and associate director at Stanford University. Kim’s new book “Good Pictures” chronicles 50 of the most important photographic techniques over the past 170 years of American photography. Today we talk about just a few of them and dive deeper into how the past mistakes and successes of photography got us to where we are today.This Episode is Sponsored by The Contract Vault. Do your business a favor. Check out The Contract Vault. You’ll find all the photography contracts you need right at your fingertips. www.thecontractvault.com and use promo code BPP for 20% off your first month.In This Episode You'll Learn:How the rules for taking good pictures are always shifting.How the Vignette came to beWhy foreground interest took the world by storm in the mid 1860sThe impact Kodak had on the photography industryWhy night photography wasn’t possible until 1890 and what were some of the major challenges.Why there was a swing from technical perfection to intentionally breaking long standing photography rules to create images in the 1950s and 60sWhy capturing Candids was looked down upon by many established photographers for almost a centuryWhat the future of photography looks like.Resources:Kim Beil’s websiteKim Beil on Instagram Buy Kims Book “Good Pictures”Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

 Gary Crabbe is an award-winning photographer and author living in the San Francisco Bay Area. Gary began his photographic career spending nearly a decade managing the image library for famed National Geographic photographer Galen Rowell. Since then, his own client and publication credits include the National Geographic Society, New York Times, Forbes Magazine, TIME Magazine, Victoria's Secret, The North Face, Sunset, L.L. Bean, Subaru, The Nature Conservancy, and The Carnegie Museum of Natural History to name but a few.In This Episode You'll Learn:How Gary got started in photographyThe hardest part about photography for Gary to learn early onWhat elements go into every great landscape photoThe tale-tell signs of an amateur landscape photoHow to start focusing on compositionWhat to do when the weather does not cooperatePremium Members Also Learn:How to start selling your landscape photosShooting on assignment vs Shooting personal workAll about licensing. How it has changed and how to charge for your workResources:Landscape photographer Gary Crabbe’s websiteGary Crabbe on TwitterGary Crabbe on FacebookGary Crabbe on InstagramGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Shane Balkowitsch is a wet plate photographer from Bismarck North Dakota. Prior to getting into wet plate photography, Shane had never owned a camera outside of his cell phone. Shane is currently on a mission to capture 1000 wet plates of northern plains native Americans. Shanes Wet Plate Process Video - https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=S86yNGXlpck In This Episode You'll Learn:What is wet plate photographyHow Shane got started with wet plate photographyHow wet plate photography worksWhere Shane struggled most when learning wet plate photographyTechnical challenges of exposing wet plate photographsWhy Shane stuck with Wet Plate Photography, knowing that digital photography is much quicker and eaiser to produce an image.Resources:Wet Plate Photographer, Shane Balkowitsch’s websiteShanes Instagram Balkowitsch documentary on AmazonGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In todays episode of the podcast we breakdown the roadmap in which to learn photography. From buying your first camera to creating beautiful works of art there is a proven roadmap to follow to focus on what matters most.Premium Members Also Learn:The 4 photography business systems you need to take your photo business seriouslyResources: Online Video Training Course to learn Flash in a Flash with Discount code attached Earn Your First $100 With Photography Youtube Video Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Nicole Begley is a Dog and Pet Photographer based in North Carolina. Today we talk about some of the challenges of photographing our four-legged friends and how to master your session. We also talk about the business side of pet photography and how to market to pet parents. In This Episode You'll Learn:What Zoological training taught her about working with animalsThe hardest part about photography to learn when just starting outHow to get pets to cooperate for a shotThe difference between an amateur and a professional pet photoTips for posing your petPremium Members Also Learn:Why Nicole jumped into an unproven market of photographyThe best form of marketing Nicole has found to book new clientsWhat photography products pet owners are buying from the sessionsHow Nicole started booking sessions right away after moving to a new stateResources:North Carolina Pet Photographer Nicole Begley’s websiteNicole’s Pet Photography training website: Hair of the DogGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Wendy Yalom is a San Francisco based high-end personal branding photographer who discovered her passion of personal branding photography after shooting weddings for 10 years. Today we chat about why she chose to leave her successful wedding photography business to pursue an unproven path in photography. In This Episode You'll Learn:Why Wendy went to fine art school for photographyIf Wendy recommends going to school for photographyWhy Wendy left weddings after 10 years to pursue personal branding photographyThe difference between personal branding photography and a regular portrait sessionWhat Wendy needs to capture at every personal branding shoot to consider it a successPremium Members Also Learn:Why Wendy believes in niching down and is not worried about turning away clientsThe 4 Marketing Misconceptions every new photographer makesHow to market without sellingResources:High-end personal branding photographer Wendy Yalom’s websiteGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Gustavo Fernandez and a Corporate event photographer in San Francisco who started photography after leaving his job as a pharmaceutical rep. Having studied photography under world class wedding photographer Bambi Cantrel and Gustavo got into weddings for a number of years before discovering Corporate event photography. Today he shares why he made the switch and how hes able to make more money working less weekends.In This Episode You'll Learn:Why Gustavo felt so passionate about photography to leave his pharmaceutical rep job of more than 10 years to pick up a camera.How Gustavo organically discovered corporate event photography and how its similar to wedding photographyHow to overdeliver to your multinational publicly traded clientHow Gustavo turned $10 into $10,000Premium Members Also Learn:How to price for business to business eventsHow to use your website to book the job every timeWhy Corporate events are a better business than weddingsResources:San Francisco Corporate Event Photographer Gustavo Fernandez website Enroll in the Sharp Shooter Academy for 70% off!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Rhea Whitney is a Houston Tx Wedding Photographer who left her corporate accounting job to pursue photography full time. Today Rhea talks about building your Know Like and Trust factor to attract more clients than ever before and also deliver a world-class experience to your current clients.Rhea Whitney is a Houston Tx Wedding Photographer who left her corporate accounting job to pursue photography full time. Today Rhea talks about building your Know Like and Trust factor to attract more clients than ever before and also deliver a world-class experience to your current clients.In This Episode You'll Learn:How Rhea got into photography while working as a corporate accountantRhea’s definition of the Know Like Trust Factor and what it means to herHow to build your Know Like Trust factor when just getting startedWhere Rhea sees so many photographers get the KLT factor wrong in their marketingPremium Members Also Learn:Rhea’s #1 tip to build KLT factor with new clients on InstagramWhy you need an email list to keep in contact with potential clients and have them excited to book with youGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Finding your creative voice in photography is important to standing out and being able to make an impact. But the road to find your creative voice is not as easy as finding it on amazon and getting 2 day shipping. It can take years to cultivate your voice. But in today’s podcast episode I break down the 4 stages of finding your creative voice.The 4 Stages of Finding your Creative VoiceSurviveShareStand outServeSurvive: You’re just learning how to use your new camera as a toolShare: You’re enjoying the process of learning and are happy to share your work as you see consistent progressStand out: You realize that its the photographer who makes photos unique and you can make your work stand out by being true to yourselfServe: You are now proficient with your camera enough to be able to help others. Either directly, WITH your camera or indirectly by teaching others how to use their cameras to serve with their cameras. Join the Maximizing Mini Sessions Webinar with the Blumes to see how they challenged conventional wisdom to be able to consistently bring home $10,000 per weekend shooting mini sessions.Click here to register for the free webinar!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Phillip and Elieen Blume are husband and wife wedding photographers from just outside Atlanta Georgia who stumbled upon a unique way of doing mini sessions that after years of refining has is now able to consistently earn them $10,000 in a single weekend without watering down their brand. Today we talk about how they do it!In This Episode You'll Learn:What sets Phillip and Elieen Blume apart from other photographers in their areaThe rocky start Phillip and Elieen had with mini sessions in the beginningWhat they struggled with the most when booking mini sessionsWhy mini sessions are not just for clients who cant afford a regular sessionHow youre going broke shooting $150 mini sessions and why you should be charging less!How their average sale is so high even in a country with the highest poverty rate in the countryand how to get enough variety of images in a 20 min mini sessionPremium Members Also Learn:How to set up your mini session funnelWhy most photographers get wrong when it comes to minis and how you can get it rightHow to turn mini session clients coming back year after year after year!Resources:Join the LIVE Maximizing Mini Sessions Webinar July 29th at 2pm Est Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Jon Soohoo is the head team photographer for the Los Angeles Dodgers and has been photographing important moments in sports for more than 35 years and his photo of Kobe Bryant was used as the cover of ESPN’s memorial issue.In This Episode You'll Learn:When Jon SooHoo knew photography was going to play an important roll in his lifeOne of the best lessons Jon learned while shooting under legendary sports photographer Andy BernsteinWhat the head photographer of the Los Angeles Dodgers is responsible for shooting and coveringHow many team photographers shoot a Dodgers gameHow personally Jon SooHoo takes team lossesWhether or not he documents team lossesHow Jon SooHoo prepared to shoot the LA Dodgers world series gameIf Jon would get a world series ring if the Dodgers Won the World SeriesHow to prepare for big moments during a gameHow many photos Jon SooHoo takes in an average gameWhat it takes for a photo to stand outIf player superstitions rub off on him as the photographerThe one thing Jon would tell a new team photo intern before they took the fieldHow Jon’s day starts when he arrives at the stadiumWhat Jon gets asked most by Dodger fansResources:LA Dodgers Photographer Jon SooHoo on TwitterJon SooHoo on InstagramLos Angeles Dodgers Insider with photos posted after each gameSports Shooter AcademyGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Jesse Dittmar is a commercial portrait photographer based in Brooklyn who specializes in celebrities and other notable figures. Jesse had photographed celebrities like Tom Hanks, Denzel Washington, Jodie Foster, Sting, Charli D’Amelio, Tom Brady, George Takei, David Letterman, Uma Thurman and many many more. In this interview we chat about Jesses early start in photography, what he learned from assisting that he didnt in art school, and the transition to going out on his own and shooting for himself.In This Episode You'll Learn:When Jesse knew photography was going to be an important part of his lifeStruggles Jesse had with photography early onThe magic of developing your own filmWhat Jesse learned when going to art collegeWhy Jesse started assisting other photographers after graduatingWho books Jesse to take portraits of celebrities and notable figuresHow Jesse is able to connect with his subjects in an impossibly short amount of timeThe importance that music plays in Jesses life and in his photographsWhat kind of music Jesse plays when he photographs artists like StingHow Jesse approaches vision for his shoots when he just has minutes to grab the shotHow much direction Jesse gives to his subjectsThe one thing Jesse needs from each shoot to consider it a successWhy Jesse still shoots film and how he uses it to achieve a signature lookPremium Members Also Learn:How to nail your client meetingsWhat Jesse was surprised to learn after going out on his own and how he handled the stressWhat Jesse outsourced in his business to make him a better photographerHow to overdeliver to your client to ensure they keep calling you backResources:Celebrity Portrait Photographer Jesse Dittmar’s websiteJesse Dittmar’s InstagramJesse Dittmar’s book “Two”Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Gerard Exupery is a New York photographer who just published his new book Subway 1975-1985 which is filled with photos from the New York subway system taken in the late 70s and early 80s. In this chat we talk about the flow of life that happens on the New Yor subway system and the challenged of capturing an era. In This Episode You'll Learn:When Gerard knew photography was going to plan an important part of his lifeThe hardest part about photography to learn when he got startedWhat it was about the subway that captured Gerards attentionHow to find the decisive moment while in the flow of live on the subwayWho are some of Gerards photography influencesHow Gerard put together a long term project that spanned a decadeSome trouble Gerard got into while shooting in NYC in the late 70sWhat the process was of choosing photos out of a decade worth of images to put into his bookWhat Advice Gerard would give to anyone wanting to take on a long term projectResources:Gerard Exupery’s Website Gerard Exerpery’s book Subway 1975-1985Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Taking photos that are sharp is one of the hallmarks of a professional photographer. It shows a clear understanding of their abilities to not only read the scene in front of them but to use their technical knowledge to capture the scene with beauty.For new photographers, getting sharp photos can be quite challenging and cause confusion. Part of the time photos don’t turn out sharp because of having the wrong technical settings while the other times, the gear could be at fault.Today I break down the 4 reasons why you’re taking blurry photos and how to get sharply focused photos.Reason #1: You Missed FocusReason #2: Chromatic AberrationReason #3: Your ISO is too HighReason #4: Motion BlurKnowing how to use your camera and the effect your camera settings has on an image is imperative to being able to capture sharp photos.I'm officially reopening enrollment in my online photography course Auto to Amazing!Auto to Amazing is the fastest way to learn photography guaranteed.  Learn more here https://learn.beginnerphotographypodcast.com/p/a2a/?product_id=1217358&coupon_code=FASTMOVER40 Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

TahJah Harmony is a southern Louisiana lifestyle photographer and wedding photographer who after several years of hustle to get her photography business going started to feel burnt out and went looking for a way to fill her creative health bucket. This interview and the importance of mental health and creative health is extremely relevant todays world climate. In This Episode You'll Learn:How TahJah got started in photographyWhat was the hardest part about photography for TahJah to learnThe first sign of burn out TahJah felt and how it started to affect her mental healthHow TahJah defines creative healthWhat aspects of Art school TahJah found most beneficialTahJah’s favorite activities to fill her creative health bucketHow TahJah changed her home life to promote better mental healthTahJahs favorite apps to help her creative healthPremium Members Also Learn:How to decide what to do and not do in your businessHow to turn business tasks creativeKnowing when it’s ok to hustle for work of if your just Hustling to hustle.How baking and rock climbing can make us better photographers for our clients.Resources:TahJah Harmony’s websiteThe Creative Health PodcastTahJah Harmony on Instagram Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

After the birth of his child, Simon Ringsmuth discovered the power of photography when a friend shared a photo he took of Simons child. Determined to learn photography Simon started a website where he uploads photos weekly and shares what he learned and documents his progression.In This Episode You'll Learn:How Simon got started in photographyWhat Simon struggled with most when he first started shooting and how he overcame it.What has been Simons main source of photography educationWhy Simon started the websiteHow to protect yourself from burn out when committing to a long term projectHow to set your own goalsSome common info that Simon found to not be helpful when learning photographyWhat Simon was surprised to learn after shooting for the past 7 yearsResources:https://www.weeklyfifty.com/Register for the free live webinar “The 3 Secrets to Capturing Better Moments With The Camera Gear You Already Have!”Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Corey Potter is an expert when it comes to SEO and helps teach SEO for Photographers. Corey has a refreshing take on SEO which is to stop blogging just to blog and start blogging with intention. In this interview, we talk about how you can blog less and grow your website traffic.In This Episode You'll Learn:The importance of blogging and SEO is fr photographersWhat most photographers get wrong about bloggingHow to brainstorm ideas to blog about and then narrow them down to pick a winnerWhat is a featured snippet and how you can utilize them to gain tons of website trafficHow many images you should be putting in each blog postHow to promote your blog post once its been publishedThe difference between a page and a postHow to get google to tell you what people search for2 of the best paid tools and several free tools to use to get startedThe one blog family photographers need to write todayHow to follow up with content you have previously publishedResources:SEO for Photographers Fuel Your Photos websiteFuel your photos FB groupGTMetrixGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In this special episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast that was recorded on Facebook Live, I pay my appreciation to listeners like you and past guests of the show share some special insights on growing as a photographer. Resources:Chris OrwigAshley MarstonSean BrownCris DuncanEmily BrunnerEmma O'BrienMark HemmingsMartin MooreMatt DruinMary Fisk-TaylorNick ChurchGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Megan Breukelman is a new york city-based wedding photographer who had an unconventional start into the industry. Today I'm excited to chat about how to grow a Personal Passion Project.In This Episode You'll Learn:How Megan got started in photographyHow Megan shot her first wedding at 14What Megan struggled with most when learning photographyWhat is a photography passion projectWhy you would you want to grow a photography passion projectHow much detail we need to have when putting together a plan to start a personal projectWhat to do if we dont have everything we needWhen to turn a passion project into a businessHow even if you are not making money with your personal project can grow your careerDifferent ways to make money with your camera that you have alreadyWhen to start considering other people opinions on what your project should beResources:New York City Wedding Photographer Megan Breukelman’s WebsiteMegan Breukelman on InstagramMegan Breukelman on TwitterGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Ashley Marston is a Vancouver BC based lifestyle birth and family photographer who has been doing a 365 project for the last 6 years. Her work has been recognized by National Geographic and she has recently released an online course on how to capture creative photos every day. In This Episode You'll Learn:When Ashley knew photography would play an important roll in her lifeWhy she thinks so many struggle with creativityWhat Ashley does every year with her 365 imagesHow Ashley is documenting her life with a family during the Corona Virus PandemicHow Ashley stays creative with Creativity BoostersWhy she stopped photographing families to focus on birth photographyWhy you should not start a 365 in JanuaryThe power of self-portraits and the 3 step process to shoot them wellHow Ashley puts a creative spin on her imagesThe creative roll that editing has on Ashleys photosWho and what inspires Ashley creativlyResources:Ashley Marston on InstagramAshley Marton’s websiteAshley’s Online Course “A Daily Occurrence: Creative Everyday”Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Joseph Cultice is a creative commercial pop star photographer who has shots print and advertising campaigns for bands like no doubt, Ozzy Osborne, Kelly Clarkson, juicy J, 3oh3, moby, Korn, Enrique Iglesias, Marilin Manson, Christina Aguilera, Joe Satriani, nine-inch nails, Rod Stewart, Garbage, beck, kid rock, Boy George, sting, brjork, Outcast, the chemical brothers, The Jonas Brothers, Jeff Lynne, and Beyonce, just to name a few. Today we talk about what it takes to take photos of pop stars. In This Episode You'll Learn:How Joseph got started in photographyWhen Joseph Cultice knew photography would play a major role in his lifeWhat Joseph Cultice struggled with most when getting started in photographyWhat is the job description of a pop star photographerWho reaches out to start a campaign for a musical artistHow to build report when working with new artistsHow much of the final image comes from Joseph Cultice’s vision vs the bands visionA misconception most people would be surprised to learn about being a pop star photographerOne of the most challenging shoots Joseph Cultice has had and how he handled itHow to create images unique for each artist while still keeping consistency across your body of workHow Joseph Cultice knows if he did a good jobResources:Pop Star Photographer Joseph Cultice’s WebsiteJoseph Cultice on InstagramGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Mary Fisk Taylor is a Richmond Va fine art Portrait photographer and co host of the Get your Shoot Together podcast. Today Im excited to talk about sifting through the noise in this busy world of many photographers.In This Episode You'll Learn:How Mary got her start in photographyWhat Mary struggled with most when learning photographyAs a long time member of the PPA her views on how the industry has changed the mostHow Mary has been able to keep up and sift through the noise of other photographersas adversity, Mary has to overcome to be the powerhouse she is todayWhat misconception most people would be surprised to learn about being a photographer for 20 yearsAs a print competition judge, one thing that stands out to her immediately as an amateur photoPremium Members Also Learn:Creating email campaigns for photographershow to use your marketing messageGreat third party marketing idea for family photographersWhy Mary thinks so many photographers fail to break past that $75 starting price pointResources:Richmond Va fine art Portrait photographer Mary Fisk-Taylors websiteGet your Shoot Together PodcastGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Seth Miranda is a creative commercial photographer whose work just has to be seen to be fully understood who had a really unconventional start in photography. Today we talk about the creative journey that he has taken and how he builds a shot from what it is that he sees in his head. Seth is also a contributor to Adorama TVIn This Episode You'll Learn:What about Photography Clicked for SethThe technical skills Seth learned shooting BMX on filmThe hardest part of learning photography with the long review process of filmWhen Seth transitioned from shooting BMX to working in a studioWhere the ideas come from for Seths photosHow close a final photo turns out compared to the vision in his headHow to make do with the lighting gear you haveWhat most new photographers dont understand about lightingWhere Seth draws inspiration fromWhere Seth sees the creative limitResources:Seth Mirandas WebsiteSeth Miranda on InstagramSeth Miranda on YoutubeFind Seth On Adorama TVSeth’s Fuji GFX100 ReviewGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Pierre T. Lambert is a travel photographer and youtuber with more than 183,000 subscribers who follow him for his photography challenges and tutorials. Today we talk about how you can take better photo of your next travels.In This Episode You'll Learn:How Pierre got started in photographyWhat about photography connected so well with himWhat Pierre struggled with most when learning to shootThe difference between travel and landscape or street photographyTips for photographing strangersHow much gear to pack on a vacationHow to keep your photos safe and backed up on the roadWhat new photographers get wrong when shooting their own travelsResources:Pierre Lambert’s websiteSubscribe to Pierre Lambert on YoutubeFollow Pierre Lambert on InstagramGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

March 31st is world backup day and what better excuse to we need to ensure our photos are backed up and safe from potential disaster. Head to the show notes to download the image backup workflow PDF.https://www.beginnerphotographypodcast.com/podcast/193 Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Todays guest is Lubbok Tx Family and Portrait photographer Cris Duncan. Cris's work displays incredible use of lighting and today I look forward to learning more about how he sees the world and masters light.In This Episode You'll Learn:Checklist for a great imageHow Cris got his start in photographyThe hardest part of photography to learn when Cris got startedWhere Cris’s love for lighting startedWhy Lighting is so importantWhat to look for to find the best light, natural or artificialHow new photographers get lighting wrongWhere to start with getting into lighting equipmentHow Cris had to make do with what he had when he first startedPremium Members Also Learn:How lighting can increase your salesHow to break past the $75 price point when starting out shooting portraitsHow to make clients feel special when working with themResources:Cris Duncans WebsiteGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Gary Hughes is a headshot photographer from Orlando Florida and co-host of the PhotoBomb Podcast. Today I’m excited to chat about organizing and shooting high volume headshots. In This Episode You'll Learn:How Gary got started in photographyWhat Gary struggled with most when learning photographyWhat is the the job description of a headshot photographerWhat the difference between a headshot taken by a professional and an amateur3 steps to building a headshotHow to make do with the lighting gear you haveHow to make do without a studio and be taken seriously as a professional photographerHow to approach every new person who sits in front of your camera to take their photoPremium Members Also Learn:How to price 500 headshotsThe tools to marker yourself and your photography businessA simple but effective marketing strategyHow to spend less time editing and delivering to maximize your profitResources:Gary Hughes WebsiteGary Hughes on InstagramGary Hughes on TwitterGary Huges on Facebook Fuji x100V reviewGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Melissa Dusette is a personal branding photographer from Ann Arbor Michigan. Today we talk about what is personal branding photography and how we can add it to the services we offer. In This Episode You'll Learn:The unconventional way Melissa got her start in photographyWhat aspect of photography Melissa struggled with most to learnWhat is personal branding photography and why its importantWhats the difference between a portrait or headshot session and a personal branding photography sessionWhat Melissa looks for to nail her personal branding sessionsHow Melissa had to make do with the gear she had to complete a jobPremium Members Also Learn:How clients find Melissa to book a personal branding sessionHow we can add personal branding photography services to increase our revenueHow to create packages for personal branding photographyWhat 3 questions you can ask to bring your clients more business and build them out a marketing planResources:Melissa Dusette’s websiteMelissa Dusette on InstagramMelissa Dusette on FacebookGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Luci Dumas has always been crazy about kids which is good because she’s been photographing them for more than 30 years. She’s a certified master photographer through the PPA and has won numerous top awards in local and national competitions for her beautiful photographs. Recently she has started sharing all of her years of experience as the host of  The Profitable Photographer Podcast with Luci DumasIn This Episode You'll Learn:How Luci got started in photographyWhere Luci struggled most when learning photography and how she overcame itTips to get kids to slow down and listen during a shootHow to make do with the gear you haveA tip listeners can use to take better photos of kidsThe photogrpahy industry Luci sees is explodingPremium Members Also Learn:How to double your income with one small tweakHow Luci manages working and having clients come in and out of her homeThe biggest hurdle Luci had to overcome when transitioning from weddings to familiesThe power of being a trusted advisorThe perception of “custom”Resources:Luci Dumas PhotographyLuci Dumas CoachingGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Is editing cheating?It is a question that’s been asked for a long time by new photographers. Having your skills be at a level to be able to get your photos right in-camera is something many photographers strive for and in a world where we slap an instagram filter on everything before posting it, the legitimacy of editing is often questioned. But is it cheating? A  recent study said that wedding photographers spend 55% of their time editing and just 4% of their time shooting. There is a huge gap there.The key is to be more efficient with Lightroom. If even professional photographers can get this wrong and spend 12x more time editing than shooting there is a clear gap that you can take advantage of to be able to edit with speed and organization. It all comes down to mastering the fundamentals.That is why I have created Lightroom 101.From Import to Export create a powerful photo editing workflow to spend less time wondering what sliders do what and spend more time shooting what you love!Click below to learn more. Enrollment closes March 5th.https://learn.beginnerphotographypodcast.com/p/lightroom-101 Resources:Learn Lightroom 101 Wedding Photography StatsClick the image to learn how to finally master Lightroom"> Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Jenny Stein is the host of the Family Photographer Podcast. On season 2 of her show, she explored how to make the world a better place with our cameras. Today we chat about what Jenny learned during her interviews and we explore the 365 a lot deeper for the challenges we face.Resources:The Family Photographer podcastDaily Photo Challenge Facebook GroupGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Sean Brown is a Senior portrait photographer in Portland Or who left the "Safe" Pre-med path to pursue photography. Today Im excited to learn about what made Sean make the switch and the difficulties faced by learning the new technical path of photography.In This Episode You'll Learn:Why Sean transitioned from Per-Med to photographyWhat was the hardest part of photography to understand for Sean and how he overcame itHow Sean achieved what he wanted to early on with entry-level gearHow to be smart about being uniqueHow Sean ensures each senior portrait session is unique to the senior while remaining consistentWhat it means to be a senior portrait photographerSomething early on Sean overlooked in photography but wished he hadn’tWhy so many photographers struggle to break past $75 and how you can do itThe importance of social media for seniors and the best platform that books Sean most of his gigs.The importance of physical products and how to communicate the value of physical productsGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Last month I traveled to Nashville TN to attend the Imaging USA conference put on by the PPA. I was there for 4 days and meet some of the most amazing people including some past guests of the show, and new friends. I asked each photographer the same 5 questions to get their take on the industry and how to stand out past your photos.Resources:Vanessa Joy’s WebsiteVanessa Joy’s Off-Camera Flash BookBernie Griffiths WebsitePhillip and Eileen BlumeAtlanta Headshot Photographer Eric BernCandace Ashfords WebsiteLuci Dumas’s WebsiteGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Today’s guest is Rob Tannenbaum a New York City Headshot and Corporate Event Photographer. A master photographer with more than 15 years of professional shooting experience, today we are going to talk about the world of headshot photography and how you can get started In This Episode You'll Learn:How Rob got his start in PhotographyHow studying for his Masters in Communication helped Rob become the photographer he is todayWhere Rob struggled most to learn photography and how he overcame itWhat is a headshotWho gets headshots and what’s the point of a headshotHow many photos Rob takes and delivers from each sessionThe importance of micro-adjustments when posingHow to get started with lighting headshotsHow to take acceptable headshots even if you’re using entry-level gearSome signs of what makes an amateur headshotHow to price headshotsHow Rob handles retouchingHow other photographers complicate the processAnd what questions to ask your clients to get the best resultsGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Hope Taylor is a Charleston SC senior portrait photographer who has build quite a following with her signature look and client experience. Today I’m looking forward to talking about client experience, posing and attracting clients!In This Episode You'll Learn:What is Senior PhotographyHow hope got into photographing seniorsWhat Hope struggled with most behind the cameraPosing tips to help self-conscious teens feel comfortable and confidentHow to manage your fall schedule when everyone wants photosHow Hope delivers her photos to her clientsHow Hope makes her photos social ready to postWhat gear Hope brings to a sessionHow to market to seniorsHandling the Senior and Parent RelationshipHow to speak to a senior as an ideal clientAnd the Legalities of photographing and posing photos of minors onlineWhat to do if a client doesn’t tag you in their photos they upload.Resources:Charleston SC Senior Photographer Hope Taylor’s websiteGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Martin Moore is a commercial product photographer for KOSS Headphones from Milwaukee Wisconsin who after 20 years as a mechanic left his job to become a full-time staff photographer. Today we’re going to chat about leaving your job and following your passion.In This Episode You'll Learn:The unconventional start Martin got in photographyWhat it was about photography that got Martin so excited while working as a mechanicWhere Martin learned photographyHow Martin booked and shot his first weddingWhat about the technical side of photography is most challengingHow a commercial product photographer gets ready for a shootWhat its like working and shooting for a large companyHow much gear Martin uses and his most used piece of equipment during a shootWhat Matin heard being taught as gospel to beginners but in practice is’’t as importantPremium Members Also Learn:What you need to be valuable in today’s workforce as a photographerThe pros and cons of being a staff photographer vs a freelance photographerHow to get the attention of a company you want to work forWhy building a personal brand is so important even when working as an employeeResources:Martin Moore PhotographyMartin Moore on InstagramMartin Moore on YoutubeMartin Moore on TwitterGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

To be a photographer is to grow. Photography is as much a technical skill as it is a creative escape yet we fall hard in the trap of how much gear matters and how important certain aspects of photography are that we get lost and have a hard time finding out own path which leads to losing the creativity. Today I break down the 3 biggest lessons you need to learn in 2020 to grow as a photographer.Lesson 1: The Gear Does Not MatterWhen building the fundamentals it does not matter if you use a $25 camera or a $2500 camera. Your results will look the same. I would argue that the more you limit yourself when getting started the stronger the photographer you will be later on. You can see examples of my iPhone 3G camera photos below. Use what you have to Make more.Lesson 2: There Is No CompetitionCompetition seems everywhere. Coke v. Pepsi - AT&T v. Verizon - Ferrari v. Lamborghini. Sure each of these companies offer the same thing but they are all unique in the way they do it. There are a million other photographers out there, but some stand out, why? Because they are different, they don’t keep up with everyone else, they follow their passions and explore their creativity to create unique pieces. Don’t worry about others, do what feels right to you.Lesson 3: You Don’t Have To Be An Expert to StartAn expert is someone with the knowledge and know how to create something in just about any situation. That knowledge and know how comes from experience. You don’t gain experience unless you actually do something, practice. You have more access to gear with whats in your pocket than ANYONE just 20 years ago. Make what you have work to gain the experience and grow into the photographer you want to be. Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

2019 has been a fantastic year for the podcast. I learned a lot about photography through the interviews I had with photographers, and so did you!I took the top 10 most downloaded podcast interviews of 2019 and reached out to you the listeners for your biggest takeaways and shared them here in this 2019 wrap up episode.The top 10 most downloaded interviews of 2019, in numerical order, areValerie JardinNick ChurchAndy MumfordMark HemmingsSara BlancoMarc SilberChris OwensDan MilnorDave MazeHannah ChiaGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Congratulations on your new camera! You are about to embark on a long and fulfilling journey into the world of photography. You are full of hopes and momentum to start taking great photos and I am here to help you get there.But with all the buttons and dials on your camera, you may be feeling overwhelmed. So today I’m going to help you get started with your new camera!It all comes down to just 3 settings that will control every image you take.ISOApertureand Shutter Speed.Today I break down what each one does and how you can use them to get the photos you dream of taking! Resources:5 Essential Pieces of Photography Gear for Beginner PhotographersGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Setting goals can be a difficult task. Well, setting goals isn’t difficult but setting goals that stick is a difficult task. We know this because 83% of new years resolutions are broken by February. Therefore the problem to solve is how to set BETTER goals. Today I share my 9 steps process for setting photography goals that stick.Step 1: Realize you need to make a changeYou can only make change when you WANT to change.Step 2: Figure out WHERE you need to make a changeAsk yourself “What feels broken” “What do I need help with” because where you feel the most pain you can make the most growth.Step 3: Set More Epic GoalsDon’t set goals too crazy or too simple. “Book 60 weddings” when you have never shot a wedding is crazy. “Learn Photography” it too simple. Create a goal thats in between.Step 4: Write down your goals and make it seenWhen you physically write out your goals on paper you’re 43% more likely to achieve them. When you post them somewhere you see them every day you increase that chance exponentially. My goals are posted above my computer.Step 5: Make Baby stepsMake baby steps that it will take to achieve your goals to keep the momentum going.Step 6: Make a challenge out of itWhen you turn your goals into a game you’re more likely to keep up with the baby steps. Write them down on a calendar and mark them off every day.Step 7: Check in with your goalsSet a date on your calendar quarterly to check in with your goals, re assess, and plan for the next quarter for new goals.Step 8: Hang out with people who are also moving forward“You are the sum of the 5 people closest to you” When you spend more time with photographers doing great things, you will elevate your skills and desire to do great things. Nowhere is that more important than when you go from hobby photographer to making money with your camera. Surrounding yourself a group of others dedicated to growing their business and making money is the key to quick growth.Become a premium member and get access to the premium members facebook group to surround yourself with like-minded hungry photographers! Step 9: Simulate what your life would look like after you hit your goalsAchieving your goals both planning and motivation. Picturing your life after you achieve your goals will give you the motivation you need to keep going!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Today is the state of the podcast address. I share how the podcast grew in 2019 and some of the biggest takeaways for new photographers.Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Throughout all of 2019 I ended every episode with a reminder to focus on yourself. A Reminder that we are all artists and in a world of youtube videos telling what camera gear to buy, blogs showing exactly where our lights should be places, and facebook posts telling us why we are doing it all wrong, that sometimes we need to step back and do what WE want to do. Explore what we want to explore. Today I chat with 3 members of the Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook group who I personally saw substantial growth in their work in 2020. I want to know what they did and how they focused on themselves to grow their skills. Special shoutout to Kimberly, Saul, and Jim for sharing with you all.Become a premium member by December 18th and get your first month for free!Click Here to Learn more about the premium membershipGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Chris Orwig is a Portrait photographer from sunny southern California. He is known for his ability to create portraits that are truly authentic and captivating. Today I’m excited to dive in and find out more about the process of capturing the human essence in a single frame.In This Episode You'll Learn:How a car accident got Chris into photographyThe hardest part of photography and the technical side for Chris to learnWhat a portrait photographer doesHow to get great portraitsWhat is the goal of every image Chris takesHow much preparation goes into each shootHow much posing Chris doesA common misconception Chris hears being taught to new portrait photographersWhat an amateur portrait looks likeThe one thing you need to focus on in 2020 to take better portraitsPremium Members Also Learn:How Chris booked his first client and how it wentHow Chris communicates value more than just the ole 15 mins and 4 imagesHow important printed products are for Chris’s photography businessResources:Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Dima Sytnik is the Cheif Technical officer of Skylum, the company behind the photo editing software Luminar. With their newest release Luminar 4 they promise to save you time when editing by using AI to assist in the most mundane parts of the editing process.Click Here To Learn How AI Can Speed Up Your Editing Workflow and Order Now!Use Code “BPP” for $10 OFF Your Order of Luminar 4!In This Episode You'll Learn:How Skylum got started in photographyHow AI can speed up our editingThe privacy concerns with AI and how Skylum solved themWhy Luminar 4 is different than any other photo editorHow AI Sky replacement worksMost common issues photographers face when retouching portraits and how Luminar 4 solves themWho Luminar 4 is perfect forResources:Learn More About Luminar 4 HERE Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Misha Wynn is a luxury wedding photographer from Dallas Texas who today talks about how to be the best second shooter you can be!In This Episode You'll Learn:What is a second shooter in photographyWhy become a second shooterThe roll a second shooter plays with the main photographerThe biggest challenges finding a second shooterDo second photographers edit their own photosThe difference between a good second shooter and a great second shooterA misconception people have about being a second photographerWhat do you pay a second shooterHow to get your first opportunity second shootingHow to know when you can financially afford a second shooterHow to protect yourself legally when hiring a second shooterResources:Misha Wynns websiteMisha Wynn on FacebookMisha Wynn on InstagramGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

A business model is a conceptual structure that supports the viability of a product or company and explains how the company operates, makes money, and how it intends to achieve its goals.Choosing the right business model is more important than you could know for creating a photography business that can support you and your family financially and live a life with less stress and overwhelm.The two business models that are at polar opposites of each other areShoot and BurnBoutiqueEverything else falls in between these two.Shoot and burn photography is focused more on high volume at lower prices. As a shoot and burn photographer, you are simply selling your time.Boutique photography is client focused shooting less volume but at higher prices. As a boutique photographer, you are selling your art and vision.In this episode, I go more in-depth on the two different business models and share how you can eliminate all competition. Resources:Picture Perfect Pricing LIVE Workshop - November 14th 6pm EST. https://learn.beginnerphotographypodcast.com/p/picture-perfect-pricing-live-workshopGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

  Gavin Wade is a wedding photographer from Orange county whos clients can not stop singing his name. You have to see the length of the reviews his clients leave about his photos. Gavin is also the founder of CloudSpot the Client photo gallery and delivery system that has quickly won over my heart. Today we are going to be talking about how to deliver a world-class client experience with your photography!In This Episode You'll Learn:How Gavin started his wedding photography businessWhy Gavin loves shooting weddingsHow many weddings Gavin has shotThe simple thing many new photographers overlook that is costing them successThe importance of focusing on the client experienceHow to ensure your photos are unique and personal for each clientGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Vincent Pugliese is a photographer and business coach with more than 25 years of photography experience with both Sports and Weddings. He has built his business without spending any money on advertising or facebook ads. He shares how he did it with the only marketing strategy you’ll ever need to be successful.  In This Episode You'll Learn:How Vinny got the opportunity to photograph the Stanley Cup ChampionshipWhat makes building a personal network better than running facebook adsWhy there is so much push back on in person networkingThe simplest way to so appreciation to someone who has given you valuePremium Members Also Learn:How Vinny moved to a new state and booked a high ticket wedding the first day they movedHow to build relationships with venuesand a step by step process for who to reach out to and what to say when growing your personal networkResources:Download Vinny’s free audiobook “Freelance to Freedom”Vinny’s podcast “Total Life Freedom”Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Shooting Film has always been seen as the purists’ form of photography. All mechanical and get it right in camera. Today with digital photography film is seen as the ultimate test of your abilities as a photographer. If you can shoot film you are great at photography. Today I talk about the stigma that shooting film has and whether or not shooting film is right for you!\n","url":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4WyFKx-yW1Y","resolvedBy":"youtube","floatDir":null,"thumbnail_width":480,"authorName":"Willem Verbeeck","version":"1.0","title":"How I Develop Color Film at Home","resolved":true,"type":"video","thumbnail_height":360,"providerName":"YouTube","description":"In this video I show you how to develop color negative film at home. This is the easiest way to develop film. This process is very simple and it works well with 35mm or medium format film. This is the cheapest way to shoot film by far.","providerUrl":"https://www.youtube.com/"}" data-block-type="22"> Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Social media overwhelm is real. And after Kimberly in the Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook group asked of its importance I knew this topic had to be talked about. So today I share how you can be successful as a photographer without social media and tips on how you can simply remove the overwhelm of using social media to promote your photography.Resources:6 Step Photography Business Plan Canon drops photographer for lack of followersHootsuitePlanolyDan Milnor InterviewBeginner Photography Podcast Facebook GroupGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

With the launch of my course Auto to Amazing students got access to several live Q&A sessions with well respected and successful photographers where they could ask specific questions they had about getting started in photography. This is a mega interview with Photographers Nick Church, Matt Payne, and Andrew Hellmich.Resources:Nick Church PhotographyMatt Payne Photography F Stop Collaborate and Listen PodcastAndrew Hellmich - Impact ImagesAndrew Hellmich PhotoBizX PodcastOnline Photography Course for Beginners - Auto to AmazingGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Emma O'Brien has been a portrait and pup photographer (as in dogs) for more than a decade. Her series "The Black Series" gained her international attention and raised awareness for shelter animals that I cant wait to talk about.In This Episode You'll Learn:How Emma got into photographyWhat came first people or petsWhy Emma left wedding photographyWhat was Emma’s main source of photography eductionThe hardest part about photography to learnWhere Emma got the idea for The Black SeriesWhen Emma first got involved with shelter animal photographyHow Emma keeps her subjects still and focusesHow to add emotion and story to your photos of petsCommonly bad info Emma hears being taught to new photographersHow to make money photographing petsHow to convince pet owners to the worth of pet photographyGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Hannah Chia is a vegan food blogger from Portland Oregon. She photographs her recipes and then shares the delectable looking images for the world to see. Today I am excited to chat about the impact learning photography has had on her success.In This Episode You'll Learn:How Hannah got her start in photographyThe hardest part about photography for Hannah to learnWhy Hannah upgraded from her cell phone to a DSLR to photograph her foodWhat is food stylingHow to start food stylingThe importance of dishwareHow Hannah takes flat lay photosThe camera gear Hannah uses to photograph foodThe importance of lighting foodHow Hannah was able to keep her look consistent after moving across the countryHow many photos Hannah takes per recipeHow to achieve a photography styleSigns of an amateur food stylist and photographerResources:Vegan Food Recipe Blog Hannah Chia’s WebsiteHannah Chia on InstagramGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Dave Maze is a professional camera gear reviewer for Kinotika and host of the Polar Pro Golden Hour Podcast. It is his job to tell you the good, the bad, and the ugly of the new cameras on the market so you can make better-informed buying decisions! Because lets face it, camera gear is not cheap. Today Dave and I talk in depth about camera gear and how to make the right decision for you! Click for a Full List of Photography TermsIn This Episode You'll Learn:How Dave learned camera exposureThe hardest part about photography for Dave to learnWhy Dave started reviewing gearHow Dave decides what to focus on with his gear reviewDaves takes on full frame vs crop sensor cameraThe difference between a $5000 camera vs a $500 camera and who needs whatWhat piece of gear Dave never usesCommon bad info Dave hears being taught to new photographersDaves take on the best travel cameraHow many megapixels Dave thinks is too muchDaves take on using two different camera manufacturersThe importance of ND filters and Polarizer filtersResources:PolarPro Golden Hour PodcastPolarProKinotika Camera Gear ReviewsDave Maze Website Best Cameras Under $500Canon M50Canon 90DSony a6000Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Nur Tucker, an underwater photographer with decades of experience whos work has to be seen to be believed! Today I am excited to to chat about some of the challenges that shooting underwater presents!In This Episode You'll Learn:How Nur got into photographyWhat drew Nur to underwarter photographyWhat came first, Nurs love of photography or divingSome Safety concerns photographers need to worry about while underwaterHow Nur plans to photograph sea life like sea lions, clown fish, and turtles.How much preparation is involved to bring a camera underwaterNurs most used piece of gearThe underwater camera housing Nur uses to photograph underwaterHow to plan for your shot when you cant change lensesHow much creativity Nur has with all the constraints of being underwaterWhat you need to know to get started shooting underwaterResources:Underwater wildlife photographer Nur Tucker’s websiteNur Tucker on InstagramNur Tucker on Facebook Free Ebook! Picture Perfect Camera Settings Sign up to download! Send me the ebook!We respect your privacy. Unsubscribe at anytime.Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Photography can be a rewarding and fulfilling hobby. But it can be difficult to find time to shoot when you have a full plate with a family and full time job. Today I share 7 steps that will help you regain lost time so you can get out and spend more time shooting and practicing photography!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Daniel Milnor is a self proclaimed creative evangelist, disinclined to social media, film shooter his work can be found in the Los Angeles museum of art, and the George Eastman house. Today we talk all finding and telling the best story.In This Episode You'll Learn:How Daniel got started with photographyWhy Daniel went to college to learn photographyWhat Daniel hoped to learn by going to collegeIf Daniel thinks college is still relevant for photographersWhat Daniel has to capture to consider a shoot a successHow much of Dan’s stories are planned outHow Daniel goes about planning a trip and story to captureHow shooting film has made Daniel more connected to his workWhy Daniel swears off social mediaHow not being on social media has effected his workWhat Daniel feels is the best way to share his work if it’s not on social mediaResources:Daniel Milnor’s websiteblurb.comGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Aaron Nace is the host of Phlearn the educational website and amazing youtube channel focused on photography and post production with Lightroom and Photoshop Tutorials. In this interview we talk all about editing with all the options available for mobile!In This Episode You'll Learn:How Aaron got started in Photography and Photoshop TutorialsWhat a post production artist does and why Aaron considers himself equally a photographerThe difference between lightroom and photoshopWhy you should be editing on mobileWhat apps to use to edit photos on your phoneThe downsides of editing on mobile in 2019What you should do to your boring photos before uploading them to facebookand How to know when youre done editingPremium Members Also Learn:How new working photographers can improve their workflowHow to use mobile editing to your advantage with clientsThe best way to manage client expectationsHow to find the balance between perfection and progress to not waste timeResources:Learn Lightroom and Photoshop Tutorials with PHLEARNGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Chris Owens is the manager of photo operations at the Indianapolis motor speedway, home of the Indy 500. Today Chris talks about the logistics of how to cover such a large event.In This Episode You'll Learn:How Chris got his start in photographyWhat an indy car photographer does and the job title of photography manager of the indianapolis motor speedwayWhat Chris shoots monday through friday when there is no raceHow persistence paid off when trying to get hired as a race car photographerHow far in advance the photography team has to prepare for the Indianapolis 500Logistically how to photography an event as large as the Indianapolis 500How many photographers are on Chris’s staff and how they keep in contactHow to creatively photography race carsHow to add story elements in photosHow many pictures are taken of the Indianapolis 500What happens to the photos once the race is overThe one piece of advice Chris would give to any new race car photographerResources:Indianapolis 500 Photographer Chris Owens WebsiteChris Owens on InstagramLearn More about Indy CarGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In todays episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast I share how a rubix cube made me a better photographer and how you can take the lessons I learned and apply them to your own photography journey!Interested in enrolling in Auto to Amazing? Click the link below to enroll now!https://learn.beginnerphotographypodcast.com/p/auto-to-amazingHere are some of my bad photos that I thought just because I was shooting in manual, they had to be great. As you can see, they were far from great!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Marc Silber is a best selling author, photographer, filmmaker, and producer of the very popular Youtube series Advancing Your Photography, where he has interviewed scores of some of the biggest names in photography. He started out learning darkroom skills and the basics of photography at the legendary Peninsula School in Menlo Park, CA, in the '60s, and moved on to hone his skills to professional standards at the famed San Francisco Art Institute. Marc moved into teaching photography in workshops all over the country, he became renowned as an engaging and helpful speaker and coach, as his greatest joy comes from helping others. He loves adventure and you'll find him out backpacking surfing or snowboarding, or maybe just chilling, taking a walk through Carmel with his wife and Golden Retriever. Enrollment is open for Auto to Amazing until July 31st! Click here to learn more! In This Episode You'll Learn:How Marc got started in photographyWhere Marc got the idea for his new book CreateWhat surprised Marc most when interviewing non photographers about creativityCommon misconceptions people have about creativity and where it comes fromKey tools Marc learned from seriously talented peopleSimple ways we can increase our creativityWhen a piece stops being a photograph and becomes artThe most actionable takeaway Marc has for photographers who read his book.Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

GFWilliams is an automotive photographer from Great Britain. He has been ranked as one of the top supercar automotive photographers to follow online, take one look at his work and it’s clear to see why.In This Episode You'll Learn:How George got his start in photographyThe hardest part about photography to learnThe job description of an automotive photographerHow to create a story in your image when your subject has no faceHow much planning is involved in an automotive shootThe importance of light and artificial light The biggest mistakes new automotive photographers make Who hires Automotive photographersHow to book your first magazine shootSelling your photos vs licensing and how George is changing the industryWhat kind of gear you need to be taken seriously as a professionalResources:Supercar Automotive Photographer GFWilliams websiteGFWilliams on InstagramGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Emily Brunner is a Performance dance photographer from Philadelphia PA who says She loves dance photography because of the way it allows us to see the movement, the lines, and the power in a way that we cant with our own eyes. Today she talks about the 1 trait you need to master to be great at dance photography. In This Episode You'll Learn:When Emily got her first cameraHow she started shooting dance even though she didn’t dance when she was youngerWhat goes into creating dance photographyThe different types of performance dance photographyHow much posing and directing the photographer doesHow important focal length is to dance photographyA simple trick that will make the dancer look better immediatelyHow to choose which lens to use when photographing dance photographyThe best way to photograph a dance performanceSigns of an amateur dance photographerA common misconception people have about dance photographyHow Emily booked her first dance clientWho hires the dance photographerThe best way to sell photos online to parentsEmilys advice on how much products to offer when starting outResources:Dance Photographer Emily Brunner’s websiteEmily Bruner on FacebookEmily Bruner on InstagramGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Kevin Mullins is a London Documentary wedding photographer in the truest form. Kevin has an incredible ability to capture rich stories in a single frame with next to no interaction. Today we clear up some misconceptions about what it means to be a documentary wedding photographer and some of the challenges he has to face.In This Episode You'll Learn:How an article in a magazine convinced Kevin to leave his IT job to start shooting weddingsDocumentary wedding photographers that inspired KevinThe definition of documentary wedding photography and why most people get it wrongHow Kevin interacts with his couples to best prepare them for the wedding dayHow to tell a story with documentary wedding photographyA comon misconception of documentary wedding photographyHow much posed photos Kevin does at a wedding and his philosophy on group photos.Why Kevin does not use artificial light in low lightHow to convey the power of documentary photography in a world of bright airy popularityHow to tell the story of a wedding through the wedding albumHow Kevin builds his documentary wedding photography packagesResources:London Documentary wedding photographer Kevin Mullins websiteKevin Mullins on InstagramGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Now more than ever it is hard to stand out as a photographer. Anyone can create amazing photos with the phone in their pocket. So how to you stand out and become the photographer you are meant to be?Know that gear does not matter. Like I said earlier incredible photos can be taken with a telephone. You need to have an understanding of the most basic elements in photography before you can move on and start your journey to stand out.Learn about my mini course “Conquer Your Camera” herehttps://learn.beginnerphotographypodcast.com/p/conquer-your-camera Once you understand the basic elements of photography you can move on to taking the steps to stand out.Step 1: Develop your StyleYou do not pick your style, your style picks you. It can not be created just refined by taking thousands and thousands of photos.Step 2: Focus on ONE THINGDon’t be a jack of all trades. Focus on one thing and go deep. Don’t be a portrait photographer, be a lifestyle portrait photographer for families with multiple foster children over 7 years old. Don’t worry about the clients you are cutting out. McDonalds is the most profitable resturant in the world and is not worries about those people who want tacos.Step 3: Charge MoreIf budget was not an issue would you rather hire a $500 wedding photographer or a $5000 wedding photographer? Chances are you would choose the $5000 wedding photographer because even though you have not seen their photos, they must be better to charge that much money. It is all perceived value.Step 4: Care about PeopleGo 1 on 1 as often as possible. You could pay to have an ad shown to 2000 people to hire you and 1 might book. But if you were in a room with 100 potential clients and you talked to them individually I bet 5 would book you. Take the time to understand people and they will feel valued and want to help you and share you with their friends. All of this takes time. I know I still need to work on caring for people better. But all of this is not possible if you don’t know the essentials of photography.Chances are you can not implement all of this tomorrow because you don’t know who you are as an artist, as a business owner if thats where you want to go, or how you want to make the world a better place.If you have ever been on a shoot and it just wasn’t working and you didn’t know how to fix it, you need to be working on that first. Thats step 1. Because if you still get lost just trying to make sure your photo isn’t way too bright or too dark then developing your style can not be your priority.That exact reason is why I have created a mini course called Conquer your Camera. I dont want you to feel stuck when shooting, I want to give you a helping hand so this is not your average mini course.In Conquer your Camera I go over the essentials you need to know before moving ahead to the next step.In Conquer Your Camera you will learn about the 3 most important elements in photographyWhat is exposure and how its controlledGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Jessica Rae is a Vancouver boudoir photographer. Take one look at her website and you will see she has an incredible ability to create soul and tell a powerful story through the images she takes. Today we chat about how shes and creates such beautiful images.In This Episode You'll Learn:How Jessica got started in photographyChallenges she faced when learning photographyJessicas main source of photography educationHow Jessica got into Boudoir PhotographyWhat Boudoir photography isHow to get intimate lighting when shooting boudoir to add mysteryWhat it means to be a Believer in the power of VulnerabilityWeather or not you need a studio to shoot boudoirHow to approach someone to do boudoir when you’re building your portfolioHow to make clients comfortable when in a venerable state of being partially clothed in front of a strangers cameraHow to book more clients when its hard to share images on social mediaResources:Vancouver Boudoir Photographer Jessica Rae’s websiteJessica Rae on InstagramJessica Rae on FacebookGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Steve Brokaw is an Indianapolis Fashion Photographer with more than a decade of experience. Today he breaks down the different types of fashion photography and how to break into the business when just getting started.In This Episode You'll Learn:What drives Steve to shoot fashionWhy fashion photography is not always about hard lines and angry looking modelsThe different types of fashion photographyThe job description of a fashion photographerHow many people are involved in a fashion shootHow much styling is needed to shoot fashionWho is responsible to find and hire modelsThat is is possible to be successful in fashion even if you dont live in Los Angeles of New YorkStep by Step guide to breaking in to fashion photographyHow to book paying fashion shootsWho your client is as a fashion photographerHow to make money as a fashion photographerResources:Indianapolis Model Photographer Steve Brokaw’s websiteSteve Brokaw on TwitterSteve Brokaw on InstagramSteve Brokaw on FacebookGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Todays guest is Michael Sasser. Southern Californias premier boudoir photographer. As you might have guessed he is also a male. Today I'm excited to talk about how he built an incredibly strong boudoir brand while facing the challenged of being a male in a predominantly female industry! In This Episode You'll Learn:When Michael got started in photographySome challenges Michael faced learning photographyWhy Michael got into boudoirWhat is the goal of a successful boudoir shootThe challenges Michael faces being a male photographer shooting boudoirSome of the terminology MichaelHow to make images that are tasteful and dont get weird and trashy2-3 actionable posing tips new photographers can createHow to capture women of all sizes beautifully and how to make them comfortablePremium Members Also Learn:Where to shoot and weather or not you need a studio spaceHow Michael booked his first boudoir shoot and how it wentWhat most clients buy from MichaelResources:Southern California Boudoir Photographer Michael Sasser’s WebsiteFollow Michael Sasser’s on Youtube for Boudoir Photography Tips and EducationMichael Sasser on InstagramGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Todays guest is Sara Blanco, a family lifestyle photographer in San Antonio, TX using natural light to capture those little moments that mean everything to you. Her website says "I wake up every day excited to meet new people and create images they will carry for the rest of their lives." Today I am excited to talk about creating more personal family photography!In This Episode You'll Learn:How Sara got her start in Photography despite not being drawn to it from an early ageHow Sara learned photographyWhat was most challenging for Sara to learn about photographyThe important roll Light played in Saras photographyHow Sara creates interactions with the families she photographsSaras editing workflowreoccurring challenges she faces when shooting and how she handles themand bad info that commonly told to new photographersHow to know what to charge what youre worthWhy so many photographers are not booking sessions and loosing out on moneyHow Sara handles prints with her packagesResources:San Antonio Family Photographers Sara Blanco’s WebsiteSara Blanco on InstagramSara Blanco on FacebookGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Today I take on your photography questions! Earlier this week I went live in the Beginner Photography Podcast facebook group where I answer group questions!In This Episode You'll Learn:How to get from where you are, to where you want to be in photographyHow to get Lightroom PresetsDo you really need a full frame camera to be competitiveAre there any lightroom competitors that don’t have a monthly feeWeather it’s better to use your cameras viewfinder or LCD screenHow to get started shooting weddings in a new cityWhen you should use Hard lightDo you need an external flash or notHow to use Flash CorrectlyHow to keep photos looking consistent in different lightingWhy your landscape photos might be fuzzyHow to run a photography businessHow to not kill your love of photographyWhat focusing mode to use and whenHow to know when your photos are good enoughWeather I use Photoshop or Lightroom moreDo the number of focus points really matterHow to get better at compositionsHow to take great photos indoors without off camera flashWhat settings to start off ever photo sessionHow to properly size your photos to send to clientsResources:Our Lightroom PresetsLightroom alternativesLearn Flash in a Flash online courseGuide to compositionBPP 50: Vincent Pugliese - How to Become a Super Bowl PhotographerYoungnuo YN560 IV Flash for Canon, Nikon, Sony, FujiGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

A lot of you are taking snapshots, thinking they are photographs.Today we are going to break down the difference between them and I’ll share some actionable tips on how you can take less snapshots, and more photographs.Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

The sad truth is, a camera is just a computer that does not know what it’s photographing or how you want to photography a scene. So when left in Auto mode a camera will just make average decisions and will strip you of all creative intention.I willing to bet you did not invest in a camera to just take average photos that do not stand out. I am guessing you want to take photos that are both unique and valuable to you and the viewer.So today I share what you can’t do in Auto mode to help give you the push to shooting in Manual.Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Over the past 3 years of hosting the beginner photography podcast, I have not only had the chance to talk to some of the worlds best photographers but also talk to countless listeners. Almost immediately I started getting emails, questions. Then I started the Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook group 2 years ago and the number of questions of new photographers has exploded.In that time I have come to see the 5 Mistakes New Photographers Make.Today I share them with you and share how to avoid them.1: New photographers think gear will make their photos better2: New photographers do a lot of heavy editing3: New photographers try to grow too quick without knowing the fundamentals4: New photographers want to start to business before they are ready5: New photographers do not give photography enough time https://www.beginnerphotographypodcast.com/podcast/145Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Jeff Brown was a photographer in the Royal Navy for 10 years before setting out on his own to start 5 successful photography business. Today Im excited to talk about some of the challenges he faced as a photographer in the service and how it prepared him in becoming a professional photographer. Jeff is the author of the book The Photographers Missing Link-ed In helping photographers make connections and book gigs through linked in. In This Episode You'll Learn:How Jeff got his start in photographyThe rigorous process to become a Royal Navy PhotographerWhat the day of a Royal Navy Photographer looks likeHow Jeff ensures he can capture beautiful portraits of heads of state quicklyHow to know if your work is good enough to start chargingA difficult situation Jeff had to go through in his photography businessHow Jeff went on to start 5 successful photography businessThe most challenging aspect of running multiple brandsWhat makes Linked in a great place for photographersWhat to do after you set up a linked in pageResources:Jeff Brown’s websiteJeff on Linked InJeff Brown on YoutubeJeff Brown on FacebookJeff’s Photography Business WebsiteGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Roie Galitz is an award winning wildlife and conservation photographer who's life mission is to shoot photos that speak for those who can not speak for themselves. Having shot endangered animals on all 7 continents, Im so excited to talk about how we can make a difference in the world with our cameras. In This Episode You'll Learn:What is the job description of a Wildlife and Conservation PhotographerHow Roie love of photography lead him to natureWhy Roie says learning the technical side of photography is the easiest part to learnWhy you don’t need to be “creative” to be a successful photographerHow to prepare for the unpredictable nature or wildlifeHow are Roie makes bookingsHow Roie has seen his photography impact the worldRecommendations for new photographers getting into wildlife and conservation photographyWhat kind of gear you need to get started with wildlife photographyWhat you need to know before you go out and photograph wild animalsThe importance of having goals Resources:Wildlife and Conservation Photographer Roie Galitz WebsiteRoie Galitz on InstagramGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

This week I share a story of what happened this week in the Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook Group of when Kimberly shared what happened when she asked a friend and fellow photography educator for some feedback on her work and got a less than favorable response.Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Todays guest is Mark Hemmings. A professional travel photographer and educator who in the next 12 months is scheduled to visit 5 different continents. Today I’m excited to chat and find out how we can take better photos of our own travels! In This Episode You'll Learn:How Mark got his unconventional start in photographyWhen Marks love of photography and travel mergedHow to best prepare your camera gear for a trip you are excited forHow to avoid taking boring travel photosHow much gear you should bring with you on a tripTips to add more mood, feeling, and culture to your travel photographyMarks mobile editing workflow and how he travels and edits photos without a computerWays to best share your photos after editing themMarks favorite location in the world to travel for photographyResources:Travel Photographer Mark Hemming’s websiteMark Hemming’s InstagramMark Hemming’s FacebookLook at the contrast how much is hidden in the shadowsGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Co Hodges is the founder and one of the lead educators at the unraveled academy. A photography school and community that nurtures you as an artist. Today we are talking about building an engaged instagram following!In This Episode You'll Learn:How Co got into photographyWhy Co started using Instagram lateWhat made Co fall in love with instagramWhat Co attributes her success on instagram to, and how you can tooWhat kind of photos we should be uploadingWhy instagram captions dont have to be scaryThe best way to grow your instagram from scratchWhat is instagram engagement and how to use itGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Ashley Marston is a birth and family photographer from British Columbia Canada. Professionally her work has received notable awards from the international association of professional birth photographers and personally, her work has been recognized by national geographic. In this interview, we talk about shooting professionally and personally.  In This Episode You'll Learn:What drew Ashley into photographyThe difficulties she faced when learning to use a cameraHow she got 2 of her photos chosen by national geographic as photos of the yearThe power of doing a 365 projectHow Ashley makes time for a project 365The difference between a lifestyle photographer and documentary photographerWhen each would be appropriateWhat excited Ashley about birth photographyWhat is a day in the life family session and whats the goaAshleys thought on the creative processHow Ashley puts herself in a creative mindsetHow Ashley booked her first birth clientThe best way to attract clients interested in birth photographyThe biggest objections she faces and how to overcome themWhat Ashley suggestions new photographers do to break into birth, with no experienceResources:Ashley Marston’s websiteAshley Marston’s FacebookAshley Marston’s InstagramGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

What if I told you, your camera is a waste of money, and spending more money on a better camera will never make you a better photographer?Well it is all true and today I’m going to prove it to you.Let’s talk about your camera, your baby. The thing that will unlock doors for you. Lets you explore your creativity, bring smiles to the faces of so many. The thing you treat like a baby. So precious you must protect it.Yet at the same time... you want to get rid of it. You would throw your camera away in a HEARTBEAT if it meant you could upgrade to a flagship professional grade camera body.Why you ask?Oh man, where to start, Its full frame, it can shoot 15fps, max shutter speed of 1/8000th (think of all the humming bird shots you could take!) its weather proof, can survive a bomb explosion, and will SURELY elevate you as a better photographer!That sounds incredible.However it is completely false.A new fancy camera will not improve your photos. It will not win you any awards. No one will come throwing money at you because of the camera you own. Why? No one cares but you. Why? Because the camera does not influence a photo as much as the person holding the camera does.Plain and simple.A professional camera does have its advantages sure. The rugged body, faster autofocus, and larger sensor. But which of those will make your photo stand out? None.Every camera ever has used just 3 settings to expose an image.Aperture, which is in the lens and not the camera.ISO which is the cameras sensitivity to lightAnd Shutter speed.The cameras sensitivity to light or ISO is determined by the cameras sensor. With the speed at which technology advances, $500 entry level cameras have the same ISO performance as $5000 flagship cameras did just a few short years ago. Where we are at right now, flagship cameras can pretty much shoot in the dark, which is awesome... but its not that practical. You would never really want to use a photo that you shot in the dark.I still get the allure. When I was shooting with a 8mp canon XT I lusted after the 5dmk2. Now I would rather have a new entry level camera rather than a 5dmk2. And you know what, an entry level camera today STILL cost less than a used 5dmk2.So what does that mean? It means you are lucky. You are fortunate to live in a time where it is cheaper and easier than ever to take amazing photographs.Now I know what you’re saying. If its easier than ever to take amazing photographs, how come my camera does not take amazing photographs?Its because YOU dont take amazing photographs.Now that was not a personal attack and I’m sure it was an incredibly hard pill to swallow.What I mean by that is simply that while the camera has some effect on the final image it is YOU who tells the camera how to take a photo. And if you dont know how a camera sees light, and you don’t which setting to change to get the photo you want, and you look at the photos you have taken on the computer wonder why they dont look like the photos you see online or in magazines, then the problem is you and not the camera.If you don’t believe me, rent your dreamGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Andy Mumford is a landscape photographer based in Lisbon Portugal. He is also an author, and posts his adventures on his youtube channel where he shares extremely helpful tips to becoming a better landscape photographer. He is also the latest in an ever growing list of Fuji Ambassadors to join the podcast.In This Episode You'll Learn:How Andy got started in photographyThe most difficult element of photography for Andy to learnWhat Andy looks for technically in a great landscape photoHow Andy learned landscape photographyWhy Landscape photography is importantHow to get started in landscape photographyA personal story of the importance of failureThe Importance of having an instagram followingHow Andy grew his instagram following organicallyIf knowing an image will be sold does it affect how it is shotWorking and selling photos through stock sitesHow to get started selling prints and what to chargeResources:Andy Mumford’s websiteAndy Mumford YoutubeAndy Mumford InstagramGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Todays guest is Nick Church. A UK based Bristol wedding photographer who until 2014 had never picked up a camera. 24 months later he had left his full time job as photography had replaced his income. Today I'm excited to talk about how Nick did it so quick!In This Episode You'll Learn:When was the first time Nick picked up a cameraHow Nick booked his weddingHow Nick handled shooting 40 weddings a year with his full time jobThe hardest part of photography for Nick to learnA common misconception people think about going full timeWhat Nick would do differently if he had to do it all over againBad info Nick hears being taught to new photographersAn embarrassing moment Nick had at a weddingHow to know when do go full timeWhy most photographers struggle to get bookingsNick’s Facebook ad strategy that you can implement right awaySome tools Nick uses in his photography business to keep him organizedResources:Nick Church’s WebsiteNick Church’s FacebookNick Churches InstagramGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Todays guest is Rachel Brenke, a licensed attorney in Virginia and Texas focusing on small business law including contracts, business formation and intellectual property such as copyright and trademarks. She is also the face behind The Law Tog which is the only dedicated legal resource for photographers. I can not wait to get into todays interview With Rachel BrenkeIn This Episode You'll Learn:How Rachel got started with Law and photographyWhat is a photography contractWhere to get a free portrait photography contractWhen do you need to an LLCDo children need to sign a model releaseWhat needs to be on a photography contract for minorsCurrent laws about shooting street photography and selling photosWhen is it legal to start charging moneyWhen does photography change from a hobby to a businessThe most common legal issues photographers faceHow to make a photography contractWhat a wedding photography contract should includeWhy a photography contract and model release should be two separate documentsThe benefits of being a legal entityWhat to do if someone steals the photos off your websiteWho needs to sign a wedding contract if parents payCan you cancel your contract if are in unsafe working conditionsResources:The Law Tog Website.Download the free portrait photography contractGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Dealing with imposters syndrome is no joke. It can hold you back for years. But how do you know if you are dealing with Imposter syndrome or just a case of beginners nerves? In todays episode you will find out!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Today's guest is Valerie Jardin. World Renowned Street photographer with more than 20 years of experience. A born artist, her bio says "while other kids had posters of rockstars on their walls, I had framed photos from my favorite photographers" She is also the host of the popular "Hit The Streets" Podcast, Today I'm excited to find out what those 20 years have taught her about shooting the streets.In This Episode You'll Learn:How Valerie got her start in Street photographyWhy Street photography is Black and WhiteThe hardest aspect of street photography to learnWhat the job of a street photographer isWhy shoot street photographyHow to study and learn street photographythe must have gear for street photographersIs Street photography legalThe most important piece of gear a street photographer can haveWhat lens for street photographyWhen to call it quits at a locationHow to build photographic intentHow to market street photographyHow to sell street photographyHow to make money with street photographyResources:Valerie Jardin’s WebsiteValerie Jardin on FacebookValerie Jardin on InstagramGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Todays return guest is Corey Potter. The Best SEO Specialist for Photographers. Focusing on helping photographers understand search engine optimization and proving an incredible amount of help Corey is here to day to talk about mistakes photographer make when blogging and expert SEO tips for your photography website.In This Episode You'll Learn:Which photography website builder to use and whyWhy have a photography websiteWhy blogging is so importantWhat to blog if you don’t have any recent shootsWhat is cornerstone content and why it is critical to googleWhat google wants to see from a photography websiteWhat to put on a photography websiteThe hardest thing for beginners to understand about SEOHow to SEO Photography WebsiteHow to promote your photography websiteHow often to blogWhy blogging frequently could be bad for your google rankingWhat to do with your content after you hit publishHow to use Keyword Research to discover what topics to talk aboutThe one blog every photographer needs to have on their websiteResources:Corey’s Photography SEO Services Website, Fuel Your PhotosFuel Your Photos Facebook GroupGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Todays Guest is Alison Winterroth. A Tampa Florida newborn, maternity, and family photographer. She’s a self-proclaimed Baby Whisperer who loves to photograph the newest and tiniest human to help preserve the hectic time of life having a child is. Today I'm excited to talk to her about getting started working with newborns! In This Episode You'll Learn:The hardest aspect of photography for Alison to learnWhat the job description of a newborn photographer isWhy Newborn photography is importantHow to convey the power of newborn photography to potential clientsHow Alison got her first clients and how it wentHow to practice newborn PhotographySigns of an amateur newborn photographerWhat gear you need for newborn photographyWhat lens to use for newborn photographyThe importance of knowing how to lightBad info thats commonly taught to new photographersWhat Alison would do differently if she had to start all over againHow to attract new newborn clients when the opportunity to photograph them is so shortWhen to take newborn photographyHow to start a newborn photography businessHow to know when is the right time to open a studioHow to keep business coming after you have opened a studioAlison's best tips for editing newborn skin in photosResources:Tampa Newborn Photographer Alison Winterroth’s WebsiteAlison Winterroth’s InstagramAlison Winterroth’s FacebookPortraiture plug inGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Todays guest is Chris Mar-quart. A photographer, author, and host of the Future of photography podcast. What better time to talk about the future of photography than the start of a new year? In This Episode You'll Learn:A brief history of photographyWhy we humans cant be happy with the camera technology we have todayWhat misconceptions people think about the future of photographyWhat specifications would be in the perfect camera for Chris MarquardtThe worst thing Chris hears being taught to new photographersThe best investment Chris has made in his photographyWhat advice Chris would give to himself if he was just starting outIs post production a thing of the pastWhat is the allure of photography and how technology pushes itWhat current technology will explode in popularity in the coming yearsWhy we will still need competent photographers in the futureResources:Chris Marquardt WebsiteThe Future of Photography PodcastChris Marquardt Photography booksChris Marquardt Photography ToursGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

For all of December I like to do these personal episode where I talk about things I learned throughout the year or things I think could help you in the new year and as usual I had a blast. But this is the last episode of 2018 so next week we will be back to our regularly scheduled interviews. Which I’m sure is welcome news to those sick of listening to my voice.The end of the year is a perfect time to reflect on the past year and look to the future. Last year I made a list of 5 way to jump start your photography in 2018. And although I called it a jumpstart, I felt like the tips were more foundational.Last year I suggested toShare your photosExperiment moreBe the dumbest person in the roomDon’t buy any new gearAnd print your photos. all this last year I think I did really well with this list.Share your photosThe idea here is that you’re a photographer, you should be taking and sharing photos. But I think I took less personal photos this year than most. I started using an app called 1 second a day which is short 1 second video clips which you can compile into a month long chunks and then year long videos too. I love it. But I realized too late that I really don’t have to put in a ton of effort making the videos great. I use it to document my kids and just hearing their voices from a year ago has been a crazy progression. I don’t have to worry too much about lighting and composition and making it an event to get the 1 second because then its kinda fake. I should spend that energy in 2019 to create more family photos.Experiment moreI did do a lot of experimenting this year. From video with a GoPro on top of my camera, to trying out new lighting techniques, and even with the core of my business. In this area I really excelled this year and will not be stopping in 2019Be the dumbest person in the roomAt the beginning of the year I was in a mastermind group with some other photographer and it was doing great things for my business and just having some support. It fell apart and through the chaos of the summer just kept myself busy. Once weddings slowed down I was asked to join a 1 day in person mastermind with business owners of other fields (fitness, automotive, real estate, copy editing) and I even though they didn’t have any knowledge of photography the had practical tips for my problems and I felt like I had some helpful tips for their problems. It really ignited an excitement in me and I will be putting more value to that in 2019.Don’t buy any new gearI aced this. I didn’t buy any new gear in 2019 except for like batteries or expendables. Pens, memory cards, I had to replace a flash. But no new cameras (well except a GoPro that I bought for our trip to Iceland which was so worth it). I really fell like I became much better acquainted with the abilities of my camera and lenses by being forced to stick with them. I wanted to upgrade to an xt3 but I didn’t. I wanted to get a 70-200 but I didn’t. I made what I had, work. My bank account thanked me too as I was able to bring home more money because of it.Print your photosI printed more photos. ThanksGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

The overarching theme this month is obviously winter. The extra time we have from not shooting out in 4 feet of snow. Now maybe you are out shooting in 4ft of snow. That’s awesome and you’re stronger than me for sure.But if you’re not shooting in 4ft of snow (like me) I don’t want you to get lazy or think that you cant do anything photography related for a whole season.If you have been listening for the past 2 weeks you will know that winter is an opportunity. And I want to help you take advantage of it!So I made a little list of things you should take care of this winter to better set yourself up for success this in 2019.1: Your Social MediaI know, I can hear the collective groans from you all.But it's not as in YOU HAVE TO DO IT to be a photographer. if photography is just a hobby and you don’t share your photos you don’t have to have a FB or instagram but there are a lot of photographers out there listening right now who use both, and they do it poorly. This tip is for them.I remember when I first made my FB and insta I didn’t post a lot. I thought I could I only post new content. I could never post the same photo twice. That’s just not the case. There are no instagram cops who will close your account if you post the same photo twice. Dont do it in a row of course but if you post the same photo once a month, no one will care as they will have forgot about it from the last time you posted it.Most photographers also forget that Social media is suppose to be social. It’s not an online classified ad. Too many photographers go on and just post sales and promotions.No one wants to ONLY be sold to. Make social media social. Tell the story of how you took a photo. Why you love shooting what you do. Ask questions. Have polls. A or B? That sort of stuff. Entertain your audience.Your photos don’t speak a thousand words and they don’t need to. People are so use to aimless scrolling, give them a reason to stop. Give them a reason to interact with your posts.the life of a photo is like 6 mins on instagram. You should be posting your work a minimum of once a day. “But I don’t have time for that!”I get it social is addicting and time consuming. I cant tell you how many times Ive needed to get on FB or Instagram to check something specific like an ad and then 20 mins later forgot why I was on there. That’s why I schedule out all of my social media. So that I don’t fall behind getting lost watching everyones stories and what not. And I can also strategically curate my brand through my captions.I use a program called Planoy which lets me schedule out my instagram posts for a whole month for free. It’s integral to sharing my message without getting too distracted and start scrolling. And if you have a Facebook business page you have the ability schedule your posts built it!2: OrganizationNext thing to work on is Organization. This can be so much more than just the photos on your computer which are everywhere and in random folders names "Untitled Folder 7" But lets talk about photos first.Use a dedicated hard drive just for work filesGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

I'm looking out my window right now and its snowing. It’s 27degrees. This isn’t prime time for weddings. The winter months offer a lot more time freedom for wedding photographers than the warm summer months. These winter months although you may not be shooting as much as you were when you could walk out the front door with your camera at a moments notice, can still prove to be a time of growth for the next year. I honestly love this time of year as a photographer. Too many times you go out to shoot with high expectations that this is going to be the day that you take the best shot of your life but quickly fall upon the same ole routine without even noticing you’re doing it. After a while, your photos start to feel stale and boring, and slowly you stagnate and lose that passion you once had for photography. Well luckily winter is here to help!Since we are inside for winter, we have the perfect opportunity for reflection. Reflect on the previous year. You should be using some sort of photo organizational tool. For some its Lightroom or apple photos or google photos, whatever you use to store and organize your photos take a day, a whole day to go through the photos you have taken over the year and try to find patterns. Maybe you framed things a certain way, maybe you like the moodiness of a good underexposed photo, maybe you stuck with a telephoto lens for most of the year.Once you recognize patterns you can easily make changes to achieve what you want. Look at your photo and try to figure out what worked. What photos do you love? Try to figure out why. look at some of your favorites from other photographers. Figure out why you love those photos. What could you do to close the gap between their photos and yours?What do you shoot? Do you shoot portraits? Family portraits? Focus on interacting with children. Look online for some family photographer groups and ask what works for them when connecting with kids or getting them to laugh.Wedding photographer? Maybe you’re happy with your posing but wish your reception shots were better, specifically the dancing photos, more specifically, getting focus in the near pitch black reception. Search youtube for tips and make a youtube watchlist.Narrow down what you want to work on so you know if you are getting better. If you just want to get better at "photography" it won't work.When you laser focus on what you want to get better at, it makes it easier to learn and practice.What are you going to focus on this winter? For me, last year I focused on adding more emotion in my photos by making sessions more fun, it worked, now this year I will continue my quest towards more emotive photos by getting closer. Both with a tighter lens and by physically getting closer.This year Im sure I will pick up a 70-200 which for a long time I felt was only for the ceremony now I want to use it for portraits too.What are you going to work on this year? I want to know! Share it in the BPP FB group. Keep everyone accountable.Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Its winter! Here in the states its getting cold, we are doing less sessions, taking less photos. Perfect time to reflect on the past year figure out what worked best, what didn't work so you can do more of the stuff that worked at future sessions.My biggest lessons I learned this year were....Don't assume what people can pay for your work. - kinda business-y. We assume that since photography is a "luxury" the people who can truly afford is must be well off. Upper middle class. But this year I found that a couples economic status does not mean they will value your work any more or less than someone with lower economic status. I had a couple this year who seemed perfect! A Dr and a Lawyer, came from a history of past professional family members, super nice and thoughtful, getting married at a beautiful venue, had one of the cities top planners to make sure everything was just as they wanted it, but they were just hiring a wedding photographer because they knew they needed a wedding photographer at their wedding. The booked my base package and just went that into it on the day. Again super nice couple, I truly enjoyed my time but their personal value of photography was low.And just few weeks later I shot a wedding where the bride told me at our meeting that her photo budget was less than half of my base package but she was going to "make it work somehow" because she loved my photos and could see herself in every one of the images on my website. she booked my middle package which is almost $1000 more than my base package and they were totally involved in the photography. So don't just assume when you get that email or FB stalk them. Give everyone the best experience possible. The power of the long lens. Ive always be drawn in towards ultra wides but I felt I couldn't get the same amount of context that I loved so much. So I started using a longer lens a bit more at the beginning of the year and this year have fell in love with it. I start the day with it now. Ive said this forever but Photos just have so much more emotion when you can get close to people! Whatever emotion they are going through is dialed up an extra notch.Its ok to take the same shots as everyone else. When I graduated from film school I had this huge invisible weight on me that I should be able to create something really unique and at the drop of a hat. But that is just not me. Some people can do it but even then it comes from a lot of practice. Its ok to walk in and get the "easy shots" if anything it will help you be MORE creative. When you allow yourself to get the easy shot first, its easier for your brain to be on the look out for more creative shots. If you tell yourself you have to get the most creative shot ever, right away, your brain will blow a fuse.Lastly that photography is a really bad business model. At first you think about how cool it would be to make $100 in an hour at a session to do something you love! Then when you have to make the business legal and file taxes you realize you can't survive charging $100 per session. You do the math and figure you would have to shoot 1000 sessions per year just to make what your day job pays. Thats almoGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Hi! I’m Raymond Hatfield, an Indianapolis Wedding Photographer and host of the Beginner Photography Podcast. Today I invite a member of the Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook Group, Carrie Norris on to interview me and ask the questions that the group wants to know. The Facebook group is one of my favorite places on the internet because of the people there. In This Episode You'll Learn:How I got started in photographyThe photographers and cinematographers who influence Raymond’s work the mostSome of Raymonds hobbies and why he doesn’t listen to musicWhy Raymond transitioned from cinematography to photographyHow Raymond sees marketing changing for photographyA list of the photography podcasts Raymond consumesWhat Raymonds Biggest Weakness isWhat genre of photography I would focus on if I had no commitmentsPhotography trends what will look dated in 20 yearsA session that I thought I nailed but totally bombedResources:Indianapolis Wedding Photographer Raymond Hatfield’s WebsiteIndianapolis Wedding Photographers Raymond Hatfield’s InstagramBPP 23 Louis HermosilloThe Daily Photo Briefing Podcast    Check out more at www.BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Have A Question? Reach out to us on social Facebook: www.Facebook.com/BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Instagram: www.Instagtam.com/BeginnerPhotoPodcast Or Email us at: [email protected] Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Sandra Coan is a film photographer from beautiful Seattle, WA who specializes in newborns, families and classic portraiture. She’s been in business for 20 years and loves sharing what she has learned with others. Whether its film photography, lighting techniques, studio workflow or the fundamentals of building a successful brand, her mission is to help you be the best photographer you can be. In This Episode You'll Learn:How Sandra got her unconventional start in photographyThe hardest part about photography for Sandra to learnWho convinced Sandra to start getting serious with photographyHow Sandra booked her first clientWhat is branding in context for photographersMistakes Sandra has made in her own brandingThe biggest misconception photographers have about brandingCommonly bad branding info Sandra hears being taught to new photo new photographersThe best investment Sandra has ever made to improve her photographyWhat beginners need to be focused on when getting started with brandingBranding mistakes Sandra sees established photographers makingExamples of photographers doing a great job with brandingWhy you should spend time branding yourself even if photography is just a hobbyWhat is a rebrandHow branding can make us more moneyResources:Sandra Coan’s Photography WebsiteSandra Coan’s Photography Education SiteSandra Coan on instagramGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Todays guest is Rosemary Watson of Rosemary Watson Productions. The host of the Listen and Lattes Podcast and photographer who has found a way to live a life that makes her happy all through stock photography. Today I’m excited to learn what it takes to get started and set up for success! In This Episode You'll Learn:How Rosemary started shooting stock photographyWhat the job of a Stock photographer is to deliverWhy people spend money on their business’ but not themselvesThe signs of an amateur stock photographHow sharing a photo with a vendor transformed her businessHow to tell a story with Stock photographyWhat someone needs to get started shooting stock photographyHow much creativity there is in stock photographyHow Rosemarys Stock photography is different than others and makes her stand outHow to do market research to find out what to shootHow to use instagram to make moneyWeather or not you should shoot a variety of subjects or focus on just oneHow Rosemary keeps all of her stock photos organizedResources:Rosemary Watson ProductionsListen and  Lattes PodcastShay CochraneCreative MarketNicky Laats FontsGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Todays guest is Scott Whden Kivowitz. Host of the wordpress photography podcast. He works for Imagely a company that creates wordpress website themes just for photographers. Today Im excited to find out how to make the best photography website in the world.In This Episode You'll Learn:How Scott got his start in photographyThe hardest part about photography to learnWhen you are ready to start a photography websiteWhere to start when building your portfolioWhich platform is most user friendly for photographersWhat do show when you shoot several different types of photographyHow much time you should invest in your websiteWhat Scott would change if he had to start as a photographer all overWhat piece of gear Scott thinks is uselessWhat needs to be on your home pageWhat most new photography websites get wrongWhat the goal of your website should beWhat plug in’s are and some of the most useful for your photography websiteResources:Scott Wyden Kivowitz WebsiteWordpress Photography PodcastScott’s InstagramScott’s FacebookScott’s YoutubeGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Todays guest is Vanessa Joy. A wedding photographer with over 19 years of experience. She’s also a photography educator and after seeing her youtube video "3 overlooked posing secrets" and then seeing the success I had at my weddings from her suggestions I knew I had to get her on the show to find out more! In this interview we talk about her approach to speed posing. In This Episode You'll Learn:How Vanessa Joy got her start in PhotographyWhy it was so hard for her to learn photographyWhat Vanessa Joys first client taught her about being a photographerWhy we all struggle so much with posing when starting out in photographyWhat most new photographers get wrong when they start posingHow posing from a shot list can BOOST your creativity rather than make it staleWhat advice Vanessa would give to a new photographer just starting outHow to build confidence when posing for the first timeThe must have wedding portraits you have to nailHow to get unnatural couples feeling and looking their best in front of the cameraComing up with poses for both an engagement session and weddingResources:New York City Wedding Photographer Vanessa Joy’s WebsiteVanessa Joy’s Photography Education Breathe Your PassionSpeed Posing Course for Wedding PhotographersVanessa Joy on InstagramGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Todays guest is a Photographer and global leader in motion art. His work has appeared in top magazines including Vanity Fair, GQ, Rolling Stone and many more. His latest creation is the digital sharing platform and app, Plotagraph. Today we will be talking about what the future holds for photography. I'm excited to chat with Troy Christopher Plota CHECK OUT THE SHOW NOTES HERE TO SEE AN EXAMPLE OF WHAT WE TALK ABOUT IN TODAYS INTERVIEW! https://www.beginnerphotographypodcast.com/podcast/120In This Episode You'll Learn:How Troy got started in photography The hardest part of photography to learn for Troy The history of imagery. From cave drawings to digital motion art What the future holds for photography How Troy came up with the idea of Plotagraph Bad info troy hears being taught to new photographers How you can start to incorporate motion arts into your workPremium Members Also Learn: How to add Plotagraphs into your digital photography workflow How you can charge more money by creating Plotagraphs Why Troy left being an accomplished photographer shooting models like Heidi Klum to create a motion art start up How to make your Facebook stand out and how do deliver something incredible to your clients Resources:PlotaversePlotaverse on InstagramGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

I’m starting a photography studio. Spending some time in Alaska, a family vacation, Iceland, in the hight of wedding season made one thing clear. I can only do so much with my time. Things slipped away from me. I have no one who works for me, I only make money when I sell my time. This is how we have been trained to work. Want to make more money at your job, pick up more hours.Ive said many times I didn't go to school for business but for photography. The business side has always been a challenge. In the past year or so I have read some great business books. The e myth revisited, the war of art, and most recently, Making money is killing your business by Chuck Blakeman. The premise is that as small business owners we are so focused on making money that we don't take the time to build a business that makes money.Thats me. I sometimes feel burnt out and like Im on a treadmill. Doing work but getting nowhere. Its exhausting.Chuck lays out a roadmap to building a business that makes money and it is exciting. Its so exciting Ive read the book about half a dozen times. I bought the audio book to listen to it in the car over and over too. And Ive realized how bad of a business model a single operator wedding photography business is. I can only make more money by selling more of my time.As the kids get older, I want to spend more time with them on the weekends. As I get older I worry I won't be able to relate to my clients who are usually 24-30.So Ive had to make some decisions for the future. And I want to open a photography studio. I less than 3 years. By May 5th 2021 to be exact. Thats my Business maturity date that I have set from the instructions of the book.I even bought a countdown timer. From right now I have 926 days and time until I reach my BMD. In that time I will be doing a complete rebrand, researching a brand new market to me, work on marketing, register a new business, that comes with dealing with taxes of course, Ill also be writing out how I conduct business. Everything from figuring out pricing, getting new clients, how to shoot, to how to edit, correspond with clients, blog their session and then keep in touch so they book with me again and at the end... Open a studio space. All of this while still being a stay at home dad to 2 kids. lol.All of this will be documented monthly and shared in a bonus podcast episode. These podcasts will be heavily focuses on business, starting and growing a new photography business. Dealing with everything from marketing to photography competition.This how to build a 6 figure photography studio part 1 of 31. The introduction. If you are interested in hearing the rest of the series, it will be a Premium Member exclusive since its so focused on business and making money with photography.And to kick off this new endeavor Im going to give away a copy of Chucks book Making money is killing your business to one lucky patron who signs up by December 31st!So if you want to become a premium member click the premium membership link below at the top. It will take you to patron where you can become a premium member for just $10/month. On top of the new poGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Ashley Diamond Siegert is a successful birth photographer from College Station and Bryan Texas who has been shooting professionally since 2011. A Certified professional photographer and master photographer craftsmen, Today she shares how she brings the world of portraits to telling the story of a birth though photographs!In This Episode You'll Learn:How Ashley got her start in photographyThe hardest part of photography for Ashley to learnWhat a Master Photography Craftsmen is and how you can become one tooThe benefits of being a certified professional photographerThe job description of a birth photographerHow Ashely booked her first birth sessionHow to keep from getting in the way of the Doctors and nurses when shooting birthWhat Ashley would say is the hardest part of her jobAn embarrassing moment Ashely had while shooting a birthHow Ashley handles life while being on call for the demanding schedule of birth photographyHow Ashley ensures she doesn’t have 2 births at onceHow much money is in Birth photographyHow you can book your first birth session and how much you should chargeHow to handle an emergency situation in the hospitalResources:College Station and Bryan Texas Photographer Ashley Diamond Siegert’s WebsiteAshley’s Facebook PageAshley’s Facebook GroupAshley’s InstagramAshley’s ebook “Birth Photography: The Art and Business of Labor and Delivery Photography”Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Hannah Marie is a family and child portrait photographer from Kitchener Ontario who’s clients say things like "She’s a true artist with a gift" and "Her photos convey real, raw, and intimate emotions. They will forever remind me of this special time in my life". Today Im really excited to chat with her to discover how she can deliver such powerful images!In This Episode You'll Learn:How Hannah got her start in photographyThe hardest part about the technicals of photography to learnThe job description of a child portrait photographerHow Hannah booked her first clientsWhat Hannah tries to capture when photographing childrenBad info Hannah hears being taught to new photographersObvious signs of an amateur photographerHow to connect with kids when taking their portraitThe legalities of working with kids and posting their photos onlineHow to build your portfolio when just getting startedWhat to focus on after you know how to use your cameraWhy the client experience is everything!How taking a year off of photography set her business and life up for successResources:International Family Photographer Hannah Marie’s WebsiteHannah Marie’s Photography Education SiteHannah Marie on FacebookHannah Marie on InstagramHannah Marie’s photographer Facebook groupHannah Marie’s Creative Live CourseGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Andrew Hellmich is responsible for opening up my eyes to the business side of photography with his podcast PhotoBizX where he interviews photographers not to talk about the technicals of photography but everything behind the curtain. Marketing, SEO, Sales, and so so so much more. Today Im thrilled to be speaking with Andrew Hellmich. In This Episode You'll Learn:How Andrew booked 20 weddings at his first bridal fairHow Andrew advertised his photography 20 years agoHow many weddings Andrew was shooting per yearHow Andrew dealt with burn outA lesson leaned from his first paid shootSome of the hardest aspects of running a photography businessSome of the best perks of being a photographerWhat Andrew thinks about running a business by himselfIf we should focus on one subject in photography or shoot a variety of subjectsThe biggest lesson Andrew has learned in his almost 300 podcast interviewsSome bad info that Andrew hears being taught to new photographersResources:Andrews Photography WebsiteAndrew’s PhotoBizX PodcastMemorable Quotes:You can make photography fit around your lifeI wouldn’t have the lifestyle I have now if it wasn’t for photography    Check out more at www.BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Have A Question? Reach out to us on social Facebook: www.Facebook.com/BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Instagram: www.Instagtam.com/BeginnerPhotoPodcast Or Email us at: [email protected] your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Gina Milicia has over 25 years of experience in the photography industry and is one of Austrailia’s top celebrity, portrait and lifestyle photographers, she regularly travels the world shooting for some of Austrailia’s top magazines. She is also the co-host of the popular "So you want to be a photographer" podcast which was actually one of the inspirations for me to start the beginner photography podcast. Today she shares how she connects so well with models to create authentic portraits. In This Episode You'll Learn: How Gina got an unconventional start in photographyWhat others told Gina when she said she wanted to become a artistHow sweeping floors and cleaning toilets in a photographers studio set her up for successThe hardest thing technically to learn about photographyThe biggest misconception people think about being a traveling portrait photographerThe difference between working with Models and people not use to being in front of the cameraHow to deal with the pressure to perform when the stakes are highHow to connect with your subjects to create authentic portraitsDealing with subjects who have insecurities about their bodyGina’s tip to keeping fresh eyes in your subjectsTips for getting couples to interact more authentically with each other for an engagement or wedding daySome of Ginas favorite go to poses to make people look their bestAn embarrassing momentResources:Gina Milicia’s Photography WebsiteSo You Want To Be A Photographer PodcastGina Milicia’s InstagramMemorable Quotes:If you have nothing to do, make yourself usefulGear and portfolio is important, but relationships are more useful99% of a successful shoot is the connection you make with the person you are photographingMy own family thinks I just pick up a camera and point it at people. They don’t understand the pressure.Whatever someone is thinking, their face will show it in their photoGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Todays guest, Megan DiPiero is a well known headshot and beauty portrait photographer from southwest Florida. She is also an acclaimed photography business mentor and coach for photographers and the creator of the the popular Rise to the Top Facebook group where she shares her business tips to help and encourage other photographers to grow and live a life of abundance. Today I welcome Megan DiPiero   In This Episode You'll Learn: When Megan Started to take photography seriouslyHow Megan learned photographyHow Megan built a photography business while raising kidsWhat is Womans beauty photographyWho inspired Megan to pursue beauty photogrpahyHow Megan deals with “Difficult” clientsWhy Megan does not recommend going to college to learn photographyHow to figure out what to charge for your photographyHow to handle clients when you have raised your photography pricingHow Megan defines marketing for photographersSimple marketing tips that new photographers can implimentHow Megan makes decisions on what to work on in her businessThe one thing Megan wants all photographers to know about shooting manualResources:Megan DiPiero’s WebsiteMegan DiPiero’s CoachingSue BryceGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

This week I chat with Oklahoma city family photographer Natalie Greenroyd who shares her tips on getting started with family and children photography and some mistakes to avoid when you are fresh in photography.  In This Episode You'll Learn:How Natalie got into photographyThe main source of Natalies Photography educationWhat Natalie would say is the job description of a family photographerThe story of how Natalie got her first client and how it wentCommon mistakes Natalie sees amateur photographers making How Natalie gets kids to be open and comfortable around her and her cameraNatalie's tricks on taking more authentic photos of your familyNatalie's process when posing families vs capturing them candidlyAn embarrassing moment Natalie had while workingWhere you can find Natalie OnlineResources:Oklahoma city family photographer Natalie's WebsiteNatalie's InstagramGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

This Week I share the Story of how Indianapolis Wedding Photographer Raymond Hatfield helped a couple get closure after their wedding photographer never delivered their wedding photos from more than 5 years ago. The bride, Tracy had became good friends with a girl who wanted to get into photography and begged to shoot their wedding. She knew her friend took great photos but she also wanted to make sure her wedding day was captured professionally. Tracy reluctantly agreed. She shares her story of what happened and what she would do differently if she could do it all over again. Watch the video below  How to avoid being the friend that won't deliver. 1: Put yourself in checkYou know how to shoot in manual, you have shot some pretty awesome photos of your dog or your kids that your friends on facebook and instagram love. These are important steps in your photography journey but know that you have so much more to learn about photography. Take a moment to think about how important of a day this is for your couple. Watch the video above and see how it has affected them and their lives. I'm not trying to add pressure but I just want you to remember that you are working with the couples best interests in mind today. Even if you REALLY want that awesome creative shot you see in your head, get everything else they need first.  2: Be PreparedWedding days can be hectic so do your best to prepare before hand. Ask the couple for a timeline. Even if it very basic it will help you look for any potential problems. If the couple are taking a limo from the ceremony to the reception, do they want you in the limo? What will you do with your car? 3: Have a shot listAs you progress shooting wedding you may not need a shot list but for your first 5-10 weddings its smart to have a shot list as a reference guide. This is primarily helpful for portraits. You know you need a shot of the cake and decorations, no need for that to take up space on the list. Things like. Bride on grooms shoulder looking back at camera, wide shot of couple walking towards camera laughing, groom facing bride smiling, bride and groom close together looking at camera. Come up with half a dozen shots you know you have to get and then get them. If there is any time left to shoot, you can streach your creative muscles. 4: Get help with family photosFamily photos are always a mess. There is 100 people walking around talking not paying attention and you don't know who anyone is. Ask the couple for a list of must have family photos and ask them to designate one person to help you help call out the family members you don't know. 5: Shoot on small cardsI think want happened to the photographer in Tracy and Durans story is either camera or card failure. While its hard to prepare for these things, there is something you can do. Some cameras have dual card slots, space for 2 memory cards. If one memory card fails, you still have the other to save the day. If your camera does not have dual card slots I highly recommend using small memory cards like 4-8gb. The reason being if you shoot a Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Matt Payne is a Colorado Landscape Photographer and host of the "F-Stop Collaborate and Listen" Photography podcast  In This Episode You'll Learn:How Matt got his start in photographyHow Matt used his first cameraWhat motivated Matt to learn photographyWhere Matt got inspired to grow his knowledge of photographyHow much photography is planned vs how much of a shot is magicThe best thing Matt ever did to grow his photography communityThe lessons Matt's parents instilled in him to make him a better photographerSome must have gear for getting started with Landscape photographyHow night photography helped Matt better understand his camera settings One of the hardest aspects of landscape photography to learnImmediate signs of an amateur landscape photographerWhat Matt does when he shows up at a location and the conditions do not work outResources:Colorado Landscape Photographer Matt Payne's website F-Stop Collaborate and Listen PodcastMatt Paynes InstagramMemorable Quotes:When I first started, I just pointed the camera at everything and didn't know what I was doing.I checked out every photography book at the library and became self-taught I have this struggle between my passions of climbing tall mountains and taking photosI would spend a couple hours a night experimenting with my camera to gain a better understanding of settings.Don't be afraid to other photographers questionSometimes you have to make the best of what nature gives you     Check out more at www.BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Have A Question? Reach out to us on social Facebook: www.Facebook.com/BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Instagram: www.Instagtam.com/BeginnerPhotoPodcast Or Email us at: [email protected] your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Abe Kislevitz is the Senior Creative Director for GoPro. That means he is in charge of shooting those incredible images you see plastered on billboards and videos shown to millions on TV commercials. He has been with the company almost since the start and today I talk with him about the in's and out's to shooting with a camera with little to no manual controls.   In This Episode You'll Learn: What Abe does at GoPro The coolest thing Abe has seen done with a GoPro How Abe made the transition in his life from Mechanical Engineering to producing content with the GoPro Why you get terrible results from your DSLR when shooting in Auto Why you get amazing results from your GoPro when shooting in Auto How shooting with such a wide perspective forces you to see the world differently How to edit your GoPro Images How to get the most out of cameras with small sensors How much of your photography should be intentional vs spontaneous The best investment Abe has ever made in himself The best advice Abe would give a smart and driven new photographer about to start out on their journey The most embarrassing moment Abe had while using a GoPro Resources:Abe Kislevitz's website blogAbe Kislevitz's InstagramGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

I just got back from shooting my first wedding in Alaska. I'm not a destination wedding photographer so traveling with my gear did not come naturally to me. I learned a lot about my photography and shooting wedding during this trip. Today I share the 7 things I learned while shooting a destination wedding in Alaska. The 7 Things I Learned While Photographing A Wedding In Alaska1: Scout LocationsWhen shooting destination weddings or shooting in a location you are not familiar with, do your due diligence and scout locations. Know where the couple will be getting married and how much time you will have for photos as this will determine how far to look for locations to shoot at. Use tools like google maps to street-view a location or google "Location Name Wedding" to see what other photographers have done when in your shoes. 2: Don't Pack Everything You OwnBeing in a new location offers several challenge for photographers but the biggest is the fear of not being prepared. So we will bring every piece of gear we have ever bought so that we don't miss anything. This causes too much weight and stress. Maybe you don't need the drone or film cameras. Pack just the essentials and shoot within your limitations.3: Get a Timeline and AddressesHaving a timeline will ensure you are prepared. Even if the wedding day does not go according to plan you will still have one less thing to worry about. Be sure to get address of where every one will be getting ready as well! I've seen some timelines that show a 15 mile distance between getting ready locations but only 5 mins of travel time budgeted.  Being able to foresee any potential problems can save the day,4: Find the Best LightGetting the address is crucial to being able to find the best light. Knowing that the reception was going to be in the mountains I could find out that even thought the sunset is officially at 9pm the light would pass over the mountian at 745 and I needed to be outside shooting by then if I want to capture great images. You can use apps like "Golden Hour" Or "SOL" for iOS5: Rent A CarThis can be quite an expense. About $100/day for several days but it will save you a world of headaches. Ive been to wedding where everyone could get TO the first location but once you fill the car with extras that need to be taken to the second location there is no more room. So having your own transportation is essential for a stress free wedding day when travilng.6: The iPad Can't Replace A Computer, Yet.Since my main editing rig is an iMac and not portable and I don't have a laptop decided to try using an iPad and a wireless hard drive to backup my photos. Its not like I had lofty ideas of being able to edit the wedding by the time I was home but it would have been nice to cull through some images. This was just to painfully slow of a process to be effective. It took me 10x longer (5 hours vs 30mins) to use an iPad vs doing the same task on a computer. 7: Don't Work Too HardI am going to guess that the reason you got into shooting destination weddings was because you want to travel more and see cGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Colby Brown is a world class travel, landscape, and philanthropic photographer who's portfolio covers all 4 corners of the globe. His world wide organization, The Giving Lens is helping connect photographers who want to give back with non profits in need of rich media. In This Episode You'll Learn:How long Colby has been shootingWhy Colby started a photography businessHow Colby made money as a photographer early onHow Colby has such a diverse range of shootingWhere Colby learned photographyWhy Colby started The Giving LensHow the Giving Lens is changing the worldHow to get involved in your local communityHow to get over the feeling of being in a creative rutOne of the best investments Colby has mad in himself to become a better photographerResources:Colby Brown's WebsiteColby Brown's InstagramColbys Norway Photography WorkshopColbys Iceland Photography WorkshopThe Giving LensBrian Petersons book Understanding ExposureMy interview with Marc SilberMemorable Quotes:I felt that I know I want to do THIS but I don't really know what THIS isIf I'm bored, I lose my creativity, that's why I like to shoot a wide variety of thingsAfter a shoot, I'll dive into the 93 crap photos to become my biggest criticPhotography is a visual artform you can use to tell a storyYou have to figure out how to turn the photo you want to shoot into realityWe give people the opportunity the document their lives If you want something bad enough, you will always find a way to make it happenThere will always be people who will tell you, you can't do thingsGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

This week I talk about free shooting. The practice of shooting with no intention or expectation to build your skills and become a more creative photographer.  Check out more at www.BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Have A Question? Reach out to us on social Facebook: www.Facebook.com/BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Instagram: www.Instagtam.com/BeginnerPhotoPodcast Or Email us at: [email protected] your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Todays guest is Jessica Whitaker, a New York City photographer, social media influencer, and founder of Build and Bloom, a free workshop and photography resource center for young photographers. Today she shares how she got her start, tips she has learned from her youtube videos, and why she started Build and Bloom. In This Episode You'll Learn:How Jessica got her start in PhotographyHow Jessica learned to poseWhy Jessica switched from Canon to NikonSome of the challenges Jessica faces when moving from the PNW to NYCSomething that surprises Jessica to read in the comments of her youtube videosJessicas experience with her first paid clientsThe different types of clients Jessica would work with in Seattle and New YorkHow Jessica makes her clients so comfortable How to deal with inner comparison Jessica's Tips for learning from the prosResources:Jessica's Youtube ChannelJessica's websiteBuild and Bloom Build and Bloom FB groupMemorable Quotes:Photography gear can be expensive, the education can be freeYou don't have to start learning photography young. The internet is an awesome teacherContinue to learn and interact with other photographers  Check out more at www.BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Have A Question? Reach out to us on social Facebook: www.Facebook.com/BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Instagram: www.Instagtam.com/BeginnerPhotoPodcast Or Email us at: [email protected] your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Today's guest will be a familiar voice to a lot of you. She's the host of the Family Photographer podcast. Another podcast focused less on the gear and technicals and more on the legacy and power of storytelling through the photos you take. In this interview, we talk about so much more than photography like the importance your photos have on your children and being self-aware enough to live the life you want to through photography. I'm excited to talk with Jenny Stein.  In This Episode You'll Learn:How Jenny got her start in photography earlyWhat was the hardest part about photography to learn for herHow starting to shoot in manual set Jenny up for successHow a daily photo project really pushed Jenny creatively How looking at your past photos can grow your skillsHow to take photos of kids that are not your ownHow to share your photos with your familyWhat advice Jenny would give to eager new photographersWhy taking your camera out for the first time at your child's birthday is a terrible ideaHow to stop worrying about your camera, and focus more on getting the shotResources:Jenny's PodcastJenny's WebsiteCJ ChilversMemorable Quotes:Look at your photos everyday, and you will growTake time practicing photography before an important event like a birthdayGive yourself time. Work on your thing, don't worry about what others thinkAn expensive lens won't change the essence of what you do as a photographerThe camera doesnt matter as much as you think, but you need somethingFind something to do with your photography that takes you out of your selfGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Wade Steelman is a San Diego based commercial and real estate photographer with a focus on architecture.  In this interview, you'll learnHow Wade got his unconventional  start in photographyHow Wade chose his gearHow Wade stopped focusing on the technicals and more on creative compositionWhere Wade places his tripod to showcase the size of a roomSome of the technical tricks Wade uses in architecture that other genres of photography don'tSome clear signs of amateur architecture photographyThe hardest part about getting started with architecture photographyHow Wade would recommend a new photographer builds their portfolio. Why Wade recommends you save money on gearHow Wade handled an embarrassing mistake he made when shootingResources:Wade Steelman's WebsiteWade Steelman's InstagramScott Hargis Lighting for Real Estate PhotographyMemorable Quotes:I focus on what a viewer will see when they walk into the propertyIf you can produce great images with cheap gear you will be miles ahead of everyone else.Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Brian Rodgers Jr is the founder of Digital Art that Rocks. A company that creates visual assets like and Indiana Product Photography for companies. Watch just one of his slew of photoshop time-lapse on youtube and you will be blown away! Today I welcome Brian Rodgers Jr!In This Episode You'll Learn:How Brian's high school class prepared him for photography and graphic designWhy Brian walked away from what he thought was a dream jobWhat book gave Brian a heightened sense of creativityHow a $9 hardware store item taught Brian lightingThe importance of photoshop in product photographySome obvious signs of amateur product photographySome of the most important tools Brian uses in Photoshop and what you can do with themAn embarrassing moment Brian had while photographing architecture Why Brian loves to photograph watchesSome of the challenges of photographing small products and how Focus stacking helpsResources:Indiana Product Photography Brian Rodgers Jr WebsiteBrian's FStoppers Product Photography CourseBrian's InstagramDigital Art That Rocks EduScott Kelby "The 7 Point System"Memorable Quotes:I wanted a career in photography, so I just started producing my own workAfter reading Scott Kelby's book, I had a heightened sense of creativity! I spent hours studying light with those cheap hardware store clamp lightsProduct photography is all about perfectionGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Photography is a much more powerful tool than you can imagine. There are so many ways you can create community and do good for the world with your photography. If you want to make the world a better place, you can do so with your camera. I promise you. You can change someone's life with your photography. If someone asked you if you wanted to change someone's life, would you do it? Being able to do it with the tool in your hand that you know and love makes this a win win. Today I talk all about the community that photography naturally creates and the communities you can better through your camera. Resources:The Giving LensThe Heart ProjectThe Josephine Herrick Project  Check out more at www.BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Have A Question? Reach out to us on social Facebook: www.Facebook.com/BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Instagram: www.Instagtam.com/BeginnerPhotoPodcast Or Email us at: [email protected] your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Rob Andrews is a food and lifestyle photographer from San Diego. Today he talks about the art of making food look delicious, how to light it, important food styling tips, and how I can up my Instagram game!  In This Episode You'll Learn:How Rob got his start in photographyHow a mentor helped Rob jumpstart his careerHow Rob transitioned from photographing products to food What Food Styling isHow to find your cheeseburgers "good side"Simple tips to make your place look betterHow long it takes to photograph a cheeseburgerDoes Rob Instagram his foodHow to create a compelling image from a subject with no emotionHow much creative freedom Rob has in his food photographyA $2 piece of gear that Rob uses at almost every shootWhy lighting is so important when it comes to photographing foodResources:San Diego Food Photographer Rob Andrews WebsiteRob Andrews FacebookRob Andrews Instagram Robs Food Photography Course for beginnersMemorable Quotes:Sometimes Daylight and a window is all you need for great food photosMy average food edit is about 5 minutesGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Callum Pinkney is a Toronto Wedding Photographer . Today he returns to share what he has been up to and how taking a 6-month road trip has improved his wedding photography In This Episode You'll Learn:Where Callum has been for the past year and a halfHow Callum got his start in photographyWhy story is so important to CallumWhat simple techniques you can use to take better photosHow to add more context to your wedding photosHow to not get burnt out createily Resources:Callums WebsiteCallums FacebookCallums Instagram  Check out more at www.BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Have A Question? Reach out to us on social Facebook: www.Facebook.com/BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Instagram: www.Instagtam.com/BeginnerPhotoPodcast Or Email us at: [email protected] your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Last week I got an email that really made me upset. It felt like I took 2 steps back with the momentum I've built with you the listeners of the podcast. A listener asked a question that was clearly a blatant misunderstanding of not only cameras but photography in general. The question was trying to get the camera to do all of the work for the photographer. A Camera is simply a tool that does what you tell it to. No matter the tool, even if you have the worlds best tool, if you don't have an understanding of how to use the tool it will all be for nothing.  I share how your entry level camera is a great tool and how its fully capable of shooting a wedding if you know how to use the tool in your hand. I share the roadmap of how to get to the point where you can shoot a wedding on an entry level camera.  It takes 2 things.  Practice & Patience.  That's it.   Check out more at www.BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Have A Question? Reach out to us on social Facebook: www.Facebook.com/BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Instagram: www.Instagtam.com/BeginnerPhotoPodcast Or Email us at: [email protected] your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Ryan Schembri is the youngest recipient of the Austrailian Institute of professional photography's "Master Photographer" award. He is a Canon ambassador, wedding and portrait photographer who has shot all around the world he is also an educator and advocates to fellow photographers to help them grow their skills and knowledge about the world of photographyIn This Episode You'll Learn:How Ryan got into the photography business so youngRyans first mentor and what he was taughtRyan's main goal for the day when he shows up to every weddingHow to build a relationship with your clientsWhy Ryan thinks wedding photography is the hardest form of photographyHow Ryan was taught to read light for 2 years before taking a photoHow to deal with less than ideal lighting conditionsWhat Ryan see new photographers missing out on and how it set him up for successHow to determine the most important story to tell of the wedding dayThe biggest shifts in wedding photography he has seen since watching the wedding photography of his fathers dayHow to keep your photography freshHow to cultivate a philosophy of your photographySimple mistakes Ryan sees amateurs making when judging photography competitionsWhat inspires Ryan to be better at lightingResources:Ryan Schembri's WebsiteRyan Schembri's InstagramRyan Schembri's FacebookMemorable Quotes:What I do as a photographer is irrelevant. The people and their story is what mattersGreat moments in life are meant to be createdStop looking for light and start looking for shadowThe shift between highlight and shadow is what creates depthMost amateurs underexpose their photos. I don't know why.Expose for the highlight. If your subjects face is underexposed your lighting is wrong.Often times people make photography overcomplicated. It's really simple.Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Today's guest is known around the world to many budding photographers for his constant thirst for photography education. An author, his last book "Advancing Your Photography: Secrets to Amazing Photos from the Masters" taught us how to take your photos past "point and shoot" his NEW book "The Secrets to Creating Amazing Photos: 83 Composition Tools from the Masters" dives deeper into one of my favorite subjects Composition. You remember him when he came on the podcast back in interview 065, today I'm excited to welcome BACK Marc Silber!In This Episode You'll Learn:What composition isHow Marc defines compositionWhat Marc sees happening to most photographers over and overHow to learn the language of compositionMarcs favorite compositional toolsWhat to look for in your everyday world to add interest in your photographsThe power of pre visualizationWhere to get started using compositionHow to use composition for portraitsHow lighting can affect/create compositionWhat wrong piece of information Marc hears new photographers being taughtHow to spice up your iPhone photosResources:Marc Silbers WebsiteMarc Silbers Youtube ChannelMarcs new book The Secrets to Creating Amazing Photos: 83 Composition Tools from the MastersMarcs previous book Advancing Your Photography: Secrets to Amazing Photos from the MastersMemorable Quotes:Composition is where you place your subject to the most ascetically pleasing place within your frameOnce you understand your camera, there are only two things you need to control. Lighting and Composition.When shooting portraits, less is moreGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Ryan Brenizer is an NYC Wedding Photographer with a long list of credentials. Starting out as a newspaper editor who was given a camera he eventually grew and worked his way into weddings where he focuses on standing out and telling the best story possible. Probably most known to other photographers for his Brenizer Method of shooting today we talk about creativity, style, and lighting. In This Episode You'll Learn:How many weddings Ryan Brenizer shoots in a yearHow Ryan shot 5 weddings in a rowHow Ryan Brenizer got his start in photographyHow Ryan and his wife has joined forces to create a photography business they loveWhat is the Brenizer MethodHow Ryan Brenizer developed the Brenizer methodWhy is it so important to develop a photography styleWhy shooting manual might not be the most important skill for beginners to learnHow Experimenting in your photography will push you forwardWhy Ryan Brenizer envies new photographersWhere Ryan finds inspirationWhat piece of information Ryan Brenizer thinks beginners should ignoreResources:NYC and Brooklyn Wedding Photographer Ryan Brenizer's WebsiteRyan Brenizer's InstagramRyan Brenizer's FacebookMemorable Quotes:The Important thing to learn as a photographer, is to learn how your camera seesFor good photography pre visuilization is criticalEverytime you put a new lens on your camera, you are putting on a new set of eyes(Things evolve all the time) I've changed my Lightroom workflow like 3 times this weekThe photo I am taking is a reflection of what looks good to me at that time. However if you look at 10,000 photos of mine, it becomes a self portraitGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Jerry Ghionis is one of the top 5 wedding photographers in the world, WPPI Grand Master, Inventor of several photography lighting tools, Nikon ambassador, Educator, Author, and Philanthropist, I am incredibly grateful to be talking to Jerry GhionisIn This Episode You'll Learn:Why Jerry dropped out of formal photography educationJerry's 7 Do or Die photos to shoot after the wedding ceremonyThe simple mindset shift Jerry made to push himself to create better imagesThe problem Jerry sees with the incoming generation of wedding photographersHow to get started with and understand lightingHow to photograph the Taj MahalJerry teaches some advanced posing methodsWhy Jerry started teaching photography to othersThe importance of honing in your styleWhy Photography competitions are so important for your growthResources:Jerry Ghionis Wedding Photography WebsiteJerry's Photography Training SiteGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Standing out as a photographer is the best way to differentiate yourself from your competition but standing out can be difficult. How do you stand out? What can you do to stand out? Can I just pick something right now? Standing out with your photography is the best way to separate yourself from your competition. There are a lot of ways to stand out as a photographer and today I talk about how you can find your unique thing that makes you stand out.   Check out more at www.BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Have A Question? Reach out to us on social Facebook: www.Facebook.com/BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Instagram: www.Instagtam.com/BeginnerPhotoPodcast Or Email us at: [email protected]  Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Meg and Josh Souder are the Nashville Wedding and Engagement Photographers behind Love Is A Big Deal. They are also the creators of the Unposed Field Guide. A collection of prompts for photographers to get their couples or families comfortable in front of the camera quickly.  In this interview you'll learn:How Meg and Josh fell into photographyWhats more important than megapixels when it comes to photographing your couplesHow Meg and Josh learned to not pose and focus on the experienceHow coming from a non photography background helped Meg and Josh be better photographersAn easy way to start posing if your you're just getting startedHow to avoid getting burnt out as a photographerThe biggest differences between photographing couples and familiesHow Meg and Josh get their couples comfortable right awayWhy the technicals should be secondary to your photographyResources:Nashville Wedding Photographers Meg and Josh Souder's websiteThe Unposed Field GuideGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Kat Carney is an outdoor adventure photographer working with brands like British Airways, REI, and Powerbar. Today she talks about how she got her start in photography and transitioned into adventure photography and how you can too!In today's episode you'll learn:All about Kat's home on wheels, HooperHow Kat first got interested in PhotographyHow Instagram helped launched Kat's careerThe importance of networking and making connectionsThe one thing more important than your photography to booking gigsWhat gives Kat butterflies before each shoot and how she gets over itHow Kat protects her gear while out in the fieldHow long it takes Kat to truly figure out how to show off a new sport through photosHow Kat carries her gear along with her clothes, and water in a small backpackHow Kat makes money as an outdoor adventure photographerWhy being proactive is the best way to grow and establish yourselfKat's editing workflow out in the fieldWhy cloud backup can be great, when it worksResources:Kat's WebsiteKat's InstagramKat's FacebookKat's Lightroom PresetsJimmy ChinCanon 5Dmk3Canon 16-35mm f2.8Canon 24-70mm f2.8GnarboxGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Today's guest is photography business coach, Bernie Griffiths. Coming from a working class family in England, Bernie Griffiths has owned a wedding and portrait business for over 40 years. While he still photographs weddings and portraits his passion is now teaching and consulting with photographers, to help them fast-track their businesses.In This Episode You'll Learn:How Bernie got his start in photographyHow much Bernis bought a photography studio forWhat Bernie learned as the head photographer for a cruise shipThe importance of marketingThe power of a competition boxThe definition of selling and the key to conquering your fearHow raising your prices will get you more clientsBernies soft sale methodResources:Bernie's WebsiteBernie's Book "Success Secrets of a Professional Photographer"Bernie's 5 Week coaching programGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Today's guest is Courtney Slaznik. An ex-teacher who turned photographer who now runs the popular photography blog Click it up a Notch which Huffington post named one of the top 5 blogs for momtographers. In Todays Interview You Will Learn: The moment Courtney decided to pursue photography How breaking her first camera was the catalyst to growing her skills What mistakes Courtney sees new photographers making most Courtney's views on breaking the rules in photography The unconventional way Courtney started her photography blog, Click it up a Notch  How to know when to upgrade to a new camera body The wrong piece of advice that Courtney hears beginners being taught most The importance of lighting and seeing it in different places- Resources: Click it up a Notch Click it up a Notch FB page Free Photography Cheat Sheet Download!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In this episode, I tackle the topic of Anticipation in your photography. Anticipation has several meanings in photography. You can anticipate a moment or anticipate the results of a new camera technique.  In This Episode You'll Learn: What anticipation is in terms of photography What anticipation looks like at different levels of growth from beginners to intermediate Why anticipation should never end What I anticipate as a professional photographer  The difference between excitement and anticipation   Check out more at www.BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Have A Question? Reach out to us on social Facebook: www.Facebook.com/BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Instagram: www.Instagtam.com/BeginnerPhotoPodcast Or Email us at: [email protected]  Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Ryan Welch is a South Wales Wedding Photographer who started shooting weddings at 16 years old. He has grown his career exponentially since then and has gone off to start Freedom Edits. A photo outsourcing company that lets you regain time back into your life. Today he shares tips on how he dealt with being so young getting started, how he grew his business, and why he started a new business that gives time freedom back to photographers. In This Interview You'll Learn:How Ryan got started shooting wedding so youngThe biggest hurdles Ryan had to overcome when shooting weddingsWhy Ryan got fired from his only jobHow much gear Ryan brought to his first weddingHow much gear you need for your first weddingWhy Ryan started shooting weddingsHow Ryans mindset has shifted since starting wedding photographyThe B.S. Ryan hears from other photographersMistakes that Ryan made early in his careerHow many weddings Ryan shoots a year and how he's able to do it!What Ryan would tell himself about photography if he had to start all overRyan's thoughts on going to school for photographyResources:South Wales Wedding Photographer Ryan Welchs websiteRyan's FacebookRyan's InstagramRyan's Photo Outsourcing company Freedom EditsCanon 5Dmk3Canon 35mm 1.4Canon 50mm 1.2Canon 70-200 2.8Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Kerstin Pressler is a fine arts artist, creative business coach, and host of The Sparkling Creatives Podcast from Germany living the creative's dream. Today she's here to chat with us about the myth of the starving artist.In This Episode You'll Learn:Why knowing your camera settings is not enoughHow being a creative is so rewardingHow to take inventory of what you have and what you needWhy a business coach for creatives focuses on to help you growWhat an abundant lifestyle isHow you can define your own abundant lifestyleWhat you should have in place even if you have no intentions of starting a photography businessWhy the starving artist is a mythWhy educating your clients about what you bring to the table is incredibly importantWhat piece of poor advice Kerstin hears too oftenResources:Kerstin's WebsiteKerstin's InstagramGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Today's guest is Allie Siarto. A wedding and lifestyle photographer from East Lansing Michigan. She is also the host of the Photo Field Notes Podcast where she focuses on business growth by interviewing other successful photographers. Allie shares some great tips on how to deliver an experiences that will blow your clients away!In this episode you'll learn:How Allie left her corporate job to pursue photographyWhat Allie learned while working at a big ad agencyHow Allie booked her first wedding clientThe importance of becoming a photography apprenticeThe first lens Allie bought for her cameraTips on how you can improve your client experience without spending money giving away giftsWhy Allie was terrified to photograph her co workersThe steps that Allie took to become a photography assistantWhy getting feedback on her photos was a pivotal moment for her growthHow Allie closed down her photography studio only to open it back up and make it more successful than ever!The advice Allie would give herself if she could start all overWhat Allie looks for when hiring on another photographerWhat Allie asks the parents of the couples after every weddingResources:East Lansing Michigan Wedding Photographer Allie Siarto WebsiteThe Photo Field Notes PodcastAllies Video Course 3 Key Steps to a Six Figure Wedding Photography BusinessAllie's FacebookAllies InstagramUnposed Posing CardsGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Jordan Younce is a Real Estate photography out of North Carolina and host of the Road to Full Time Podcast. Today he shares so much on the world of Real Estate photography, how to get started, how to make money, and what to shoot.  In This Episode, You'll Learn: How Jordan got into Real Estate photography The passion Jordan finds in Real Estate photography What Jordan looks for when he shows up to a new house to photograph Where Jordan Learned Real Estate Photography How Jordan used the internet to book his first real estate photography gig How you can get started in real estate photography What gear you need to start shooting Real Estate photography The most important lesson Jordan learned while shooting Why real estate photographers have such a hard time getting started out The power of curiosity What Jordan did on a family beach vacation that grew his real estate photography How to work with real estate agents How to get inspiration in real estate photography How you can build your real estate photography portfolio for cheap! Resources: Jordans Website Road to Full Time Podcast Jordans Facebook Jordans Instagram Temba Camera Bags Temba Solstice 20L Website - Get it on Amazon! The Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook Group Mike Kelley Canon t7i Canon wide angle lens for crop sensor cameras Canon 6D Canon 17-40mm Check out more at www.BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Have A Question? Reach out to us on social Facebook: www.Facebook.com/BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Instagram: www.Instagtam.com/BeginnerPhotoPodcast Or Email us at: [email protected] your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Matthew Jordan Smith is a Celebrity, Fashion, and Beauty photographer with over 30 years of experience. Photographing everyone from Hallie Berry, Mandy Moore, Tyra Banks, Samuel l Jackson, Oprah, and my personal favorite, Jeff Goldblum, it goes without saying that he is a master at his craft. And luckily for you, he is also an author and educator. Today I'm incredibly lucky to be talking to Matthew Jordan Smith!In Today's Interview You'll Learn:How Matthew got his start in photographyHow Matthew got his first paid gigHow Matthew built relationships with magazines and editorsHow Matthew dealt with Imposter SyndromeHow Matthew transitioned from fashion photography to beauty and celebrity photographyHow Matthew handled photographing his first celebrityTips on how to visualize an important photoshootHow using pintrest can create a vision for your photoshootWhy a reshoot is never an optionWhy communication is the key to a successful photoshootHow you can stay relevant regaurdless of your gearResources:Matthew's WebsiteMatthew's InstagramMatthew's PodcastMatthew's Creative Live CoursesGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Michael Bollino is a pacific northwest landscape photographer with over 20 years of experience. Michael has found a way to marry his desire for adventure and love of photography into a rewarding practice.    In This Interview You'll Learn: Where Michaels love of photography came from The surprising way Michael learned landscape photography before the days of Google Michaels mindset when he switched from film to digital How Michaels experience shooting film has made him a better digital photographer Why shooting RAW is imperative for landscape and travel photography Why landscape photographers love shooting film The time capsule Michael found while recording his interview How much planning goes into each photograph The landscape photography gear Michael  An AMAZING tip on how you can instantly take better landscape photography What Michael wishes he knew when he first started out taking landscape photos Resources: Michael's Website Michael's Facebook Michael's Instagram Art Wolfe Galen Rowell Galen Rowell's book Mountian Light Check out more at www.BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Have A Question? Reach out to us on social Facebook: www.Facebook.com/BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Instagram: www.Instagtam.com/BeginnerPhotoPodcast Or Email us at: [email protected] your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Todays Guest is Mark Gee. A New Zealand astrophotographer whos work second to none. In 2013 he won the prestigious AstroPhotographer of the year award, His work is so good that NASA has shared it! In This Interview You'll Learn: The type of astrophotography Mark shoots The challenges of astrophotography Simple mistakes Mark sees new astrophotographers make What settings Mark uses as a base to start shooting the stars Why New Zealand is so great for astrophotography What you need to look for in a sturdy tripod How to make money with landscape/astrophotography The best time of year to shoot astrophotography Why the colder months are better for photographing the stars The most important piece of gear you need to start shooting the astrophotography  How to start shooting the stars Resources Mark's website Mark's Instagram Mark's Facebook Nikon 14-24mm f2.8 Nikon D850 Canon 14mm Google Maps PhotoPills Manfroto brand Lonely Speck Check out more at www.BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Have A Question? Reach out to us on social Facebook: www.Facebook.com/BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Instagram: www.Instagtam.com/BeginnerPhotoPodcast Or Email us at: [email protected] your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Welcome to the new year! If you are here, there is a good chance that you may have got a new camera for the holidays and you want help to master this new tool in your hands so you can start taking better photos today. Before we get started I want you to put your camera in manual mode. It single will unlock the true potential of your camera. That green box mode will do nothing but hold you back! If you want to learn more about shooting manual, scroll to the bottom of this post and sign up for our free video course! Photography Basics for Beginners: 14 Days to Better Photos! Once you've done that, here are my 5 tips for getting started with your new camera!  1: Don't Use The On-Camera Flash The flash on your camera rarely provides decent lighting. It often looks very fake and not pleasant. If you are in a dark setting, either find a new spot with better light, or change your settings to accommodate the lack of lighting.   2: Learn to SEE the Light Light comes in different colors, intensities, and qualities. Morning light is much cooler than afternoon and evening light. Light from the sun is much harder than shade from a tree. There are lots of qualities of light that can enhance your photos. Take a photo, look at the camera and study the light.  3: Change Your Angle Every non-photography inclined parent takes a photo of their children the exact same way. About 5'6" off the ground and pointed down at their child. This isn't interesting. Get the camera super low, or as high as your hands can reach. Doing something that isn't the norm will add interest to your photo!  4: Keep Your Shutter Speed Up Your shutter speed is the likely culprit to why your photos are blurry. When your shutter speed is low, you cant capture a crisp image. Shooting in manual leave you in control of your shutter speed to ensure it's not too low. If your photo is too dark with the correct shutter speed, then raise your ISO to compensate for the lack of light.  5: Edit and SHARE Your Photos When I first got into digital photography, myspace was the only place to share my photos, and they were downsized to 640x480. That's 0.3 megapixels. So they often were kept on my hard drives which are now lost or died. They are gone, which sucks. Thank god I didn't have children back then because all of those photos would be gone. The very few photos I DO have look like garbage and they were exported to JPG and I did not keep the RAW files which means I can no longer re edit them. So learn from my experience and edit your photos then share them! Then keep the RAW files because you never know what the future will bring! Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In today's episode, I talk about the growth of the Beginner Photography Podcast in 2017. I talk about the plans I made for last year, whether or not I kept them, and why. I also talk about the challenges I faced and what I plan to do about them in the upcoming year.  1: Share Your Photos I can't tell you how bad I wish I had shared more of my photos when I first started out. But there simply was not an easy way to do it like there is now. Take advantage of this great time to be alive and share your photos with the world!  2: Experiment More It can get easy to fall into a rhythm when shooting. Sure there is a lot to learn about photography but with so much to learn it can be overwhelming when trying something new, so you just default to your old ways. That's a quick way to fall stagnant. Don't fall into that trap!  3: Be The Dumbest Person In The Room Growth only comes when you are around people who know more than you do. When starting out as a photographer I can see how you might feel like a fraud, or worse, not worthy. That's simply false and crazy. Everyone starts somewhere and everyone has a different journey. Join a local photo club, find one on Meetup.com (it's not a dating site, I promise.) 4: Don't Buy Any New Gear Learn to use the gear you have. Master your gear. Know it inside and out. Once you learn your gear's limitations, only then can you be qualified to spend money on something new. I understand if you need a new battery or memory card, or even a camera bag, but don't buy a new camera body in 2018! 5: Print Your Photos Our generation is printing fewer photos than ever before. I recently read a story of a little girl going through her grandparent's photo albums and wondering why she had no photos of herself to hold and show others. I hate that idea and you should too! Photos are the perfect way to relive a moment in the past. The digital version is fine, but holding a print in your hand is an entirely different experience! Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

This is a massive episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast. I have gone back and looked at all of my interviews in 2017 to compile a list of my biggest takeaways from our great guest photographers. From learning great shooting techniques to business advice to life lessons this, The Beginner Photography Podcast has taught me so much, I want to share it with you! 1: There is Room For All of Us! New photographers tend to think their market is always so saturated and that it is impossible to make any ground unless you have been shooting forever. Go back to Ana Brandts Interview and hear how she had a career before getting into photography, and now she is one of the worlds best!  2: Photography is Not About The Money Photography is not traditionally a lucrative career. What it can afford you is free time. If you really want to make it as a photographer, take the advice Ben Hartley Shared. Money should be the result of your efforts, not the goal of your photography. If you chase the money first you are going to get burnt out quick. 3: The Power of Visualization If you want to grow your skills as a photographer you need to hone your craft. Take Marc Silbers Advice, Visualize the photo in your head before you snap the shutter. Don't just react to whats in front of your camera. There is very little growth there. Work hard to get your photo.  4: Think Outside The Box Just go back to my interview with Taylor Jackson. He took his skills as a photographer to offer hotels around the world, his work in exchange for a room for a few nights. He is now able to travel just about anywhere in the world for free because he thought to do something different.  5: Prints are Not Dead One of the biggest questions I get from new photographers is how to sell prints when clients only want the digital files. When I interviewed Bryan Caporicci he tackled this subject directly. He shared several great ways to increase your clients desire for printed images.  6: It Takes More Than A Great Photo to be Successful!  Photography is more than just being able to snap a good photo. It takes customer service, it takes planning, it takes thinking outside the box. There are plenty of photographers out there who are INCREDIBLE but they are dead broke. Proving the quality of your photo is not directly related to your success. Go back and listen to Sports Photographer Vinny Pugliese or Luxury Destination Wedding Photographer Biran Leahy's interview for proof!  7: You Don't Need To Go Full Time This year I interviewed Canadian Landscape Photographer James Wheeler, a man who has a full-time job that he loves and still makes money passively through his photography. He has found a way to make photography work for his life. As his job, he has benefits, insurance, a retirement plan, and a steady paycheck. For his family, that is incredibly important. Although he is a talented photographer he does not feel the need to go full time, and neither should you if it's not the right decision for you and your lifestyle.  8: Every Client is not an Ideal Client Back when I interviewed Wedding Business Coach Heidi Thompson, she shared something most new photographers don't understand. The Ideal Client. When you're new to photography its easy to photogGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In this episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast, Indianapolis Wedding Photographer Raymond Hatfield Talks about the value leaned from working with beginner photographers. I share the joy and excitement I get working with brides in my wedding photography and the pleasure I get helping beginner photographers learn and grow their skills and abilities.  Being a podcast host to you photographers has been such a pleasure and has taught me sooo much about my own self and photography! Today I want to talk about what I have learned about you, the listener and about photography in general! 1: You Don't Need "Good Gear" to Get Great Photos If you are apart of the group you will see members posting photos they have taken with their cell phones. If you can capture Emotion, light, and composition, you can get a great photo! With the ease of editing these days, it's so quick to transform your photos to something incredible. Its great to see you not being held back by your camera! 2: You have a hard time differentiating conflicting statements When you see one professional shooting in aperture priority mode and getting great photos it is easy for you to assume that you don't need to learn and master manual mode. That's not always the case. I guarantee that a professional who shoots in aperture priority mode KNOWS how to shoot in manual. They have just found a way to get a look they are happy with using a different program mode.  3: Beginners put a lot of unnecessary pressure on yourself to get a good photo Beginners are willing to trash a great photo because it's not technically perfect. The emotion is there, it's a perfect moment but because you were not following the rule of thirds then it gets trashed. This is not what photography is about. Look back at old family photo albums, I promise you the photos are technicly garbage but the emotion and memories make up for it!  4: You are all better photographers than I was! More people are taking photos than ever before. It is becoming engrained in us because of digital photography in smart phones. Because of this you already have a leg up when starting on your journey. You are in a better spot starting photography now than you would have been if you started shooting 10, 20, 30 years ago! 5: You are not doing enough to protect your photos  Keeping your photos safe is arguably as important as taking the photo itself. With us humans taking more and more photos every day than ever before we need to have a plan in place to protect what we have worked hard to create. I use Google Photos to back up my phone photos and my Drobo to back up the photos on my computer and the photos I take in my business  Thank you all so much for everything you have taught me this year! You are the reason I keep going. The reason I keep the podcast alive! Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Ben Hartley is a Columbus Wedding Photographer who co-owns a six-figure wedding photography studio, runs a popular photography podcast, and is a prominent speaker at multiple photography conventions. Today he comes on the podcast to share some of his best tips to not only start a photography studio but how and why you should focus on serving your clients first. In Todays Interview You'll Learn: Where Ben's Creativity Came from How to decided when to open up a photography studio How Ben got his start in photography The biggest thing that beginners mess up when dealing with clients How raising your prices can create abundance in your lifestyle Why profit should be the furthest thing from your mind when dealing with clients What Ben would tell himself about photography if he could go back in time How to create communication systems within your photography business How to remove the ego when working with other photographers an embarrassing moment Ben had at a wedding Resources: Ben's Columbus OH Wedding Photography Studio Six Figure Photography Podcast Six Figure Photography Facebook Zach & Jody Gray United Photography Conference Tave CRM Trello Check out more at www.BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Have A Question? Reach out to us on social Facebook: www.Facebook.com/BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Instagram: www.Instagtam.com/BeginnerPhotoPodcast Or Email us at: [email protected] your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In this episode, Indianapolis Wedding Photographer Raymond Hatfield talks about failing as a photographer. Since the explosion of digital photography, the amount of photographers has skyrocketed. It can be difficult to gain traction and notoriety. What can be more frustrating is when there are a half-dozen other photographers who give twice as much for half the cost (Double Frustrating if their work is sub-par!). But there is good news.  You're going to fail.  How is that good news? Well if you go into anything with blinders on you might miss out on the bigger picture. Photography isn't photography. It's not like you can pick up a camera and love every aspect and subject there is to shoot. Someone's job is to photograph giant hairy spiders all day. Would you love that? Regardless of the answer, I'm sure that person didn't go to school for "Giant Hairy Spider Photography". They had to have failed at a million other things before they got that job. Photography is a journey. You're going to get a few bumps and scrapes along the way but if it was easy, I promise you it wouldn't be as rewarding.   Check out more at www.BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Have A Question? Reach out to us on social Facebook: www.Facebook.com/BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Instagram: www.Instagtam.com/BeginnerPhotoPodcast Or Email us at: [email protected] your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Brian Leahy is an LA-based luxury destinaion wedding photographer who despite living in one of the most saturated markets for wedding photographers thrives and commands a higher starting price than most photographers top package. Today we talk about how to stand out amongst the competition and how to set yourself apart!  In This Episode You'll Learn: What Brian shoots How Brian got into destination wedding photography How Brian is able to get clients with luxury weddings What Brian does to stand out in one of the most saturated photography markets How Brian started off getting photography work Why there is less competition at the top  Why networking with vendors may book you more weddings than you could imagine How Brian took every gig that came his way and even worked for free to now shooting large luxury destination weddings Resources: Brian's Website Brian's Facebook Brian's Instagram Check out more at www.BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Have A Question? Reach out to us on social Facebook: www.Facebook.com/BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Instagram: www.Instagtam.com/BeginnerPhotoPodcast Or Email us at: [email protected] your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In the age of youtube and google where we can find all the information we could ever possibly want in just seconds, why would we want a mentor? Today we talk about the value of a mentor what they mean to you and your growth and how its better than just searching for photography tutorials for beginners.   In This Episode You'll Learn:   Why top level CEOs have mentors but beginners don't How important a mentor is for photographers Why an apprenticeship is a lost art Matt's personal experience with a mentor Check out more at www.BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Have A Question? Reach out to us on social Facebook: www.Facebook.com/BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Instagram: www.Instagtam.com/BeginnerPhotoPodcast Or Email us at: [email protected] your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Kyle Shultz ran a successful photography studio shooting upwards of 40+ weddings and hundreds of portrait sessions a year before giving it all up and starting an online educational site called ShultzPhotoSchool where he focuses on teaching parents how they can take better photos of their kids!   In this episode you'll learn: How Kyle got his start in photography How Kyle went from buying a camera to take photos while on his bike rides to booking weddings Why Kyle wanted to shoot less weddings How Shultz Photo School started The number one tip Kyle shares for parents to take better photos of your kids Simple beginner mistakes most parent photographers make and how you can fix them How watching movies can make you a better photographer Why you should be trying to tell a story with your photos rather than taking the best photo What the most powerful photos have and how you can get it in your photos Why you need to be protecting your photos and how   Resources: Shultz Photo School Shultz Photo School on Facebook 48 Days to the Work You Love by Dan Miller Drobo Beyond Raid Hard Drive Drobo Check out more at www.BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Have A Question? Reach out to us on social Facebook: www.Facebook.com/BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Instagram: www.Instagtam.com/BeginnerPhotoPodcast Or Email us at: [email protected] your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Brooke Mendenhall is a relatively new to the photography business who has gone from begging clients for a modest $75 for a session to now charging 10x that and keeping her calendar booked all while living in a small town. Today she shares some of her best tips to grow as well as how to get into the right mindset to make money.  In this weeks episode you'll learn: How Brooke got into photography How Brooke went from making pennys to being fully booked and opening a studio in just 2 years Why you should focus less on the technicals and more on your client experiance Why Brooke says she wasnt booking clients even though she was cheaper than her compitition How Brooke shoots for free and makes more money than she ever has before Why hobbiest photographers have a hard time getting in the mindset of making money Why Brooke doesnt give the digital files until her clients buy prints How to make a better experience for your photography clients How a photography webinar on in person sales changed her bussiness for the best and why she wouldnt recommend it.  Resources: Brookes Website Brookes Facebook Brookes Instagram Purple Cow By Seth Godin The Sprouting Photographer Podcast   Quotes: When I got the camera I had no idea there was such a thing as Manual mode If I don't please my clients, why should they pay me? I didn't even have a camera when I first started photographing people Not having a studio space is no excuse to not do in person sales We need people to sneeze on their friends for us Check out more at www.BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Have A Question? Reach out to us on social Facebook: www.Facebook.com/BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Instagram: www.Instagtam.com/BeginnerPhotoPodcast Or Email us at: [email protected] your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In This Episode You'll Learn: Why shooting for free isn't killing the industry How Matt build his career by shooting for free How shooting for free can make you more money How to use your free shoots to build your portfolio The exact strategy you can use to book more shoots by shooting for free The importance of blogging as a photographer How to book more photo shoots quick Why craigslist isn't the best place for photographers How shooting 1 free wedding got Matt 50 Inqueries and how you can do it too! How to use SEO to book more weddings Why people arnt buying your photography, and what they are really buying Resources: Sports Photography for Parents Course Vinny Pugliese Super Bowl Photographer Interview Check out more at www.BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Have A Question? Reach out to us on social Facebook: www.Facebook.com/BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Instagram: www.Instagtam.com/BeginnerPhotoPodcast Or Email us at: [email protected] your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Nick Page is a Landscape photographer who got his start in photography later than most after he found him self with too much free time when an accident left him bed ridden. Since then he has quickly become one of the top landscape photographers around and has just launched his own podcast "The Landscape Photography Podcast" which can be found in your favorite podcast player.   In this episode you'll learn: How a horrible accident gave Nick his start in photography How Nicks start in videography got him interested in photography What some of the first tutorials Nick watched were What are some of the most difficult aspects of landscape photography How to make money with landscape photography How to get into landscape photography How much preparation goes into a great landscape photo The number 1 thing people get wrong with landscape photography What Nicks biggest tip for getting a great landscape photo it Why landscape photos take several hours to edit a single image in photoshop Some simple tricks to editing your landscape photography Common mistakes beginners make in their landscape photography Resources: Nicks Website Nicks Landscape photography podcast Nicks Instagram Digital Rev Youtube Gavin Hoey Youtube Channel Tony Northrup Youtube Channel Kai W Youtube Channel James Wheelers Podcast Interview   Quotes: Like anyone else I started taking photos of my kid  learning how to shoot in manual was the best thing I could have done if you shoot the same thing all the time youre going to get burnt out My favorite landscape images are from when I just got up and out of the house to go shoot There has to be a sacrifice to get a great landscape photo You can either be amazing at TV or amazing at photography. Not Both Landscape photography is such a saturated field You want a photo to be real and believable but also special and interesting Take the time to be creative before worring about the technicals Check out more at www.BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Have A Question? Reach out to us on social Facebook: www.Facebook.com/BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Instagram: www.Instagtam.com/BeginnerPhotoPodcast Or Email us at: [email protected] your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Ana Brandt is a world renowned celebrity maternity and newborn photographer, an educator, fashion designer, super mom and incredible entrepreneur with almost 20 years of experience. Today she talks about her journey into photography. How she got started photographing newborns and maternity photos and what she attributes her success to and what you need to know about photographing clients. Today you’ll learn: How Ana got started in photography What Ana went to school for and how it pushed her to become a full time photographer How Ana got into maternity and newborn photography How Ana got her first clients Why Ana recommends shooting for free How to get clients when you move to a new city What Ana says is the key to her success What Ana learned from her first maternity session How Ana got answers to her  photography questions before Google How Ana made sure her first clients were so happy they gave her referals Why Ana wont shoot weddings What Ana says is a beginner mistake when photographing Newborns Why you need to have a second set of eyes when photographing a baby The importance of knowing who your clients are Resources Ana's Website Ana’s Maternity and Newborn Courses Ana’s Youtube Ana’s Facebook Ana’s Instagram Quotes My Photography Professor and I fought the entire semester You have to be completely immersed in your craft Video is the #1 reason why people all over the world hire me Marketing is telling the world who you are. No one else is going to do that for you ...Its the one thing you need to do the second you decide to become a photographer In the beginning you have to build your portfolio as fast as you can Check out more at www.BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Have A Question? Reach out to us on social Facebook: www.Facebook.com/BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Instagram: www.Instagtam.com/BeginnerPhotoPodcast Or Email us at: [email protected] your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In this episode of the podcast Destination Wedding Photographer Matt Druin and I talk about where we wasted our money on gear when we started out, where we wish we would have invested our money, and tips that will help you buy right so you dont have to buy twice! Consider becoming a patron of the show on Patreon and you'll get exclusives and tutorials that no one else gets!  https://www.patreon.com/BeginnerPhotographyPodcast   Check out more at www.BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Have A Question? Reach out to us on social Facebook: www.Facebook.com/BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Instagram: www.Instagtam.com/BeginnerPhotoPodcast Or Email us at: [email protected]  Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Phillip and Eileen Blume are Wedding Photographers from just outside of Athens Ga who have figured out how to use their craft to change the world. Having been in the industry for the past 10 years they have no only proven that they are incredibly talented at shooting but running a business as well. They have sculpted their wedding photography business to fit their lives perfectly. From the way they raise their children, to the clients they want to work with, to the bigger picture of living a fulfilled life. Today they share their secrets and how you can give back too! In This Episode You'll Learn: What The Blumes Photograph How long the Blumes have been shooting professionally What Phillip and Elieen did before they became photographers The most important aspect of getting more business How to monetize and market your photography correctly How they got into shooting video for a passion project The important power we have as visual creators How to get involved with an organization that wants to change the world How the Blumes created a successful luxury photography studio in one of the highest poverty markets in America How you can get clients to go out of their way to meet with you!   Resources: The Blumes Photography Website Blume Photography Freebie just for BPP Listeners ComeUnity Small Group Movie Quotes: We thought it would be cool to be wedding photographers but we had no idea what we were getting into As soon as the stranger called us we realized we could make a go at this! We invested in education and marketing rather than gear Giving a great client experience is the hallmark of our business We were overworked at first. We didnt understand systems or workflows. Keep the momentum. Photography is not a sprint, its a marathon.  Passion Projects let us try something new without the pressure of a paying client A starving artist cant feed the hungry dont be offended when a bride shows you their pintrest board.  Check out more at www.BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Have A Question? Reach out to us on social Facebook: www.Facebook.com/BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Instagram: www.Instagtam.com/BeginnerPhotoPodcast Or Email us at: [email protected] your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In this episode Destination wedding photographer Matt Druin and I talk about photography Education. We talk about weather or not you should go to college/photography school. I share some of my experiences in going to film school. We share how you can get a great photography education without taking a huge hit to your wallet and how you can build relationships.    Check out more at www.BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Have A Question? Reach out to us on social Facebook: www.Facebook.com/BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Instagram: www.Instagtam.com/BeginnerPhotoPodcast Or Email us at: [email protected] your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Marc Silber is a photographer, filmmaker, author and producer of the very popular Youtube series Advancing Your Photography, where he has interviewed scores of some of the biggest names in photography.  He started out learning darkroom skills and the basics of photography at the legendary Peninsula School in Menlo Park, CA, in the '60s, and moved on to hone his skills to professional standards at the famed San Francisco Art Institute. Marc moved into teaching photography in workshops all over the country, he became renowned as an engaging and helpful speaker and coach, as his greatest joy comes from helping others.  In this episode you'll learn: How mark got his start in photography Who was his most influential inspiration getting into photography How he decided to jumpstart into photography The biggest mistakes that Marc sees beginners making How Marc got into teaching photography to eager beginners The trap of the "Creative Gap" A tip to start taking better photos right away How the difference between a diner and a bistro applies to photography How videography taught Marc to be a better photographer An embarrassing moment Marc had while photographing one of the most powerful photographers alive Resources: Marc's website Marc's Youtube Advancing Your Photography: Marc's book on Amazon Marc's Facebook Marc's Instagram How to shoot a movie story Bambi Cantrell Annie Leibovitz Quotes: Get an idea of the photograph in your mind before you press the shutter dont underestimate the power of pre visualization  Simplify your photos.  Ask yourself what story do you want to tell with this photo People want you to give them directions. Otherwise they would take a selfie. Check out more at www.BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Have A Question? Reach out to us on social Facebook: www.Facebook.com/BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Instagram: www.Instagtam.com/BeginnerPhotoPodcast Or Email us at: [email protected] your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In this episode of the podcast Destination Wedding Photographer, Matt Druin and I talk about the recent court ruling that awarded a wedding photographer a million dollars in a lawsuit against her past wedding clients. We talk about the lawsuit, what should have been done, and what Matt and I are going to do to protect our selfs from this happening to us.    Check out more at www.BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Have A Question? Reach out to us on social Facebook: www.Facebook.com/BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Instagram: www.Instagtam.com/BeginnerPhotoPodcast Or Email us at: [email protected] your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

This week I chat with Matt Druin again after the positive feedback from our last episode. Today I have a story to tell about every wedding photographers worst nightmare and happened to me.  I talk about my most recent wedding where I had to travel to. I talk about the accident that we got into on the way to the wedding and the most embarrassing mistake I could make as a wedding photographer.      Check out more at www.BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Have A Question? Reach out to us on social Facebook: www.Facebook.com/BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Instagram: www.Instagtam.com/BeginnerPhotoPodcast Or Email us at: [email protected] your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Taylor Jackson is a travel and wedding photographer who shoots more than 60 weddings per year and flys around the world to create a travel show called "A Photographer In" that is popular on his youtube channel. Taylor teaches us today how he gets to travel the world for cheap or even free by just using your camera.  In this episode you'll learn: How Taylor got into photography  How he introduces himself at a party How Taylor decided to reach out to hotels or restaurants to ask if he could provide value to them How many hotels Taylor had to reach out to to get a response   3 Elements that will make your travel photos more engaging and interesting for others to view How to take great photos that hotels will want to share with their audience The importance of a well curated Instagram How Taylor grew his Instagram from under 1000 to over 35,000 in such a short amount of time! The important of in person gallery showings for Taylor The one thing Taylor would do if he could go back in time to kickstart business faster   Resources Taylors Website Taylors Instagram Taylors Travel Photography show "A Photographer In" Taylors Course "How to Make Money with Travel and Landscape Photography" Focalmark - Instagram Hashtags Nikon D5500 Sigma 24mm f1.4 Check out more at www.BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Have A Question? Reach out to us on social Facebook: www.Facebook.com/BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Instagram: www.Instagtam.com/BeginnerPhotoPodcast Or Email us at: [email protected] your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Today I start a new series on the Beginner Photography Podcast with past podcast guest, destination wedding photographer Matt Druin. Matt approached me with the idea of having a segment where just 2 wedding photographers are just talking about an aspect of photography. This is our first attempt and hopefully you enjoy it.  In this episode we talk about Gear! Every new photographers favorite subject and yet its arguably one of the least important. We talk about knowing when to buy what photography gear. We talk about renting your camera gear vs buying it. Resources: Fuji X-Pro2 GoPro Hero 5 Black DJI Spark Drone Samsung Gear 360 (2017)  Fuji Instax Printer Canon 85mm 1.2 Indianapolis Wedding Photographers Raymond's website Atlanta Wedding Photographers Matt's website Did you enjoy this new segment? If you did email me and let me know at [email protected]   Check out more at www.BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Have A Question? Reach out to us on social Facebook: www.Facebook.com/BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Instagram: www.Instagtam.com/BeginnerPhotoPodcast Or Email us at: [email protected] your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Bryan Caporicci is a wedding photographer, podcast host, software developer, and creator. Today he shares so much about why prints are so important and why your clients are not buying any! In this episode you'll learn Where Bryan got started in wedding photography What Bryan says he does Why photographers need to think like entrepreneur How long Bryan has been shooting How many weddings Bryan shot in his first year in business How many hours a week Bryan puts into his wedding photography How to price your photography  The importance of prints How to get clients to purchase prints Why you're not selling your photos, and what you should be selling What the future of photography holds How you can wow your clients and get more referrals Resources Bryan Caporicci Wedding Photography Sprouting Photographer Pricing for Profit Free Book   Check out more at www.BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Have A Question? Reach out to us on social Facebook: www.Facebook.com/BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Instagram: www.Instagtam.com/BeginnerPhotoPodcast Or Email us at: [email protected] your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Kimberly Houston Is a copywriter for creatives professionals like photographers. Today she talks about what website copy is, why it's so important to your photography and finding the right clients. She helps you figure out why the words on your website is not working and what you can do to get potential clients to fall madly in love with your work.  In This Episode You'll Learn: What a copy writer is What a copy writer does for your website Why you need a copy writer to make your photography website stand out How a copy writer can book you more clients How Kim got into copy writing and why she focus on working with photographers Why your photos don't tell the right story and how more words will help you The biggest mistake Kim sees beginner photographers make when it comes to the words they use on their website Why a Facebook page is not enough and why you should get a website How you can start writing better content today The most visited page on your website What page you should update and rework immediately  What write on your photography website The importance of blogging Why your "About me" is terrible and not connecting with clients How to write a great "About Me" for Photographers How you can work with Kim one on one    Resources:  Kimberly Houstons Website Kimberly Houstons incredible list of resources  Heidi Thompson's book "Clone Your Best Clients: Taking The Guest Work out of Your Marketing and Attract More Ideal Clients"   Quotes: My photos should speak for them self I dont need a copywriter  If you want to get found online you HAVE TO have copy on your website If you dont differentiate yourself with your copy your photos are going to be judged just on price ask yourself, what do you want people to do on your home page  Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

  James Wheeler has been photographing his life and travels with his family for years and discovered the process of uploading his photos to several websites can be time consuming and boring. He is the a co-founder of Photerloo, a social media management tool for photographers and you can find him and his photos photos on most photography and social media site, all the links are available from his website Souvenirpixels.   What you'll learn in this episode: What pushed James to purchase his first camera Why Traveling is so important to James Some of James's favorite photography courses that taught him so much What Microstock sites are How James makes money from his photography on the side What led James to create Photerloo software Why Metadata is so important to sell your photos How you can make money with your photography How to sell photos online  How James created a way to spend more time photographing what you love How James captured his most popular photo How much money James Has made off one photo he posted on a microstock site   Quotes: I didn't think photography would take me 10 years to learn half of it I bought too many books and courses and just started shooting I didnt understand how important post processing was! GET OUT AND SHOOT MORE Its so easy to read everything about photography and never do it. I just did it.   Like this episode? Check out more recent episode with other great guests!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Heidi Thompson is a business and marketing strategist for wedding professionals. One of the biggest problems she sees photographers having is not working with the ideal client so she litter. The ideal client is more than just being able to charge more for your photography, it's being able to charge what you are worth to people who will then go shout your name from the rooftops about how great you are! Heidi breaks it down into easy to understand ideas that are sure to help make photography more rewarding and fulfilling for you! Check out more at www.BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Have A Question? Reach out to us on social Facebook: www.Facebook.com/BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Instagram: www.Instagtam.com/BeginnerPhotoPodcast Or Email us at: [email protected] your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Mark Rossetto is a life and business coach for photographers. With decades of experience he is also an AIPP Master Photographer. Today he shares some great tips on how to get more photography clients and make more money! In this episode you will learn: How Mark got his accidental start in photography How to know when to start a photography business How to get more leads for your photography How to determine how to price your photography How to market your photography  Working on Photography sales funnels How to start with In Person Sales What to say when people ask if you're just starting out The most important aspect of photography you should be focusing on right now! What marketing should look like Setting goals for your photography Resources: Mark's Website Mark's Facebook Group Mark's Instagram Nicks Instagram Quotes: When the main photographer didnt show up to work, I was forced to learn photography quick! Photography is the end product not the catalyst to book you Educate the people you talk to that youre a good photographer I started in person sales immediately!  Get out of your circle of friends and get paying clients! Just deliver an incredible client experience  Let your clients know you're looking out for them Your one objective is to get their email of phone call, to start building a connection When youre starting out word of mouth is everything Check out more at www.BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Have A Question? Reach out to us on social Facebook: www.Facebook.com/BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Instagram: www.Instagtam.com/BeginnerPhotoPodcast Or Email us at: [email protected] your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Dan Biggins is a UK based Kent Wedding Photographer. He shares some tips for photographers looking to transition out of just being a hobbiest, why making mistakes can be the best way to learn and grow your photography, and how he is using facebook ads to find new clients. In this episode you will learn:  Dan's favorite kind of cake Where Dan shoots weddings Why Dans About Me page on his website has no mention of a camera Why Dan tries to add as much personality on his website as possible Why and how Dan tries to turn away potential clients Why Dan recommends trying to second shoot with other wedding photographers How Facebook Ads kickstarted Dans business What Dan did to progress his knowledge of photography One of my biggest photography mistakes  How Dan handles a session if the photos are not working out How Dan uses Facebook ads to book more weddings Why Dan loves to make photography mistakes Some differences between Weddings in the US vs weddings in the UK Dans favorite piece of camera gear CLICK HERE TO JOIN THE NEW BEGINNER PHOTOGRAPHY PODCAST LISTENER FACEBOOK GROUP! Resources: Dan's website Dan's Facebook Dan's Instagram Matt Druin's Interview Destination Wedding Photographer Matt Druin's Website Linda Baca Photography Canon 400D Brett Harkness Damien Lovegrove Photography Workshops Mastin Labs film presets Sigma 35mm 1.4 art   Check out more at www.BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Have A Question? Reach out to us on social Facebook: www.Facebook.com/BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Instagram: www.Instagtam.com/BeginnerPhotoPodcast Or Email us at: [email protected] your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Tim Faust is a Colorado Wedding Photographer with over 15 years of experience. From starting off shooting landscapes and editorials, getting published and even running an art gallery for his landscape work to now shooting weddings where he is one of the only photographers offering a 100% money back guarantee! Tim shares how he got started in landscape photography, how he transitioned into wedding photography and we're he got some of his best marketing ideas! In This Episode You'll Learn: How Tim got his accidental start in photography How Tim got his start shooting landscapes How to make money as a landscape photographer Why taking risks has been one of the best things for Tims photography growth How to balance getting the shots the clients want, and taking the shots you want How many photos Tim takes at a wedding How to shoot the photos you want to take at weddings to have more fun Why Tim opened a fine art photography studio for his landscapes Why opening a gallery was the wrong move for Tim Why its so hard to make money as a landscape photographer How Tim prepared for his first wedding When Tim decided to offer a 100% money back guarantee How to learn photography lighting What Tim wishes he knew when he first got started in photography    Resources: Tims Website Tims Facebook Tims Instagram Dan & Janine Patitucci Quotes: I thought, I should really get an SLR but... I have no idea how to use it I saw all the photographers going one way, so I went the opposite way if you just duplicate other photographers you wont elevate your work You need to take a little risk to do something different After you get the safe shot, ask how you can change it up to make it your own I would never say no to a client If I could just take pictures while outside in nature, thats everything to me landscape photography is not an easy route to make a living off of If my clients dont like their photos, I wouldnt want them to pay for them Check out more at www.BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Have A Question? Reach out to us on social Facebook: www.Facebook.com/BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Instagram: www.Instagtam.com/BeginnerPhotoPodcast Or Email us at: [email protected] your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Matt Druin Is a Destination Wedding Photographer based in Atlanta Ga. Today on the Beginner Photography Podcast he shares how he markets his destination wedding photography, how he booked his first destination wedding, and his unique approach to shooting engagements! In This Episode You'll Learn: How Matt traded a tool box for his first camera How much Matt got for his first paid job How Matt went from 0 weddings to 25 weddings within just a year Some of the downsides to being a destination wedding photographer  Some of the perks of being a destination wedding photographer  Why a couple would hire a destination wedding photographer over a local photographer How to market yourself as a destination wedding photographer Setting up workflows to save you time How Matt booked his first destination wedding Matts unique approach to engagement photography  Matts Destination wedding photography workflow Matts computer back up strategy  What Matt would tell himself if he could go back in time   Resources Matts website Matts Facebook Matts Instagram Sprout Studio The Knot Check out more at www.BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Have A Question? Reach out to us on social Facebook: www.Facebook.com/BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Instagram: www.Instagtam.com/BeginnerPhotoPodcast Or Email us at: [email protected] your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In This Episode I talk to Alex Peterson who is a wedding and newborn photographer from New Jersey. She is half of the Husband and Wife Team behind Idalia Photography and also runs the popular Facebook group "Blogging for Photographers". She talks about how she grew her photography business to shooting 30 weddings while still working a full time job as a teacher. She shares some of her favorite tools and tips to balancing working a day job and growing your photography empire! In This Episode You'll Learn:  How a 365 photo a day challenge started her photography career How the cold winter months sparked Alexs creativity How blogging gave Alex a huge head start when she went full time When Alex decided it was time to leave her career to go full time in photography How important it was for Alex to switch to wordpress to start blogging more What Alex was doing to prepare to go full time How Alex gets inquiries without paying for advertising Some of the workflows Alex has in place to keep organized How Email templates save Alex tons of time Tips on what to write in your blogs when you hate to write An easy way to write 60+ blogs a year How often photographers should be blogging More blog ideas for photographers  Where you can get a cheat sheet with the best tips to running your photography as a side hustle! Resources Alexs Website Alexs Facebook Alexs "Blogging for Photographers" group Alexs Instagram 17 Hats Client Management Software The Cheat Sheet for Running Your Photography as a Side Hustle Check out more at www.BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Have A Question? Reach out to us on social Facebook: www.Facebook.com/BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com Instagram: www.Instagtam.com/BeginnerPhotoPodcast Or Email us at: [email protected] your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Vincent Puglises is an accomplished sports photographer having shot almost every major sporting event like the Super Bowl, The NBA Playoffs, and the World Series. Along with his wife they are also Pittsburgh Wedding Photographers. Vinny Pugliese has accomplished many things in his sports photography career lasting more than 20 years. He is a Super Bowl Photographer, a World Series Photographer, an NBA playoff photographer, and even with his wife accomplished Pittsburgh Wedding Photographers. Today he talks about how to become a sports photographer and the secret to long term success.  In this episode you'll learn How long Vinny has been shooting sports and weddings Why Vinny got into photography The value of faking it until you make it Why Vinny wasnt even thinking of monitizing his sports photography Vinnys first portfolio review How Vinny started building relationships with the right people to shoot more games Who hires the photographers for sports teams Some of the best perks of being a sports photographer Sports photography workflow The biggest mistakes beginner sports photographers make  How to shoot sports without spending $10k on a telephoto lens How to shoot sports with the gear you have Why the quiet moments can be more powerful than the action The once piece of advice Vinny wish he knew about sports photography when he first started   Resources Vinnys Website Vinnys Facebook Vinnys Instagram Kyle Shultz Vinnys free sports course Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Josh Norem is a world class award winning pet photographer from San Francisco California specializing in dogs and cats. Josh shares some of his best tips to get started photographing pets and marketing yourself to pet owners. In Todays Interview You'll Learn How Josh got his start in photography and how he started shooting animals Some of the technical challenges of photographing animals Why a shallow depth of field can take be more distracting in pet photos One reason Josh thinks its easier to photograph animals than it is people Some tricks to getting animals comfortable in front of the camera Why Josh has a different lighting set up for cats and for dogs Hot to capture an animals personality in photographs How to get some action shots of dogs running Why Josh doesn't use a shot list to get photos of the animals Some tools Josh uses to get an animals attention The best time of day to shoot dog portraits How Josh uses flash to bounce lights for great photos of cats The questions Josh asks pet owners before taking their pets photos How To market your pet photography business How to get business right away when youre getting started How to much to charge for pet photography  One of the biggest failures Josh made when first starting out   Resources Joshs Website Joshs Facebook Joshs Instagram Nikon D810 Nikon 24-70 2.8 Nikon 24mm 1.4 Nikon 105mm 2.8 Nikon 70-200 2.8  Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Corey Potter is a wedding photographer and seo specialist who runs the popular marketing and seo blog for photographers www.FuelYourPhotos.com SEO is a tricky subject. No one knows the exact algorithm search engines use to determine where you should rank when someone searches for "Your City Family Photographer". Todays Guest is Corey Potter who is a Wedding Photographer in Columbia South Carolina who also runs the popular website Fuel Your Photos which specializes in SEO and marketing tips for photographers. In This Episode You'll Learn: How Corey went from shooting 9 weddings a year to 27 thanks to SEO What SEO is, as described to a 5 year old How to add more text on your site when you mostly just put photos What ALT text is and how to add it to your photos What is better for SEO for Photographers, Squarespace or Wordpress  How to set up your website blog for SEO How often you should be blogging How to figure out what keywords to rank for Why doing keyword research is important for your growth in google How long it could take you to get to the first page of google Why paying someone to work on your SEO can be a bad idea One think you should put on your website that will boost your rank immediately Why getting featured is so important Great tips on working with vendors to help you out in google   Resources Fuel Your Photos Website Fuel Your Photos Facebook group Fuel Your Photos Guide to SEO Columbia Wedding Photographers Ablaze Photographers Moz KW Finder Style me pretty Rock and roll bride Huffington post weddings Quotes SEO is giving the clues that google needs to  give the right answer Adding alt text is a great way to tell google what you do most people think they suck at writing but its probably fine for google  if you can blog everyday, blog everyday But getting links to your website is not enough do the hard work because no one else isGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In This Episode Of The Beginner Photography Podcast We Talk About How You Are Going To Grow Your Photography In 2017. The Actions You Will Take, The Projects You Will Take, The Photos You Will Create. All Of It To Make You A Better Photographer And Set You Up For Future Success. Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In This Episode of the Podcast I share Why I am thankful for you the listeners! And I also share an incredible offer that is only good for this weekend!Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In this episode of the podcast I talk about the differance between full frame and crop sensor cameras. I talk about what camera is best for your photography. Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

This week on the Beginner Photography Podcast you will hear from two wedding photographers who talk about how you can be using both snapchat and Instagram stories. Instagram stories is brand new and this is the perfect opportunity to grow your following on instagram. Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In this weeks Beginner Photography Podcast we talk to Lauren Grayson. An Akron Ohio Boudoir, Newborn, and Family Photographer who knows the value of having a thick skin and standing up for your work.Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In this episode of the beginner photography podcast we talk about what inspires us in our photography. When shooting weddings and portraits inspiration can come from anywhere.Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In this episode we talk about Adobe Lightroom. The Differance between Lightroom and Photoshop. Why Lightroom is probably the best choice for you.Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In todays episode of the beginner photography podcast we talk about the very serious topic of theft. With Callum finding out some of his photos had been stolen and claimed by another photographer we talk about why this is obviously wrong, why he did it, and what you can do to make your photography portfolio better instead of stealing other photographers work. Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

In this episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast we talk all about your DSLRs autofocus. We walk through all of the different modes like AI Servo, One Shot, we talk about Back Button Focusing, and the different types of focusing points.  Check out the shownotes at  www.BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com/podcast-posts/009 If you have any questions, head over to www.BeginnerPhotographyPodcast.com/podcast-posts/009 Check out the show notes, leave us a comment, or shoot us an email!  Subscribe to us on iTunes https://itunes.apple.com/us/podcast/podcasts-posts-beginner-photography/id1076629098?mt=2Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

We talk about where to start when youre taking photos, how to adjust your other settings when you make a change, and how to use it to start taking better photos today. In this episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast, we share tips on how to use the exposure triangle to start taking better photos today. They suggest starting with aperture to set the scene, then adjusting shutter speed depending on whether you have shaky hands, and finally setting the ISO to the correct exposure.The Big Ideas with Time stamps00:06:48 Learn manual by experimenting.00:07:09 Practice and experiment to master photography.00:19:30 Control exposure with triangle.00:26:48 Fast shutter speed freezes motion.00:27:30 Shoot fast and high ISO.00:40:44 Take photos that make you happy.00:44:51 Start shooting today!In this episode you will learn:How to start and bring together all the pieces of the exposure triangle. Where to start adjusting when you go out with your cameraWhen you should start adjusting your aperture firstWhen you should start adjusting your ISO firstHow to decide what is most important in your photographWhere your eye will go first time you see a photoHow to utilize that psychology to take better photosHow to change your settings for darker conditionsWhy you will need to compensate every time you change a settingWhy Newton's 3rd law of motion is important to the Exposure triangle Why getting a phone call in the middle of a podcast is a badWhen you should be changing your settings for a creative photoHow to set up your camera to freeze a subjectHow to have your shutter open longer but keep the same exposureWe share some of our own photos Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Today we are discussing techniques for taking good photos, networking with other photographers and business ventures, as well as their own experiences, such as a rock climbing engagement shoot. They then move on to explaining the concept of ISO in relation to the exposure triangle in photography, and how it can be used to increase sensitivity to light.The Big Idea with Time Stamps00:06:04 Adjust ISO for lighting.00:12:53 Use lower ISO in bright light.00:13:20 Use lower ISO for cleaner images.00:20:37 Increase ISO for brighter photos.00:27:11 Shoot for cleanest image.00:32:38 Practice changing ISO.In Todays Episode You Will Learn:What ISO stands forHow to visualize how ISO worksHow your sensors sensitivity affects your imagesWhy you don't want to "Burn your steak"What Grain isWhat Grain has to do with your ISOThe balance between grain and capturing the moment. Why high ISO performance is importantWhen shooting at a lower ISO is idealWhy you shouldn't just set your ISO to a high number to set it and forget itWhat Latitude is and how ISO affects itHow to change your ISO if you want a shallow depth of fieldWhy increasing your ISO can affect print qualityWhy you didn't have the same flexibility with ISO with film as you do with digitalHow to get the cleanest imageWe share examples of High ISO shots that saved the dayGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Today we talk about the different aspects of photography and the exposure triangle composed of shutter speed, aperture and ISO. We carry out an experiment to demonstrate how shutter speed works and its effect on images. We also provide tips on how to optimize shutter speed to capture ideal photos. Listeners are given free access to a comprehensive camera settings cheat sheet to help them better understand photography.The Big Ideas with Time stamps00:05:30 Exposure time affects image clarity.00:09:30 Fast shutter speeds for motion.00:17:18 Take pictures with flash.00:23:11 Faster shutter speeds = creativity.00:26:38 Experiment with shutter speed.In Todays episode you will learn:How to imagine your shutter as if you were blinkingWhat your camera's shutter speed affectsHow to best utilize your shutter speedWhen its best to have a slow shutter speedWhen its best to have a high shutter speedHow your ISO will effect your shutter speed The difference between shutter speed and exposure timeWhat sorts of shutter speeds race photographers useWhere to change your shutter speedWhat changing your shutter speed looks likeHow using a higher shutter speed can help create an artistic portraitHow using a slower shutter speed can help frame a subjectHow to best experiment with shutter speed Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

This is the first part of 4 episodes where we discuss the exposure triangle. Specifically in this episode the concept of aperture which is a hole in the lens through which light travels. They compare the concept to the human eye, explaining how the pupil expands and contracts based on the amount of light available.The Big Ideas with Time stamps00:04:41 Control light with aperture.00:07:01 Limit light to control depth.00:13:01 Aperture, Shutter Speed, ISO.00:20:06 No perfect exposure, use subjectivity.00:27:50 Experiment to learn aperture.00:34:07 Learn by experimenting.00:39:26 Practice to improve photography.In todays episode you'll learn:What Aperture meansHow your lenses aperture can dramatically changes your photosWhere you can find your cameras apertureHow to best control the apertureWhat the difference between aperture and f-stopHow the aperture relates to your eyesThe boring mathematical equation to figuring out your apertureWhen you want to use a smaller apertureThe benefits of using a larger apertureHow to visualize how your len's aperture worksThe 3 aspects of the exposure triangleHow Aperture affects your exposureWhat a PERFECT exposure isWhy there is no right or wrong answerYou can't find your style in a bookThe best way to learn how to use your apertureHow you can practice getting use to your cameras settings How the "Nifty Fifty" can grow your understanding immediately for just $100We encourage you to put your camera put your camera into aperture priority mode (A for Nikon and AV for Canon) set you lens the the smallest aperture number your camera will allow you to. Shoot everything you can for an hour. Shoot things up close, shoot things far away, shoot everything in the middle. Once you're done, change your aperture to F8 and take all the same photos at the new aperture so when you put them on your computer you can see directly the differences in the photos.Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Show notes for the Beginner Photography Podcast Episode 004. In this episode we talk all about camera len's. From wide angle, standard, and telephoto len's. We talk about what makes them so expensive. The features you should look for in a new lens and what isn't important. Really focusing on what you WANT to shoot will help guide you in the right direction. What makes up the price difference in $100 lens and a $1400 lens. Glass vs plastic in len's, Larger apertures, Chromatic Aberrations, and Zoom vs Prime len's.Download our FREE 52 Lightroom Presets at www.FreePhotographyPresets.comThe Big Ideas with Time Stamps00:05:21 Love what you do.00:06:37 Passion is key to photography.00:18:45 Invest in lenses, not cameras.00:19:30 The importance of quality glass.00:29:06 Invest in lensed with image stabilization.00:33:14 Image stabilization is a lifesaver.00:40:25 Shoot primes for better quality.00:53:37 Compression affects connection.00:55:52 Save money on lenses.01:02:17 Shoot more to improve.In this episode you'll learn:Why you need to shoot personal workWhy photography is an adventureWhy there is such a huge difference in price for 50mm lensThe difference in quality between glass and plastic lenses Why the limitations of plastic lenses Why I would recommend the Canon 50mm 1.8 over the 50mm 1.4Why lenses are more important than your camera bodyWhy you should spend less on your camera and more on your lensWhat Chromatic Aberrations areAnd why they are so important to know aboutWhat the difference be Vibration Reduction and Image Stabilization isWhat Image Stabilization isHow it worksWhen NOT to use itWhat a Prime lens is Why Prime lenes are less versatile but generally more expensiveWhy some photographer would rather shoot with Prime lenses rather than ZoomsHow a lens can make you lazyWhen a zoom lens is better than a prime lensWhy you shouldn't just crop your photos closerWhat compression is when it comes to focal lengthsWhen you should use a 16mm vs a 50mm vs a 200mm lensThe differance between 135mm and 17mmHow to get a different connection with your imagesGet your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Raymond and Callum demonstrate that photography success doesn't depend on having expensive gear; even entry-level kits can create stunning results. They each showcase a photo of their own—Raymond shoots an engagement session at a state park—taken at F8, and edited exclusively with JPEGs.Download our FREE 52 Lightroom Presets at www.FreePhotographyPresets.comThe Big Ideas with Timestamps:00:12:00 Gear does not matter.00:15:03 Control shutter, aperture, ISO.00:25:53 Share your work online.00:29:30 Know your gear limits.00:34:13 Better gear does not equal quality.00:47:32 Get consistent results with your camera00:50:16 Have fun with photography00:54:10 Practice photography daily.In todays episode you will learn:We show off our #StopDown photos we challenged you with last weekA brief history of cameras and filmWhy shooting anything faster than ISO 800 was crazy 10 years agoWhy people still buy 50 year old film camerasWhy people never buy a 5 year old digital cameraWhy film vs digital is a never ending argumentHow buying a film camera can grow your skills We show off amazing shots from beginner camera kitsWe talk about what makes the photos amazingWhy camera history makes you think gear matterThe difference between cameras 60 years ago and the cameras todayWhy the exposure triangle is so importantHow to play to your cameras advantages at nightWhy we half jokingly consider selling our pro gear for entry level equipmentWe show off shots from Professional gear that are not spectacular Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

Shooting in manual is the fastest way to stat getting better photos. When you are aware of your controls and what they do, you can really manipulate your image with much more precision than you can in your cameras other shooting modes. This is Episode 2 of the Beginner Photography PodcastRaymond and Callum explore the importance of shooting manual in taking better photos and explain how it has helped them to take better images. They highlight the mindset of being positive and taking risks, feeding the body well for sharper focus, and making small adjustments that can lead to big differences in the photos. Download our FREE 52 Lightroom Presets at www.FreePhotographyPresets.comIn todays episode you will learn:What manual shooting isWhy its different from the other shooting modesThe pros of shooting manualThe cons of shooting manualWhat aperture meansWhat aspects of your camera you need to controlHow to make shooting in manual less scaryHow shooting manual gives you more creative controlHow to change your settings to preplan for lightHow shooting manual will save you time when editingTime Stamps of the Big Ideas00:03:11 Shoot manually for best results.00:07:57 Control aperture for exposure.00:17:44 Manual mode gives creative control.00:23:08 Experience is key for photography.00:30:54 Shoot in manual for faster editing.00:32:02 Amazing photo from beginner gear.00:43:19 Shoot in manual mode.00:44:25 Practice and experiment.Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!

This is so exciting! It’s real! The first episode! Episode 1 of the Beginner Photography Podcast. Raymond and Callum, two wedding photographers based in Indianapolis and Toronto respectively, host the first episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast. They discuss their personal stories of how they began their career, and Raymond announces a free ebook and community that can help aspiring photographers take their first steps. See our images that we share and reference in this episode https://beginnerphotopod.com/001Download your free copy of Picture Perfect Camera Settings guide at https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ In this episode you will learnWho are Callum Pinkney and Raymond HatfieldWhat they do as Professional Wedding PhotographersHow we got started down the path of photographyWho we want to help to become better photographersWhy we want to make the world full of great photographersYou'll see some of our first photos when we first startedWhy they are terrible photosWhat we learned from looking back at our beginningsAnd Whats the most important thing to focus on when first picking up a cameraTime Stamps of the Big Ideas00:02:06 Grow your photography skills.00:06:19 Learn photography basics for success.00:17:41 Technology has advanced drastically.00:19:06 Know your gear and settings.00:26:43 Learn to pose people.00:36:45 Practice makes progress.00:39:00 Capture the moment.00:43:21 Grow and learn through photography.00:48:44 Join a Photography CommunityJoin the BPP Community on Facebookhttps://www.facebook.com/groups/1278078252272020 Get your photography questions answered in our monthly Q&A episode of the podcast! https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa  Connect with the Beginner Photography Podcast! Email me at [email protected] Send in your Photo Questions to get answered on the show - https://beginnerphotopod.com/qa Grab your free camera setting cheatsheet - https://perfectcamerasettings.com/ Thanks for listening & keep shooting!